File: | clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp |
Warning: | line 1359, column 22 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- CodeGenModule.cpp - Emit LLVM Code from ASTs for a Module --------===// | ||||||||
2 | // | ||||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||
6 | // | ||||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
8 | // | ||||||||
9 | // This coordinates the per-module state used while generating code. | ||||||||
10 | // | ||||||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
12 | |||||||||
13 | #include "CodeGenModule.h" | ||||||||
14 | #include "CGBlocks.h" | ||||||||
15 | #include "CGCUDARuntime.h" | ||||||||
16 | #include "CGCXXABI.h" | ||||||||
17 | #include "CGCall.h" | ||||||||
18 | #include "CGDebugInfo.h" | ||||||||
19 | #include "CGObjCRuntime.h" | ||||||||
20 | #include "CGOpenCLRuntime.h" | ||||||||
21 | #include "CGOpenMPRuntime.h" | ||||||||
22 | #include "CGOpenMPRuntimeNVPTX.h" | ||||||||
23 | #include "CodeGenFunction.h" | ||||||||
24 | #include "CodeGenPGO.h" | ||||||||
25 | #include "ConstantEmitter.h" | ||||||||
26 | #include "CoverageMappingGen.h" | ||||||||
27 | #include "TargetInfo.h" | ||||||||
28 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||||
29 | #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" | ||||||||
30 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | ||||||||
31 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||||
32 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | ||||||||
33 | #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" | ||||||||
34 | #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" | ||||||||
35 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" | ||||||||
36 | #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h" | ||||||||
37 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | ||||||||
38 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" | ||||||||
39 | #include "clang/Basic/CodeGenOptions.h" | ||||||||
40 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||||
41 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" | ||||||||
42 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||||
43 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||||
44 | #include "clang/Basic/Version.h" | ||||||||
45 | #include "clang/CodeGen/ConstantInitBuilder.h" | ||||||||
46 | #include "clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h" | ||||||||
47 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" | ||||||||
48 | #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" | ||||||||
49 | #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" | ||||||||
50 | #include "llvm/Frontend/OpenMP/OMPIRBuilder.h" | ||||||||
51 | #include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h" | ||||||||
52 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" | ||||||||
53 | #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h" | ||||||||
54 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" | ||||||||
55 | #include "llvm/IR/Module.h" | ||||||||
56 | #include "llvm/IR/ProfileSummary.h" | ||||||||
57 | #include "llvm/ProfileData/InstrProfReader.h" | ||||||||
58 | #include "llvm/Support/CodeGen.h" | ||||||||
59 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" | ||||||||
60 | #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" | ||||||||
61 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | ||||||||
62 | #include "llvm/Support/MD5.h" | ||||||||
63 | #include "llvm/Support/TimeProfiler.h" | ||||||||
64 | |||||||||
65 | using namespace clang; | ||||||||
66 | using namespace CodeGen; | ||||||||
67 | |||||||||
68 | static llvm::cl::opt<bool> LimitedCoverage( | ||||||||
69 | "limited-coverage-experimental", llvm::cl::ZeroOrMore, llvm::cl::Hidden, | ||||||||
70 | llvm::cl::desc("Emit limited coverage mapping information (experimental)"), | ||||||||
71 | llvm::cl::init(false)); | ||||||||
72 | |||||||||
73 | static const char AnnotationSection[] = "llvm.metadata"; | ||||||||
74 | |||||||||
75 | static CGCXXABI *createCXXABI(CodeGenModule &CGM) { | ||||||||
76 | switch (CGM.getTarget().getCXXABI().getKind()) { | ||||||||
77 | case TargetCXXABI::Fuchsia: | ||||||||
78 | case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: | ||||||||
79 | case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: | ||||||||
80 | case TargetCXXABI::iOS: | ||||||||
81 | case TargetCXXABI::iOS64: | ||||||||
82 | case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS: | ||||||||
83 | case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS: | ||||||||
84 | case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: | ||||||||
85 | case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly: | ||||||||
86 | return CreateItaniumCXXABI(CGM); | ||||||||
87 | case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: | ||||||||
88 | return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(CGM); | ||||||||
89 | } | ||||||||
90 | |||||||||
91 | llvm_unreachable("invalid C++ ABI kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid C++ ABI kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 91); | ||||||||
92 | } | ||||||||
93 | |||||||||
94 | CodeGenModule::CodeGenModule(ASTContext &C, const HeaderSearchOptions &HSO, | ||||||||
95 | const PreprocessorOptions &PPO, | ||||||||
96 | const CodeGenOptions &CGO, llvm::Module &M, | ||||||||
97 | DiagnosticsEngine &diags, | ||||||||
98 | CoverageSourceInfo *CoverageInfo) | ||||||||
99 | : Context(C), LangOpts(C.getLangOpts()), HeaderSearchOpts(HSO), | ||||||||
100 | PreprocessorOpts(PPO), CodeGenOpts(CGO), TheModule(M), Diags(diags), | ||||||||
101 | Target(C.getTargetInfo()), ABI(createCXXABI(*this)), | ||||||||
102 | VMContext(M.getContext()), Types(*this), VTables(*this), | ||||||||
103 | SanitizerMD(new SanitizerMetadata(*this)) { | ||||||||
104 | |||||||||
105 | // Initialize the type cache. | ||||||||
106 | llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = M.getContext(); | ||||||||
107 | VoidTy = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(LLVMContext); | ||||||||
108 | Int8Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(LLVMContext); | ||||||||
109 | Int16Ty = llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(LLVMContext); | ||||||||
110 | Int32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); | ||||||||
111 | Int64Ty = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(LLVMContext); | ||||||||
112 | HalfTy = llvm::Type::getHalfTy(LLVMContext); | ||||||||
113 | FloatTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(LLVMContext); | ||||||||
114 | DoubleTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(LLVMContext); | ||||||||
115 | PointerWidthInBits = C.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0); | ||||||||
116 | PointerAlignInBytes = | ||||||||
117 | C.toCharUnitsFromBits(C.getTargetInfo().getPointerAlign(0)).getQuantity(); | ||||||||
118 | SizeSizeInBytes = | ||||||||
119 | C.toCharUnitsFromBits(C.getTargetInfo().getMaxPointerWidth()).getQuantity(); | ||||||||
120 | IntAlignInBytes = | ||||||||
121 | C.toCharUnitsFromBits(C.getTargetInfo().getIntAlign()).getQuantity(); | ||||||||
122 | IntTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(LLVMContext, C.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth()); | ||||||||
123 | IntPtrTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(LLVMContext, | ||||||||
124 | C.getTargetInfo().getMaxPointerWidth()); | ||||||||
125 | Int8PtrTy = Int8Ty->getPointerTo(0); | ||||||||
126 | Int8PtrPtrTy = Int8PtrTy->getPointerTo(0); | ||||||||
127 | AllocaInt8PtrTy = Int8Ty->getPointerTo( | ||||||||
128 | M.getDataLayout().getAllocaAddrSpace()); | ||||||||
129 | ASTAllocaAddressSpace = getTargetCodeGenInfo().getASTAllocaAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
130 | |||||||||
131 | RuntimeCC = getTargetCodeGenInfo().getABIInfo().getRuntimeCC(); | ||||||||
132 | |||||||||
133 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) | ||||||||
134 | createObjCRuntime(); | ||||||||
135 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) | ||||||||
136 | createOpenCLRuntime(); | ||||||||
137 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP) | ||||||||
138 | createOpenMPRuntime(); | ||||||||
139 | if (LangOpts.CUDA) | ||||||||
140 | createCUDARuntime(); | ||||||||
141 | |||||||||
142 | // Enable TBAA unless it's suppressed. ThreadSanitizer needs TBAA even at O0. | ||||||||
143 | if (LangOpts.Sanitize.has(SanitizerKind::Thread) || | ||||||||
144 | (!CodeGenOpts.RelaxedAliasing && CodeGenOpts.OptimizationLevel > 0)) | ||||||||
145 | TBAA.reset(new CodeGenTBAA(Context, TheModule, CodeGenOpts, getLangOpts(), | ||||||||
146 | getCXXABI().getMangleContext())); | ||||||||
147 | |||||||||
148 | // If debug info or coverage generation is enabled, create the CGDebugInfo | ||||||||
149 | // object. | ||||||||
150 | if (CodeGenOpts.getDebugInfo() != codegenoptions::NoDebugInfo || | ||||||||
151 | CodeGenOpts.EmitGcovArcs || CodeGenOpts.EmitGcovNotes) | ||||||||
152 | DebugInfo.reset(new CGDebugInfo(*this)); | ||||||||
153 | |||||||||
154 | Block.GlobalUniqueCount = 0; | ||||||||
155 | |||||||||
156 | if (C.getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
157 | ObjCData.reset(new ObjCEntrypoints()); | ||||||||
158 | |||||||||
159 | if (CodeGenOpts.hasProfileClangUse()) { | ||||||||
160 | auto ReaderOrErr = llvm::IndexedInstrProfReader::create( | ||||||||
161 | CodeGenOpts.ProfileInstrumentUsePath, CodeGenOpts.ProfileRemappingFile); | ||||||||
162 | if (auto E = ReaderOrErr.takeError()) { | ||||||||
163 | unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error, | ||||||||
164 | "Could not read profile %0: %1"); | ||||||||
165 | llvm::handleAllErrors(std::move(E), [&](const llvm::ErrorInfoBase &EI) { | ||||||||
166 | getDiags().Report(DiagID) << CodeGenOpts.ProfileInstrumentUsePath | ||||||||
167 | << EI.message(); | ||||||||
168 | }); | ||||||||
169 | } else | ||||||||
170 | PGOReader = std::move(ReaderOrErr.get()); | ||||||||
171 | } | ||||||||
172 | |||||||||
173 | // If coverage mapping generation is enabled, create the | ||||||||
174 | // CoverageMappingModuleGen object. | ||||||||
175 | if (CodeGenOpts.CoverageMapping) | ||||||||
176 | CoverageMapping.reset(new CoverageMappingModuleGen(*this, *CoverageInfo)); | ||||||||
177 | } | ||||||||
178 | |||||||||
179 | CodeGenModule::~CodeGenModule() {} | ||||||||
180 | |||||||||
181 | void CodeGenModule::createObjCRuntime() { | ||||||||
182 | // This is just isGNUFamily(), but we want to force implementors of | ||||||||
183 | // new ABIs to decide how best to do this. | ||||||||
184 | switch (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.getKind()) { | ||||||||
185 | case ObjCRuntime::GNUstep: | ||||||||
186 | case ObjCRuntime::GCC: | ||||||||
187 | case ObjCRuntime::ObjFW: | ||||||||
188 | ObjCRuntime.reset(CreateGNUObjCRuntime(*this)); | ||||||||
189 | return; | ||||||||
190 | |||||||||
191 | case ObjCRuntime::FragileMacOSX: | ||||||||
192 | case ObjCRuntime::MacOSX: | ||||||||
193 | case ObjCRuntime::iOS: | ||||||||
194 | case ObjCRuntime::WatchOS: | ||||||||
195 | ObjCRuntime.reset(CreateMacObjCRuntime(*this)); | ||||||||
196 | return; | ||||||||
197 | } | ||||||||
198 | llvm_unreachable("bad runtime kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad runtime kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 198); | ||||||||
199 | } | ||||||||
200 | |||||||||
201 | void CodeGenModule::createOpenCLRuntime() { | ||||||||
202 | OpenCLRuntime.reset(new CGOpenCLRuntime(*this)); | ||||||||
203 | } | ||||||||
204 | |||||||||
205 | void CodeGenModule::createOpenMPRuntime() { | ||||||||
206 | // Select a specialized code generation class based on the target, if any. | ||||||||
207 | // If it does not exist use the default implementation. | ||||||||
208 | switch (getTriple().getArch()) { | ||||||||
209 | case llvm::Triple::nvptx: | ||||||||
210 | case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: | ||||||||
211 | assert(getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&((getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && "OpenMP NVPTX is only prepared to deal with device code." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && \"OpenMP NVPTX is only prepared to deal with device code.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 212, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
212 | "OpenMP NVPTX is only prepared to deal with device code.")((getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && "OpenMP NVPTX is only prepared to deal with device code." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && \"OpenMP NVPTX is only prepared to deal with device code.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 212, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
213 | OpenMPRuntime.reset(new CGOpenMPRuntimeNVPTX(*this)); | ||||||||
214 | break; | ||||||||
215 | default: | ||||||||
216 | if (LangOpts.OpenMPSimd) | ||||||||
217 | OpenMPRuntime.reset(new CGOpenMPSIMDRuntime(*this)); | ||||||||
218 | else | ||||||||
219 | OpenMPRuntime.reset(new CGOpenMPRuntime(*this)); | ||||||||
220 | break; | ||||||||
221 | } | ||||||||
222 | |||||||||
223 | // The OpenMP-IR-Builder should eventually replace the above runtime codegens | ||||||||
224 | // but we are not there yet so they both reside in CGModule for now and the | ||||||||
225 | // OpenMP-IR-Builder is opt-in only. | ||||||||
226 | if (LangOpts.OpenMPIRBuilder) { | ||||||||
227 | OMPBuilder.reset(new llvm::OpenMPIRBuilder(TheModule)); | ||||||||
228 | OMPBuilder->initialize(); | ||||||||
229 | } | ||||||||
230 | } | ||||||||
231 | |||||||||
232 | void CodeGenModule::createCUDARuntime() { | ||||||||
233 | CUDARuntime.reset(CreateNVCUDARuntime(*this)); | ||||||||
234 | } | ||||||||
235 | |||||||||
236 | void CodeGenModule::addReplacement(StringRef Name, llvm::Constant *C) { | ||||||||
237 | Replacements[Name] = C; | ||||||||
238 | } | ||||||||
239 | |||||||||
240 | void CodeGenModule::applyReplacements() { | ||||||||
241 | for (auto &I : Replacements) { | ||||||||
242 | StringRef MangledName = I.first(); | ||||||||
243 | llvm::Constant *Replacement = I.second; | ||||||||
244 | llvm::GlobalValue *Entry = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
245 | if (!Entry) | ||||||||
246 | continue; | ||||||||
247 | auto *OldF = cast<llvm::Function>(Entry); | ||||||||
248 | auto *NewF = dyn_cast<llvm::Function>(Replacement); | ||||||||
249 | if (!NewF) { | ||||||||
250 | if (auto *Alias = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalAlias>(Replacement)) { | ||||||||
251 | NewF = dyn_cast<llvm::Function>(Alias->getAliasee()); | ||||||||
252 | } else { | ||||||||
253 | auto *CE = cast<llvm::ConstantExpr>(Replacement); | ||||||||
254 | assert(CE->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::BitCast ||((CE->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::BitCast || CE-> getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::GetElementPtr) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CE->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::BitCast || CE->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::GetElementPtr" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
255 | CE->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::GetElementPtr)((CE->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::BitCast || CE-> getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::GetElementPtr) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CE->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::BitCast || CE->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::GetElementPtr" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
256 | NewF = dyn_cast<llvm::Function>(CE->getOperand(0)); | ||||||||
257 | } | ||||||||
258 | } | ||||||||
259 | |||||||||
260 | // Replace old with new, but keep the old order. | ||||||||
261 | OldF->replaceAllUsesWith(Replacement); | ||||||||
262 | if (NewF) { | ||||||||
263 | NewF->removeFromParent(); | ||||||||
264 | OldF->getParent()->getFunctionList().insertAfter(OldF->getIterator(), | ||||||||
265 | NewF); | ||||||||
266 | } | ||||||||
267 | OldF->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
268 | } | ||||||||
269 | } | ||||||||
270 | |||||||||
271 | void CodeGenModule::addGlobalValReplacement(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, llvm::Constant *C) { | ||||||||
272 | GlobalValReplacements.push_back(std::make_pair(GV, C)); | ||||||||
273 | } | ||||||||
274 | |||||||||
275 | void CodeGenModule::applyGlobalValReplacements() { | ||||||||
276 | for (auto &I : GlobalValReplacements) { | ||||||||
277 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV = I.first; | ||||||||
278 | llvm::Constant *C = I.second; | ||||||||
279 | |||||||||
280 | GV->replaceAllUsesWith(C); | ||||||||
281 | GV->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
282 | } | ||||||||
283 | } | ||||||||
284 | |||||||||
285 | // This is only used in aliases that we created and we know they have a | ||||||||
286 | // linear structure. | ||||||||
287 | static const llvm::GlobalObject *getAliasedGlobal( | ||||||||
288 | const llvm::GlobalIndirectSymbol &GIS) { | ||||||||
289 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const llvm::GlobalIndirectSymbol*, 4> Visited; | ||||||||
290 | const llvm::Constant *C = &GIS; | ||||||||
291 | for (;;) { | ||||||||
292 | C = C->stripPointerCasts(); | ||||||||
293 | if (auto *GO = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalObject>(C)) | ||||||||
294 | return GO; | ||||||||
295 | // stripPointerCasts will not walk over weak aliases. | ||||||||
296 | auto *GIS2 = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalIndirectSymbol>(C); | ||||||||
297 | if (!GIS2) | ||||||||
298 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
299 | if (!Visited.insert(GIS2).second) | ||||||||
300 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
301 | C = GIS2->getIndirectSymbol(); | ||||||||
302 | } | ||||||||
303 | } | ||||||||
304 | |||||||||
305 | void CodeGenModule::checkAliases() { | ||||||||
306 | // Check if the constructed aliases are well formed. It is really unfortunate | ||||||||
307 | // that we have to do this in CodeGen, but we only construct mangled names | ||||||||
308 | // and aliases during codegen. | ||||||||
309 | bool Error = false; | ||||||||
310 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = getDiags(); | ||||||||
311 | for (const GlobalDecl &GD : Aliases) { | ||||||||
312 | const auto *D = cast<ValueDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
313 | SourceLocation Location; | ||||||||
314 | bool IsIFunc = D->hasAttr<IFuncAttr>(); | ||||||||
315 | if (const Attr *A = D->getDefiningAttr()) | ||||||||
316 | Location = A->getLocation(); | ||||||||
317 | else | ||||||||
318 | llvm_unreachable("Not an alias or ifunc?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Not an alias or ifunc?", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 318); | ||||||||
319 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(GD); | ||||||||
320 | llvm::GlobalValue *Entry = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
321 | auto *Alias = cast<llvm::GlobalIndirectSymbol>(Entry); | ||||||||
322 | const llvm::GlobalValue *GV = getAliasedGlobal(*Alias); | ||||||||
323 | if (!GV) { | ||||||||
324 | Error = true; | ||||||||
325 | Diags.Report(Location, diag::err_cyclic_alias) << IsIFunc; | ||||||||
326 | } else if (GV->isDeclaration()) { | ||||||||
327 | Error = true; | ||||||||
328 | Diags.Report(Location, diag::err_alias_to_undefined) | ||||||||
329 | << IsIFunc << IsIFunc; | ||||||||
330 | } else if (IsIFunc) { | ||||||||
331 | // Check resolver function type. | ||||||||
332 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = dyn_cast<llvm::FunctionType>( | ||||||||
333 | GV->getType()->getPointerElementType()); | ||||||||
334 | assert(FTy)((FTy) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FTy", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 334, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
335 | if (!FTy->getReturnType()->isPointerTy()) | ||||||||
336 | Diags.Report(Location, diag::err_ifunc_resolver_return); | ||||||||
337 | } | ||||||||
338 | |||||||||
339 | llvm::Constant *Aliasee = Alias->getIndirectSymbol(); | ||||||||
340 | llvm::GlobalValue *AliaseeGV; | ||||||||
341 | if (auto CE = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantExpr>(Aliasee)) | ||||||||
342 | AliaseeGV = cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(CE->getOperand(0)); | ||||||||
343 | else | ||||||||
344 | AliaseeGV = cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(Aliasee); | ||||||||
345 | |||||||||
346 | if (const SectionAttr *SA = D->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | ||||||||
347 | StringRef AliasSection = SA->getName(); | ||||||||
348 | if (AliasSection != AliaseeGV->getSection()) | ||||||||
349 | Diags.Report(SA->getLocation(), diag::warn_alias_with_section) | ||||||||
350 | << AliasSection << IsIFunc << IsIFunc; | ||||||||
351 | } | ||||||||
352 | |||||||||
353 | // We have to handle alias to weak aliases in here. LLVM itself disallows | ||||||||
354 | // this since the object semantics would not match the IL one. For | ||||||||
355 | // compatibility with gcc we implement it by just pointing the alias | ||||||||
356 | // to its aliasee's aliasee. We also warn, since the user is probably | ||||||||
357 | // expecting the link to be weak. | ||||||||
358 | if (auto GA = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalIndirectSymbol>(AliaseeGV)) { | ||||||||
359 | if (GA->isInterposable()) { | ||||||||
360 | Diags.Report(Location, diag::warn_alias_to_weak_alias) | ||||||||
361 | << GV->getName() << GA->getName() << IsIFunc; | ||||||||
362 | Aliasee = llvm::ConstantExpr::getPointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast( | ||||||||
363 | GA->getIndirectSymbol(), Alias->getType()); | ||||||||
364 | Alias->setIndirectSymbol(Aliasee); | ||||||||
365 | } | ||||||||
366 | } | ||||||||
367 | } | ||||||||
368 | if (!Error) | ||||||||
369 | return; | ||||||||
370 | |||||||||
371 | for (const GlobalDecl &GD : Aliases) { | ||||||||
372 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(GD); | ||||||||
373 | llvm::GlobalValue *Entry = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
374 | auto *Alias = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalIndirectSymbol>(Entry); | ||||||||
375 | Alias->replaceAllUsesWith(llvm::UndefValue::get(Alias->getType())); | ||||||||
376 | Alias->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
377 | } | ||||||||
378 | } | ||||||||
379 | |||||||||
380 | void CodeGenModule::clear() { | ||||||||
381 | DeferredDeclsToEmit.clear(); | ||||||||
382 | if (OpenMPRuntime) | ||||||||
383 | OpenMPRuntime->clear(); | ||||||||
384 | } | ||||||||
385 | |||||||||
386 | void InstrProfStats::reportDiagnostics(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, | ||||||||
387 | StringRef MainFile) { | ||||||||
388 | if (!hasDiagnostics()) | ||||||||
389 | return; | ||||||||
390 | if (VisitedInMainFile > 0 && VisitedInMainFile == MissingInMainFile) { | ||||||||
391 | if (MainFile.empty()) | ||||||||
392 | MainFile = "<stdin>"; | ||||||||
393 | Diags.Report(diag::warn_profile_data_unprofiled) << MainFile; | ||||||||
394 | } else { | ||||||||
395 | if (Mismatched > 0) | ||||||||
396 | Diags.Report(diag::warn_profile_data_out_of_date) << Visited << Mismatched; | ||||||||
397 | |||||||||
398 | if (Missing > 0) | ||||||||
399 | Diags.Report(diag::warn_profile_data_missing) << Visited << Missing; | ||||||||
400 | } | ||||||||
401 | } | ||||||||
402 | |||||||||
403 | void CodeGenModule::Release() { | ||||||||
404 | EmitDeferred(); | ||||||||
405 | EmitVTablesOpportunistically(); | ||||||||
406 | applyGlobalValReplacements(); | ||||||||
407 | applyReplacements(); | ||||||||
408 | checkAliases(); | ||||||||
409 | emitMultiVersionFunctions(); | ||||||||
410 | EmitCXXGlobalInitFunc(); | ||||||||
411 | EmitCXXGlobalDtorFunc(); | ||||||||
412 | registerGlobalDtorsWithAtExit(); | ||||||||
413 | EmitCXXThreadLocalInitFunc(); | ||||||||
414 | if (ObjCRuntime) | ||||||||
415 | if (llvm::Function *ObjCInitFunction = ObjCRuntime->ModuleInitFunction()) | ||||||||
416 | AddGlobalCtor(ObjCInitFunction); | ||||||||
417 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CUDA && !Context.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && | ||||||||
418 | CUDARuntime) { | ||||||||
419 | if (llvm::Function *CudaCtorFunction = | ||||||||
420 | CUDARuntime->makeModuleCtorFunction()) | ||||||||
421 | AddGlobalCtor(CudaCtorFunction); | ||||||||
422 | } | ||||||||
423 | if (OpenMPRuntime) { | ||||||||
424 | if (llvm::Function *OpenMPRequiresDirectiveRegFun = | ||||||||
425 | OpenMPRuntime->emitRequiresDirectiveRegFun()) { | ||||||||
426 | AddGlobalCtor(OpenMPRequiresDirectiveRegFun, 0); | ||||||||
427 | } | ||||||||
428 | OpenMPRuntime->createOffloadEntriesAndInfoMetadata(); | ||||||||
429 | OpenMPRuntime->clear(); | ||||||||
430 | } | ||||||||
431 | if (PGOReader) { | ||||||||
432 | getModule().setProfileSummary( | ||||||||
433 | PGOReader->getSummary(/* UseCS */ false).getMD(VMContext), | ||||||||
434 | llvm::ProfileSummary::PSK_Instr); | ||||||||
435 | if (PGOStats.hasDiagnostics()) | ||||||||
436 | PGOStats.reportDiagnostics(getDiags(), getCodeGenOpts().MainFileName); | ||||||||
437 | } | ||||||||
438 | EmitCtorList(GlobalCtors, "llvm.global_ctors"); | ||||||||
439 | EmitCtorList(GlobalDtors, "llvm.global_dtors"); | ||||||||
440 | EmitGlobalAnnotations(); | ||||||||
441 | EmitStaticExternCAliases(); | ||||||||
442 | EmitDeferredUnusedCoverageMappings(); | ||||||||
443 | if (CoverageMapping) | ||||||||
444 | CoverageMapping->emit(); | ||||||||
445 | if (CodeGenOpts.SanitizeCfiCrossDso) { | ||||||||
446 | CodeGenFunction(*this).EmitCfiCheckFail(); | ||||||||
447 | CodeGenFunction(*this).EmitCfiCheckStub(); | ||||||||
448 | } | ||||||||
449 | emitAtAvailableLinkGuard(); | ||||||||
450 | emitLLVMUsed(); | ||||||||
451 | if (SanStats) | ||||||||
452 | SanStats->finish(); | ||||||||
453 | |||||||||
454 | if (CodeGenOpts.Autolink && | ||||||||
455 | (Context.getLangOpts().Modules || !LinkerOptionsMetadata.empty())) { | ||||||||
456 | EmitModuleLinkOptions(); | ||||||||
457 | } | ||||||||
458 | |||||||||
459 | // On ELF we pass the dependent library specifiers directly to the linker | ||||||||
460 | // without manipulating them. This is in contrast to other platforms where | ||||||||
461 | // they are mapped to a specific linker option by the compiler. This | ||||||||
462 | // difference is a result of the greater variety of ELF linkers and the fact | ||||||||
463 | // that ELF linkers tend to handle libraries in a more complicated fashion | ||||||||
464 | // than on other platforms. This forces us to defer handling the dependent | ||||||||
465 | // libs to the linker. | ||||||||
466 | // | ||||||||
467 | // CUDA/HIP device and host libraries are different. Currently there is no | ||||||||
468 | // way to differentiate dependent libraries for host or device. Existing | ||||||||
469 | // usage of #pragma comment(lib, *) is intended for host libraries on | ||||||||
470 | // Windows. Therefore emit llvm.dependent-libraries only for host. | ||||||||
471 | if (!ELFDependentLibraries.empty() && !Context.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { | ||||||||
472 | auto *NMD = getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("llvm.dependent-libraries"); | ||||||||
473 | for (auto *MD : ELFDependentLibraries) | ||||||||
474 | NMD->addOperand(MD); | ||||||||
475 | } | ||||||||
476 | |||||||||
477 | // Record mregparm value now so it is visible through rest of codegen. | ||||||||
478 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86) | ||||||||
479 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "NumRegisterParameters", | ||||||||
480 | CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters); | ||||||||
481 | |||||||||
482 | if (CodeGenOpts.DwarfVersion) { | ||||||||
483 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Max, "Dwarf Version", | ||||||||
484 | CodeGenOpts.DwarfVersion); | ||||||||
485 | } | ||||||||
486 | if (CodeGenOpts.EmitCodeView) { | ||||||||
487 | // Indicate that we want CodeView in the metadata. | ||||||||
488 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Warning, "CodeView", 1); | ||||||||
489 | } | ||||||||
490 | if (CodeGenOpts.CodeViewGHash) { | ||||||||
491 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Warning, "CodeViewGHash", 1); | ||||||||
492 | } | ||||||||
493 | if (CodeGenOpts.ControlFlowGuard) { | ||||||||
494 | // Function ID tables and checks for Control Flow Guard (cfguard=2). | ||||||||
495 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Warning, "cfguard", 2); | ||||||||
496 | } else if (CodeGenOpts.ControlFlowGuardNoChecks) { | ||||||||
497 | // Function ID tables for Control Flow Guard (cfguard=1). | ||||||||
498 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Warning, "cfguard", 1); | ||||||||
499 | } | ||||||||
500 | if (CodeGenOpts.OptimizationLevel > 0 && CodeGenOpts.StrictVTablePointers) { | ||||||||
501 | // We don't support LTO with 2 with different StrictVTablePointers | ||||||||
502 | // FIXME: we could support it by stripping all the information introduced | ||||||||
503 | // by StrictVTablePointers. | ||||||||
504 | |||||||||
505 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "StrictVTablePointers",1); | ||||||||
506 | |||||||||
507 | llvm::Metadata *Ops[2] = { | ||||||||
508 | llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, "StrictVTablePointers"), | ||||||||
509 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get( | ||||||||
510 | llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(VMContext), 1))}; | ||||||||
511 | |||||||||
512 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Require, | ||||||||
513 | "StrictVTablePointersRequirement", | ||||||||
514 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, Ops)); | ||||||||
515 | } | ||||||||
516 | if (DebugInfo) | ||||||||
517 | // We support a single version in the linked module. The LLVM | ||||||||
518 | // parser will drop debug info with a different version number | ||||||||
519 | // (and warn about it, too). | ||||||||
520 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Warning, "Debug Info Version", | ||||||||
521 | llvm::DEBUG_METADATA_VERSION); | ||||||||
522 | |||||||||
523 | // We need to record the widths of enums and wchar_t, so that we can generate | ||||||||
524 | // the correct build attributes in the ARM backend. wchar_size is also used by | ||||||||
525 | // TargetLibraryInfo. | ||||||||
526 | uint64_t WCharWidth = | ||||||||
527 | Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.getWideCharType()).getQuantity(); | ||||||||
528 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "wchar_size", WCharWidth); | ||||||||
529 | |||||||||
530 | llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch(); | ||||||||
531 | if ( Arch == llvm::Triple::arm | ||||||||
532 | || Arch == llvm::Triple::armeb | ||||||||
533 | || Arch == llvm::Triple::thumb | ||||||||
534 | || Arch == llvm::Triple::thumbeb) { | ||||||||
535 | // The minimum width of an enum in bytes | ||||||||
536 | uint64_t EnumWidth = Context.getLangOpts().ShortEnums ? 1 : 4; | ||||||||
537 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "min_enum_size", EnumWidth); | ||||||||
538 | } | ||||||||
539 | |||||||||
540 | if (CodeGenOpts.SanitizeCfiCrossDso) { | ||||||||
541 | // Indicate that we want cross-DSO control flow integrity checks. | ||||||||
542 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Override, "Cross-DSO CFI", 1); | ||||||||
543 | } | ||||||||
544 | |||||||||
545 | if (LangOpts.Sanitize.has(SanitizerKind::CFIICall)) { | ||||||||
546 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Override, | ||||||||
547 | "CFI Canonical Jump Tables", | ||||||||
548 | CodeGenOpts.SanitizeCfiCanonicalJumpTables); | ||||||||
549 | } | ||||||||
550 | |||||||||
551 | if (CodeGenOpts.CFProtectionReturn && | ||||||||
552 | Target.checkCFProtectionReturnSupported(getDiags())) { | ||||||||
553 | // Indicate that we want to instrument return control flow protection. | ||||||||
554 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Override, "cf-protection-return", | ||||||||
555 | 1); | ||||||||
556 | } | ||||||||
557 | |||||||||
558 | if (CodeGenOpts.CFProtectionBranch && | ||||||||
559 | Target.checkCFProtectionBranchSupported(getDiags())) { | ||||||||
560 | // Indicate that we want to instrument branch control flow protection. | ||||||||
561 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Override, "cf-protection-branch", | ||||||||
562 | 1); | ||||||||
563 | } | ||||||||
564 | |||||||||
565 | if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && getTriple().isNVPTX()) { | ||||||||
566 | // Indicate whether __nvvm_reflect should be configured to flush denormal | ||||||||
567 | // floating point values to 0. (This corresponds to its "__CUDA_FTZ" | ||||||||
568 | // property.) | ||||||||
569 | getModule().addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Override, "nvvm-reflect-ftz", | ||||||||
570 | CodeGenOpts.FlushDenorm ? 1 : 0); | ||||||||
571 | } | ||||||||
572 | |||||||||
573 | // Emit OpenCL specific module metadata: OpenCL/SPIR version. | ||||||||
574 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { | ||||||||
575 | EmitOpenCLMetadata(); | ||||||||
576 | // Emit SPIR version. | ||||||||
577 | if (getTriple().isSPIR()) { | ||||||||
578 | // SPIR v2.0 s2.12 - The SPIR version used by the module is stored in the | ||||||||
579 | // opencl.spir.version named metadata. | ||||||||
580 | // C++ is backwards compatible with OpenCL v2.0. | ||||||||
581 | auto Version = LangOpts.OpenCLCPlusPlus ? 200 : LangOpts.OpenCLVersion; | ||||||||
582 | llvm::Metadata *SPIRVerElts[] = { | ||||||||
583 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get( | ||||||||
584 | Int32Ty, Version / 100)), | ||||||||
585 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get( | ||||||||
586 | Int32Ty, (Version / 100 > 1) ? 0 : 2))}; | ||||||||
587 | llvm::NamedMDNode *SPIRVerMD = | ||||||||
588 | TheModule.getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.spir.version"); | ||||||||
589 | llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = TheModule.getContext(); | ||||||||
590 | SPIRVerMD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, SPIRVerElts)); | ||||||||
591 | } | ||||||||
592 | } | ||||||||
593 | |||||||||
594 | if (uint32_t PLevel = Context.getLangOpts().PICLevel) { | ||||||||
595 | assert(PLevel < 3 && "Invalid PIC Level")((PLevel < 3 && "Invalid PIC Level") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PLevel < 3 && \"Invalid PIC Level\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 595, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
596 | getModule().setPICLevel(static_cast<llvm::PICLevel::Level>(PLevel)); | ||||||||
597 | if (Context.getLangOpts().PIE) | ||||||||
598 | getModule().setPIELevel(static_cast<llvm::PIELevel::Level>(PLevel)); | ||||||||
599 | } | ||||||||
600 | |||||||||
601 | if (getCodeGenOpts().CodeModel.size() > 0) { | ||||||||
602 | unsigned CM = llvm::StringSwitch<unsigned>(getCodeGenOpts().CodeModel) | ||||||||
603 | .Case("tiny", llvm::CodeModel::Tiny) | ||||||||
604 | .Case("small", llvm::CodeModel::Small) | ||||||||
605 | .Case("kernel", llvm::CodeModel::Kernel) | ||||||||
606 | .Case("medium", llvm::CodeModel::Medium) | ||||||||
607 | .Case("large", llvm::CodeModel::Large) | ||||||||
608 | .Default(~0u); | ||||||||
609 | if (CM != ~0u) { | ||||||||
610 | llvm::CodeModel::Model codeModel = static_cast<llvm::CodeModel::Model>(CM); | ||||||||
611 | getModule().setCodeModel(codeModel); | ||||||||
612 | } | ||||||||
613 | } | ||||||||
614 | |||||||||
615 | if (CodeGenOpts.NoPLT) | ||||||||
616 | getModule().setRtLibUseGOT(); | ||||||||
617 | |||||||||
618 | SimplifyPersonality(); | ||||||||
619 | |||||||||
620 | if (getCodeGenOpts().EmitDeclMetadata) | ||||||||
621 | EmitDeclMetadata(); | ||||||||
622 | |||||||||
623 | if (getCodeGenOpts().EmitGcovArcs || getCodeGenOpts().EmitGcovNotes) | ||||||||
624 | EmitCoverageFile(); | ||||||||
625 | |||||||||
626 | if (DebugInfo) | ||||||||
627 | DebugInfo->finalize(); | ||||||||
628 | |||||||||
629 | if (getCodeGenOpts().EmitVersionIdentMetadata) | ||||||||
630 | EmitVersionIdentMetadata(); | ||||||||
631 | |||||||||
632 | if (!getCodeGenOpts().RecordCommandLine.empty()) | ||||||||
633 | EmitCommandLineMetadata(); | ||||||||
634 | |||||||||
635 | EmitTargetMetadata(); | ||||||||
636 | } | ||||||||
637 | |||||||||
638 | void CodeGenModule::EmitOpenCLMetadata() { | ||||||||
639 | // SPIR v2.0 s2.13 - The OpenCL version used by the module is stored in the | ||||||||
640 | // opencl.ocl.version named metadata node. | ||||||||
641 | // C++ is backwards compatible with OpenCL v2.0. | ||||||||
642 | // FIXME: We might need to add CXX version at some point too? | ||||||||
643 | auto Version = LangOpts.OpenCLCPlusPlus ? 200 : LangOpts.OpenCLVersion; | ||||||||
644 | llvm::Metadata *OCLVerElts[] = { | ||||||||
645 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get( | ||||||||
646 | Int32Ty, Version / 100)), | ||||||||
647 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get( | ||||||||
648 | Int32Ty, (Version % 100) / 10))}; | ||||||||
649 | llvm::NamedMDNode *OCLVerMD = | ||||||||
650 | TheModule.getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.ocl.version"); | ||||||||
651 | llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = TheModule.getContext(); | ||||||||
652 | OCLVerMD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, OCLVerElts)); | ||||||||
653 | } | ||||||||
654 | |||||||||
655 | void CodeGenModule::UpdateCompletedType(const TagDecl *TD) { | ||||||||
656 | // Make sure that this type is translated. | ||||||||
657 | Types.UpdateCompletedType(TD); | ||||||||
658 | } | ||||||||
659 | |||||||||
660 | void CodeGenModule::RefreshTypeCacheForClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { | ||||||||
661 | // Make sure that this type is translated. | ||||||||
662 | Types.RefreshTypeCacheForClass(RD); | ||||||||
663 | } | ||||||||
664 | |||||||||
665 | llvm::MDNode *CodeGenModule::getTBAATypeInfo(QualType QTy) { | ||||||||
666 | if (!TBAA) | ||||||||
667 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
668 | return TBAA->getTypeInfo(QTy); | ||||||||
669 | } | ||||||||
670 | |||||||||
671 | TBAAAccessInfo CodeGenModule::getTBAAAccessInfo(QualType AccessType) { | ||||||||
672 | if (!TBAA) | ||||||||
673 | return TBAAAccessInfo(); | ||||||||
674 | return TBAA->getAccessInfo(AccessType); | ||||||||
675 | } | ||||||||
676 | |||||||||
677 | TBAAAccessInfo | ||||||||
678 | CodeGenModule::getTBAAVTablePtrAccessInfo(llvm::Type *VTablePtrType) { | ||||||||
679 | if (!TBAA) | ||||||||
680 | return TBAAAccessInfo(); | ||||||||
681 | return TBAA->getVTablePtrAccessInfo(VTablePtrType); | ||||||||
682 | } | ||||||||
683 | |||||||||
684 | llvm::MDNode *CodeGenModule::getTBAAStructInfo(QualType QTy) { | ||||||||
685 | if (!TBAA) | ||||||||
686 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
687 | return TBAA->getTBAAStructInfo(QTy); | ||||||||
688 | } | ||||||||
689 | |||||||||
690 | llvm::MDNode *CodeGenModule::getTBAABaseTypeInfo(QualType QTy) { | ||||||||
691 | if (!TBAA) | ||||||||
692 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
693 | return TBAA->getBaseTypeInfo(QTy); | ||||||||
694 | } | ||||||||
695 | |||||||||
696 | llvm::MDNode *CodeGenModule::getTBAAAccessTagInfo(TBAAAccessInfo Info) { | ||||||||
697 | if (!TBAA) | ||||||||
698 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
699 | return TBAA->getAccessTagInfo(Info); | ||||||||
700 | } | ||||||||
701 | |||||||||
702 | TBAAAccessInfo CodeGenModule::mergeTBAAInfoForCast(TBAAAccessInfo SourceInfo, | ||||||||
703 | TBAAAccessInfo TargetInfo) { | ||||||||
704 | if (!TBAA) | ||||||||
705 | return TBAAAccessInfo(); | ||||||||
706 | return TBAA->mergeTBAAInfoForCast(SourceInfo, TargetInfo); | ||||||||
707 | } | ||||||||
708 | |||||||||
709 | TBAAAccessInfo | ||||||||
710 | CodeGenModule::mergeTBAAInfoForConditionalOperator(TBAAAccessInfo InfoA, | ||||||||
711 | TBAAAccessInfo InfoB) { | ||||||||
712 | if (!TBAA) | ||||||||
713 | return TBAAAccessInfo(); | ||||||||
714 | return TBAA->mergeTBAAInfoForConditionalOperator(InfoA, InfoB); | ||||||||
715 | } | ||||||||
716 | |||||||||
717 | TBAAAccessInfo | ||||||||
718 | CodeGenModule::mergeTBAAInfoForMemoryTransfer(TBAAAccessInfo DestInfo, | ||||||||
719 | TBAAAccessInfo SrcInfo) { | ||||||||
720 | if (!TBAA) | ||||||||
721 | return TBAAAccessInfo(); | ||||||||
722 | return TBAA->mergeTBAAInfoForConditionalOperator(DestInfo, SrcInfo); | ||||||||
723 | } | ||||||||
724 | |||||||||
725 | void CodeGenModule::DecorateInstructionWithTBAA(llvm::Instruction *Inst, | ||||||||
726 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo) { | ||||||||
727 | if (llvm::MDNode *Tag = getTBAAAccessTagInfo(TBAAInfo)) | ||||||||
728 | Inst->setMetadata(llvm::LLVMContext::MD_tbaa, Tag); | ||||||||
729 | } | ||||||||
730 | |||||||||
731 | void CodeGenModule::DecorateInstructionWithInvariantGroup( | ||||||||
732 | llvm::Instruction *I, const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { | ||||||||
733 | I->setMetadata(llvm::LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, | ||||||||
734 | llvm::MDNode::get(getLLVMContext(), {})); | ||||||||
735 | } | ||||||||
736 | |||||||||
737 | void CodeGenModule::Error(SourceLocation loc, StringRef message) { | ||||||||
738 | unsigned diagID = getDiags().getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error, "%0"); | ||||||||
739 | getDiags().Report(Context.getFullLoc(loc), diagID) << message; | ||||||||
740 | } | ||||||||
741 | |||||||||
742 | /// ErrorUnsupported - Print out an error that codegen doesn't support the | ||||||||
743 | /// specified stmt yet. | ||||||||
744 | void CodeGenModule::ErrorUnsupported(const Stmt *S, const char *Type) { | ||||||||
745 | unsigned DiagID = getDiags().getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error, | ||||||||
746 | "cannot compile this %0 yet"); | ||||||||
747 | std::string Msg = Type; | ||||||||
748 | getDiags().Report(Context.getFullLoc(S->getBeginLoc()), DiagID) | ||||||||
749 | << Msg << S->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
750 | } | ||||||||
751 | |||||||||
752 | /// ErrorUnsupported - Print out an error that codegen doesn't support the | ||||||||
753 | /// specified decl yet. | ||||||||
754 | void CodeGenModule::ErrorUnsupported(const Decl *D, const char *Type) { | ||||||||
755 | unsigned DiagID = getDiags().getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error, | ||||||||
756 | "cannot compile this %0 yet"); | ||||||||
757 | std::string Msg = Type; | ||||||||
758 | getDiags().Report(Context.getFullLoc(D->getLocation()), DiagID) << Msg; | ||||||||
759 | } | ||||||||
760 | |||||||||
761 | llvm::ConstantInt *CodeGenModule::getSize(CharUnits size) { | ||||||||
762 | return llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, size.getQuantity()); | ||||||||
763 | } | ||||||||
764 | |||||||||
765 | void CodeGenModule::setGlobalVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, | ||||||||
766 | const NamedDecl *D) const { | ||||||||
767 | if (GV->hasDLLImportStorageClass()) | ||||||||
768 | return; | ||||||||
769 | // Internal definitions always have default visibility. | ||||||||
770 | if (GV->hasLocalLinkage()) { | ||||||||
771 | GV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::DefaultVisibility); | ||||||||
772 | return; | ||||||||
773 | } | ||||||||
774 | if (!D) | ||||||||
775 | return; | ||||||||
776 | // Set visibility for definitions, and for declarations if requested globally | ||||||||
777 | // or set explicitly. | ||||||||
778 | LinkageInfo LV = D->getLinkageAndVisibility(); | ||||||||
779 | if (LV.isVisibilityExplicit() || getLangOpts().SetVisibilityForExternDecls || | ||||||||
780 | !GV->isDeclarationForLinker()) | ||||||||
781 | GV->setVisibility(GetLLVMVisibility(LV.getVisibility())); | ||||||||
782 | } | ||||||||
783 | |||||||||
784 | static bool shouldAssumeDSOLocal(const CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||||||
785 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
786 | if (GV->hasLocalLinkage()) | ||||||||
787 | return true; | ||||||||
788 | |||||||||
789 | if (!GV->hasDefaultVisibility() && !GV->hasExternalWeakLinkage()) | ||||||||
790 | return true; | ||||||||
791 | |||||||||
792 | // DLLImport explicitly marks the GV as external. | ||||||||
793 | if (GV->hasDLLImportStorageClass()) | ||||||||
794 | return false; | ||||||||
795 | |||||||||
796 | const llvm::Triple &TT = CGM.getTriple(); | ||||||||
797 | if (TT.isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) { | ||||||||
798 | // In MinGW, variables without DLLImport can still be automatically | ||||||||
799 | // imported from a DLL by the linker; don't mark variables that | ||||||||
800 | // potentially could come from another DLL as DSO local. | ||||||||
801 | if (GV->isDeclarationForLinker() && isa<llvm::GlobalVariable>(GV) && | ||||||||
802 | !GV->isThreadLocal()) | ||||||||
803 | return false; | ||||||||
804 | } | ||||||||
805 | |||||||||
806 | // On COFF, don't mark 'extern_weak' symbols as DSO local. If these symbols | ||||||||
807 | // remain unresolved in the link, they can be resolved to zero, which is | ||||||||
808 | // outside the current DSO. | ||||||||
809 | if (TT.isOSBinFormatCOFF() && GV->hasExternalWeakLinkage()) | ||||||||
810 | return false; | ||||||||
811 | |||||||||
812 | // Every other GV is local on COFF. | ||||||||
813 | // Make an exception for windows OS in the triple: Some firmware builds use | ||||||||
814 | // *-win32-macho triples. This (accidentally?) produced windows relocations | ||||||||
815 | // without GOT tables in older clang versions; Keep this behaviour. | ||||||||
816 | // FIXME: even thread local variables? | ||||||||
817 | if (TT.isOSBinFormatCOFF() || (TT.isOSWindows() && TT.isOSBinFormatMachO())) | ||||||||
818 | return true; | ||||||||
819 | |||||||||
820 | // Only handle COFF and ELF for now. | ||||||||
821 | if (!TT.isOSBinFormatELF()) | ||||||||
822 | return false; | ||||||||
823 | |||||||||
824 | // If this is not an executable, don't assume anything is local. | ||||||||
825 | const auto &CGOpts = CGM.getCodeGenOpts(); | ||||||||
826 | llvm::Reloc::Model RM = CGOpts.RelocationModel; | ||||||||
827 | const auto &LOpts = CGM.getLangOpts(); | ||||||||
828 | if (RM != llvm::Reloc::Static && !LOpts.PIE) | ||||||||
829 | return false; | ||||||||
830 | |||||||||
831 | // A definition cannot be preempted from an executable. | ||||||||
832 | if (!GV->isDeclarationForLinker()) | ||||||||
833 | return true; | ||||||||
834 | |||||||||
835 | // Most PIC code sequences that assume that a symbol is local cannot produce a | ||||||||
836 | // 0 if it turns out the symbol is undefined. While this is ABI and relocation | ||||||||
837 | // depended, it seems worth it to handle it here. | ||||||||
838 | if (RM == llvm::Reloc::PIC_ && GV->hasExternalWeakLinkage()) | ||||||||
839 | return false; | ||||||||
840 | |||||||||
841 | // PPC has no copy relocations and cannot use a plt entry as a symbol address. | ||||||||
842 | llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = TT.getArch(); | ||||||||
843 | if (Arch == llvm::Triple::ppc || Arch == llvm::Triple::ppc64 || | ||||||||
844 | Arch == llvm::Triple::ppc64le) | ||||||||
845 | return false; | ||||||||
846 | |||||||||
847 | // If we can use copy relocations we can assume it is local. | ||||||||
848 | if (auto *Var = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(GV)) | ||||||||
849 | if (!Var->isThreadLocal() && | ||||||||
850 | (RM == llvm::Reloc::Static || CGOpts.PIECopyRelocations)) | ||||||||
851 | return true; | ||||||||
852 | |||||||||
853 | // If we can use a plt entry as the symbol address we can assume it | ||||||||
854 | // is local. | ||||||||
855 | // FIXME: This should work for PIE, but the gold linker doesn't support it. | ||||||||
856 | if (isa<llvm::Function>(GV) && !CGOpts.NoPLT && RM == llvm::Reloc::Static) | ||||||||
857 | return true; | ||||||||
858 | |||||||||
859 | // Otherwise don't assue it is local. | ||||||||
860 | return false; | ||||||||
861 | } | ||||||||
862 | |||||||||
863 | void CodeGenModule::setDSOLocal(llvm::GlobalValue *GV) const { | ||||||||
864 | GV->setDSOLocal(shouldAssumeDSOLocal(*this, GV)); | ||||||||
865 | } | ||||||||
866 | |||||||||
867 | void CodeGenModule::setDLLImportDLLExport(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, | ||||||||
868 | GlobalDecl GD) const { | ||||||||
869 | const auto *D = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
870 | // C++ destructors have a few C++ ABI specific special cases. | ||||||||
871 | if (const auto *Dtor = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
872 | getCXXABI().setCXXDestructorDLLStorage(GV, Dtor, GD.getDtorType()); | ||||||||
873 | return; | ||||||||
874 | } | ||||||||
875 | setDLLImportDLLExport(GV, D); | ||||||||
876 | } | ||||||||
877 | |||||||||
878 | void CodeGenModule::setDLLImportDLLExport(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, | ||||||||
879 | const NamedDecl *D) const { | ||||||||
880 | if (D && D->isExternallyVisible()) { | ||||||||
881 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | ||||||||
882 | GV->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalVariable::DLLImportStorageClass); | ||||||||
883 | else if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && !GV->isDeclarationForLinker()) | ||||||||
884 | GV->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalVariable::DLLExportStorageClass); | ||||||||
885 | } | ||||||||
886 | } | ||||||||
887 | |||||||||
888 | void CodeGenModule::setGVProperties(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, | ||||||||
889 | GlobalDecl GD) const { | ||||||||
890 | setDLLImportDLLExport(GV, GD); | ||||||||
891 | setGVPropertiesAux(GV, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(GD.getDecl())); | ||||||||
892 | } | ||||||||
893 | |||||||||
894 | void CodeGenModule::setGVProperties(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, | ||||||||
895 | const NamedDecl *D) const { | ||||||||
896 | setDLLImportDLLExport(GV, D); | ||||||||
897 | setGVPropertiesAux(GV, D); | ||||||||
898 | } | ||||||||
899 | |||||||||
900 | void CodeGenModule::setGVPropertiesAux(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, | ||||||||
901 | const NamedDecl *D) const { | ||||||||
902 | setGlobalVisibility(GV, D); | ||||||||
903 | setDSOLocal(GV); | ||||||||
904 | GV->setPartition(CodeGenOpts.SymbolPartition); | ||||||||
905 | } | ||||||||
906 | |||||||||
907 | static llvm::GlobalVariable::ThreadLocalMode GetLLVMTLSModel(StringRef S) { | ||||||||
908 | return llvm::StringSwitch<llvm::GlobalVariable::ThreadLocalMode>(S) | ||||||||
909 | .Case("global-dynamic", llvm::GlobalVariable::GeneralDynamicTLSModel) | ||||||||
910 | .Case("local-dynamic", llvm::GlobalVariable::LocalDynamicTLSModel) | ||||||||
911 | .Case("initial-exec", llvm::GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel) | ||||||||
912 | .Case("local-exec", llvm::GlobalVariable::LocalExecTLSModel); | ||||||||
913 | } | ||||||||
914 | |||||||||
915 | static llvm::GlobalVariable::ThreadLocalMode GetLLVMTLSModel( | ||||||||
916 | CodeGenOptions::TLSModel M) { | ||||||||
917 | switch (M) { | ||||||||
918 | case CodeGenOptions::GeneralDynamicTLSModel: | ||||||||
919 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::GeneralDynamicTLSModel; | ||||||||
920 | case CodeGenOptions::LocalDynamicTLSModel: | ||||||||
921 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::LocalDynamicTLSModel; | ||||||||
922 | case CodeGenOptions::InitialExecTLSModel: | ||||||||
923 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel; | ||||||||
924 | case CodeGenOptions::LocalExecTLSModel: | ||||||||
925 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::LocalExecTLSModel; | ||||||||
926 | } | ||||||||
927 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TLS model!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid TLS model!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 927); | ||||||||
928 | } | ||||||||
929 | |||||||||
930 | void CodeGenModule::setTLSMode(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, const VarDecl &D) const { | ||||||||
931 | assert(D.getTLSKind() && "setting TLS mode on non-TLS var!")((D.getTLSKind() && "setting TLS mode on non-TLS var!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D.getTLSKind() && \"setting TLS mode on non-TLS var!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 931, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
932 | |||||||||
933 | llvm::GlobalValue::ThreadLocalMode TLM; | ||||||||
934 | TLM = GetLLVMTLSModel(CodeGenOpts.getDefaultTLSModel()); | ||||||||
935 | |||||||||
936 | // Override the TLS model if it is explicitly specified. | ||||||||
937 | if (const TLSModelAttr *Attr = D.getAttr<TLSModelAttr>()) { | ||||||||
938 | TLM = GetLLVMTLSModel(Attr->getModel()); | ||||||||
939 | } | ||||||||
940 | |||||||||
941 | GV->setThreadLocalMode(TLM); | ||||||||
942 | } | ||||||||
943 | |||||||||
944 | static std::string getCPUSpecificMangling(const CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||||||
945 | StringRef Name) { | ||||||||
946 | const TargetInfo &Target = CGM.getTarget(); | ||||||||
947 | return (Twine('.') + Twine(Target.CPUSpecificManglingCharacter(Name))).str(); | ||||||||
948 | } | ||||||||
949 | |||||||||
950 | static void AppendCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMangling(const CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||||||
951 | const CPUSpecificAttr *Attr, | ||||||||
952 | unsigned CPUIndex, | ||||||||
953 | raw_ostream &Out) { | ||||||||
954 | // cpu_specific gets the current name, dispatch gets the resolver if IFunc is | ||||||||
955 | // supported. | ||||||||
956 | if (Attr) | ||||||||
957 | Out << getCPUSpecificMangling(CGM, Attr->getCPUName(CPUIndex)->getName()); | ||||||||
958 | else if (CGM.getTarget().supportsIFunc()) | ||||||||
959 | Out << ".resolver"; | ||||||||
960 | } | ||||||||
961 | |||||||||
962 | static void AppendTargetMangling(const CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||||||
963 | const TargetAttr *Attr, raw_ostream &Out) { | ||||||||
964 | if (Attr->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||||||
965 | return; | ||||||||
966 | |||||||||
967 | Out << '.'; | ||||||||
968 | const TargetInfo &Target = CGM.getTarget(); | ||||||||
969 | ParsedTargetAttr Info = | ||||||||
970 | Attr->parse([&Target](StringRef LHS, StringRef RHS) { | ||||||||
971 | // Multiversioning doesn't allow "no-${feature}", so we can | ||||||||
972 | // only have "+" prefixes here. | ||||||||
973 | assert(LHS.startswith("+") && RHS.startswith("+") &&((LHS.startswith("+") && RHS.startswith("+") && "Features should always have a prefix.") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS.startswith(\"+\") && RHS.startswith(\"+\") && \"Features should always have a prefix.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 974, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
974 | "Features should always have a prefix.")((LHS.startswith("+") && RHS.startswith("+") && "Features should always have a prefix.") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS.startswith(\"+\") && RHS.startswith(\"+\") && \"Features should always have a prefix.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 974, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
975 | return Target.multiVersionSortPriority(LHS.substr(1)) > | ||||||||
976 | Target.multiVersionSortPriority(RHS.substr(1)); | ||||||||
977 | }); | ||||||||
978 | |||||||||
979 | bool IsFirst = true; | ||||||||
980 | |||||||||
981 | if (!Info.Architecture.empty()) { | ||||||||
982 | IsFirst = false; | ||||||||
983 | Out << "arch_" << Info.Architecture; | ||||||||
984 | } | ||||||||
985 | |||||||||
986 | for (StringRef Feat : Info.Features) { | ||||||||
987 | if (!IsFirst) | ||||||||
988 | Out << '_'; | ||||||||
989 | IsFirst = false; | ||||||||
990 | Out << Feat.substr(1); | ||||||||
991 | } | ||||||||
992 | } | ||||||||
993 | |||||||||
994 | static std::string getMangledNameImpl(const CodeGenModule &CGM, GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
995 | const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||||
996 | bool OmitMultiVersionMangling = false) { | ||||||||
997 | SmallString<256> Buffer; | ||||||||
998 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream Out(Buffer); | ||||||||
999 | MangleContext &MC = CGM.getCXXABI().getMangleContext(); | ||||||||
1000 | if (MC.shouldMangleDeclName(ND)) { | ||||||||
1001 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream Out(Buffer); | ||||||||
1002 | if (const auto *D = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND)) | ||||||||
1003 | MC.mangleCXXCtor(D, GD.getCtorType(), Out); | ||||||||
1004 | else if (const auto *D = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND)) | ||||||||
1005 | MC.mangleCXXDtor(D, GD.getDtorType(), Out); | ||||||||
1006 | else | ||||||||
1007 | MC.mangleName(ND, Out); | ||||||||
1008 | } else { | ||||||||
1009 | IdentifierInfo *II = ND->getIdentifier(); | ||||||||
1010 | assert(II && "Attempt to mangle unnamed decl.")((II && "Attempt to mangle unnamed decl.") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("II && \"Attempt to mangle unnamed decl.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1010, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1011 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); | ||||||||
1012 | |||||||||
1013 | if (FD && | ||||||||
1014 | FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv() == CC_X86RegCall) { | ||||||||
1015 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream Out(Buffer); | ||||||||
1016 | Out << "__regcall3__" << II->getName(); | ||||||||
1017 | } else { | ||||||||
1018 | Out << II->getName(); | ||||||||
1019 | } | ||||||||
1020 | } | ||||||||
1021 | |||||||||
1022 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) | ||||||||
1023 | if (FD->isMultiVersion() && !OmitMultiVersionMangling) { | ||||||||
1024 | switch (FD->getMultiVersionKind()) { | ||||||||
1025 | case MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch: | ||||||||
1026 | case MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific: | ||||||||
1027 | AppendCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMangling(CGM, | ||||||||
1028 | FD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(), | ||||||||
1029 | GD.getMultiVersionIndex(), Out); | ||||||||
1030 | break; | ||||||||
1031 | case MultiVersionKind::Target: | ||||||||
1032 | AppendTargetMangling(CGM, FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(), Out); | ||||||||
1033 | break; | ||||||||
1034 | case MultiVersionKind::None: | ||||||||
1035 | llvm_unreachable("None multiversion type isn't valid here")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("None multiversion type isn't valid here" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1035); | ||||||||
1036 | } | ||||||||
1037 | } | ||||||||
1038 | |||||||||
1039 | return Out.str(); | ||||||||
1040 | } | ||||||||
1041 | |||||||||
1042 | void CodeGenModule::UpdateMultiVersionNames(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
1043 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
1044 | if (!FD->isMultiVersion()) | ||||||||
1045 | return; | ||||||||
1046 | |||||||||
1047 | // Get the name of what this would be without the 'target' attribute. This | ||||||||
1048 | // allows us to lookup the version that was emitted when this wasn't a | ||||||||
1049 | // multiversion function. | ||||||||
1050 | std::string NonTargetName = | ||||||||
1051 | getMangledNameImpl(*this, GD, FD, /*OmitMultiVersionMangling=*/true); | ||||||||
1052 | GlobalDecl OtherGD; | ||||||||
1053 | if (lookupRepresentativeDecl(NonTargetName, OtherGD)) { | ||||||||
1054 | assert(OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl()((OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() -> isMultiVersion() && "Other GD should now be a multiversioned function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() ->isMultiVersion() && \"Other GD should now be a multiversioned function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1055 | .getDecl()((OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() -> isMultiVersion() && "Other GD should now be a multiversioned function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() ->isMultiVersion() && \"Other GD should now be a multiversioned function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1056 | ->getAsFunction()((OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() -> isMultiVersion() && "Other GD should now be a multiversioned function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() ->isMultiVersion() && \"Other GD should now be a multiversioned function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1057 | ->isMultiVersion() &&((OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() -> isMultiVersion() && "Other GD should now be a multiversioned function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() ->isMultiVersion() && \"Other GD should now be a multiversioned function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1058 | "Other GD should now be a multiversioned function")((OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() -> isMultiVersion() && "Other GD should now be a multiversioned function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() .getDecl() ->getAsFunction() ->isMultiVersion() && \"Other GD should now be a multiversioned function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1059 | // OtherFD is the version of this function that was mangled BEFORE | ||||||||
1060 | // becoming a MultiVersion function. It potentially needs to be updated. | ||||||||
1061 | const FunctionDecl *OtherFD = OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl() | ||||||||
1062 | .getDecl() | ||||||||
1063 | ->getAsFunction() | ||||||||
1064 | ->getMostRecentDecl(); | ||||||||
1065 | std::string OtherName = getMangledNameImpl(*this, OtherGD, OtherFD); | ||||||||
1066 | // This is so that if the initial version was already the 'default' | ||||||||
1067 | // version, we don't try to update it. | ||||||||
1068 | if (OtherName != NonTargetName) { | ||||||||
1069 | // Remove instead of erase, since others may have stored the StringRef | ||||||||
1070 | // to this. | ||||||||
1071 | const auto ExistingRecord = Manglings.find(NonTargetName); | ||||||||
1072 | if (ExistingRecord != std::end(Manglings)) | ||||||||
1073 | Manglings.remove(&(*ExistingRecord)); | ||||||||
1074 | auto Result = Manglings.insert(std::make_pair(OtherName, OtherGD)); | ||||||||
1075 | MangledDeclNames[OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl()] = Result.first->first(); | ||||||||
1076 | if (llvm::GlobalValue *Entry = GetGlobalValue(NonTargetName)) | ||||||||
1077 | Entry->setName(OtherName); | ||||||||
1078 | } | ||||||||
1079 | } | ||||||||
1080 | } | ||||||||
1081 | |||||||||
1082 | StringRef CodeGenModule::getMangledName(GlobalDecl GD) { | ||||||||
1083 | GlobalDecl CanonicalGD = GD.getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||||
1084 | |||||||||
1085 | // Some ABIs don't have constructor variants. Make sure that base and | ||||||||
1086 | // complete constructors get mangled the same. | ||||||||
1087 | if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(CanonicalGD.getDecl())) { | ||||||||
1088 | if (!getTarget().getCXXABI().hasConstructorVariants()) { | ||||||||
1089 | CXXCtorType OrigCtorType = GD.getCtorType(); | ||||||||
1090 | assert(OrigCtorType == Ctor_Base || OrigCtorType == Ctor_Complete)((OrigCtorType == Ctor_Base || OrigCtorType == Ctor_Complete) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OrigCtorType == Ctor_Base || OrigCtorType == Ctor_Complete" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1090, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1091 | if (OrigCtorType == Ctor_Base) | ||||||||
1092 | CanonicalGD = GlobalDecl(CD, Ctor_Complete); | ||||||||
1093 | } | ||||||||
1094 | } | ||||||||
1095 | |||||||||
1096 | auto FoundName = MangledDeclNames.find(CanonicalGD); | ||||||||
1097 | if (FoundName != MangledDeclNames.end()) | ||||||||
1098 | return FoundName->second; | ||||||||
1099 | |||||||||
1100 | // Keep the first result in the case of a mangling collision. | ||||||||
1101 | const auto *ND = cast<NamedDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
1102 | std::string MangledName = getMangledNameImpl(*this, GD, ND); | ||||||||
1103 | |||||||||
1104 | // Adjust kernel stub mangling as we may need to be able to differentiate | ||||||||
1105 | // them from the kernel itself (e.g., for HIP). | ||||||||
1106 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl())) | ||||||||
1107 | if (!getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) | ||||||||
1108 | MangledName = getCUDARuntime().getDeviceStubName(MangledName); | ||||||||
1109 | |||||||||
1110 | auto Result = Manglings.insert(std::make_pair(MangledName, GD)); | ||||||||
1111 | return MangledDeclNames[CanonicalGD] = Result.first->first(); | ||||||||
1112 | } | ||||||||
1113 | |||||||||
1114 | StringRef CodeGenModule::getBlockMangledName(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
1115 | const BlockDecl *BD) { | ||||||||
1116 | MangleContext &MangleCtx = getCXXABI().getMangleContext(); | ||||||||
1117 | const Decl *D = GD.getDecl(); | ||||||||
1118 | |||||||||
1119 | SmallString<256> Buffer; | ||||||||
1120 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream Out(Buffer); | ||||||||
1121 | if (!D) | ||||||||
1122 | MangleCtx.mangleGlobalBlock(BD, | ||||||||
1123 | dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(initializedGlobalDecl.getDecl()), Out); | ||||||||
1124 | else if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
1125 | MangleCtx.mangleCtorBlock(CD, GD.getCtorType(), BD, Out); | ||||||||
1126 | else if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
1127 | MangleCtx.mangleDtorBlock(DD, GD.getDtorType(), BD, Out); | ||||||||
1128 | else | ||||||||
1129 | MangleCtx.mangleBlock(cast<DeclContext>(D), BD, Out); | ||||||||
1130 | |||||||||
1131 | auto Result = Manglings.insert(std::make_pair(Out.str(), BD)); | ||||||||
1132 | return Result.first->first(); | ||||||||
1133 | } | ||||||||
1134 | |||||||||
1135 | llvm::GlobalValue *CodeGenModule::GetGlobalValue(StringRef Name) { | ||||||||
1136 | return getModule().getNamedValue(Name); | ||||||||
1137 | } | ||||||||
1138 | |||||||||
1139 | /// AddGlobalCtor - Add a function to the list that will be called before | ||||||||
1140 | /// main() runs. | ||||||||
1141 | void CodeGenModule::AddGlobalCtor(llvm::Function *Ctor, int Priority, | ||||||||
1142 | llvm::Constant *AssociatedData) { | ||||||||
1143 | // FIXME: Type coercion of void()* types. | ||||||||
1144 | GlobalCtors.push_back(Structor(Priority, Ctor, AssociatedData)); | ||||||||
1145 | } | ||||||||
1146 | |||||||||
1147 | /// AddGlobalDtor - Add a function to the list that will be called | ||||||||
1148 | /// when the module is unloaded. | ||||||||
1149 | void CodeGenModule::AddGlobalDtor(llvm::Function *Dtor, int Priority) { | ||||||||
1150 | if (CodeGenOpts.RegisterGlobalDtorsWithAtExit) { | ||||||||
1151 | DtorsUsingAtExit[Priority].push_back(Dtor); | ||||||||
1152 | return; | ||||||||
1153 | } | ||||||||
1154 | |||||||||
1155 | // FIXME: Type coercion of void()* types. | ||||||||
1156 | GlobalDtors.push_back(Structor(Priority, Dtor, nullptr)); | ||||||||
1157 | } | ||||||||
1158 | |||||||||
1159 | void CodeGenModule::EmitCtorList(CtorList &Fns, const char *GlobalName) { | ||||||||
1160 | if (Fns.empty()) return; | ||||||||
1161 | |||||||||
1162 | // Ctor function type is void()*. | ||||||||
1163 | llvm::FunctionType* CtorFTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, false); | ||||||||
1164 | llvm::Type *CtorPFTy = llvm::PointerType::get(CtorFTy, | ||||||||
1165 | TheModule.getDataLayout().getProgramAddressSpace()); | ||||||||
1166 | |||||||||
1167 | // Get the type of a ctor entry, { i32, void ()*, i8* }. | ||||||||
1168 | llvm::StructType *CtorStructTy = llvm::StructType::get( | ||||||||
1169 | Int32Ty, CtorPFTy, VoidPtrTy); | ||||||||
1170 | |||||||||
1171 | // Construct the constructor and destructor arrays. | ||||||||
1172 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(*this); | ||||||||
1173 | auto ctors = builder.beginArray(CtorStructTy); | ||||||||
1174 | for (const auto &I : Fns) { | ||||||||
1175 | auto ctor = ctors.beginStruct(CtorStructTy); | ||||||||
1176 | ctor.addInt(Int32Ty, I.Priority); | ||||||||
1177 | ctor.add(llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(I.Initializer, CtorPFTy)); | ||||||||
1178 | if (I.AssociatedData) | ||||||||
1179 | ctor.add(llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(I.AssociatedData, VoidPtrTy)); | ||||||||
1180 | else | ||||||||
1181 | ctor.addNullPointer(VoidPtrTy); | ||||||||
1182 | ctor.finishAndAddTo(ctors); | ||||||||
1183 | } | ||||||||
1184 | |||||||||
1185 | auto list = | ||||||||
1186 | ctors.finishAndCreateGlobal(GlobalName, getPointerAlign(), | ||||||||
1187 | /*constant*/ false, | ||||||||
1188 | llvm::GlobalValue::AppendingLinkage); | ||||||||
1189 | |||||||||
1190 | // The LTO linker doesn't seem to like it when we set an alignment | ||||||||
1191 | // on appending variables. Take it off as a workaround. | ||||||||
1192 | list->setAlignment(llvm::None); | ||||||||
1193 | |||||||||
1194 | Fns.clear(); | ||||||||
1195 | } | ||||||||
1196 | |||||||||
1197 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes | ||||||||
1198 | CodeGenModule::getFunctionLinkage(GlobalDecl GD) { | ||||||||
1199 | const auto *D = cast<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
1200 | |||||||||
1201 | GVALinkage Linkage = getContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(D); | ||||||||
1202 | |||||||||
1203 | if (const auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
1204 | return getCXXABI().getCXXDestructorLinkage(Linkage, Dtor, GD.getDtorType()); | ||||||||
1205 | |||||||||
1206 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(D) && | ||||||||
1207 | cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)->isInheritingConstructor() && | ||||||||
1208 | Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | ||||||||
1209 | // Our approach to inheriting constructors is fundamentally different from | ||||||||
1210 | // that used by the MS ABI, so keep our inheriting constructor thunks | ||||||||
1211 | // internal rather than trying to pick an unambiguous mangling for them. | ||||||||
1212 | return llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage; | ||||||||
1213 | } | ||||||||
1214 | |||||||||
1215 | return getLLVMLinkageForDeclarator(D, Linkage, /*IsConstantVariable=*/false); | ||||||||
1216 | } | ||||||||
1217 | |||||||||
1218 | llvm::ConstantInt *CodeGenModule::CreateCrossDsoCfiTypeId(llvm::Metadata *MD) { | ||||||||
1219 | llvm::MDString *MDS = dyn_cast<llvm::MDString>(MD); | ||||||||
1220 | if (!MDS) return nullptr; | ||||||||
1221 | |||||||||
1222 | return llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int64Ty, llvm::MD5Hash(MDS->getString())); | ||||||||
1223 | } | ||||||||
1224 | |||||||||
1225 | void CodeGenModule::SetLLVMFunctionAttributes(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
1226 | const CGFunctionInfo &Info, | ||||||||
1227 | llvm::Function *F) { | ||||||||
1228 | unsigned CallingConv; | ||||||||
1229 | llvm::AttributeList PAL; | ||||||||
1230 | ConstructAttributeList(F->getName(), Info, GD, PAL, CallingConv, false); | ||||||||
1231 | F->setAttributes(PAL); | ||||||||
1232 | F->setCallingConv(static_cast<llvm::CallingConv::ID>(CallingConv)); | ||||||||
1233 | } | ||||||||
1234 | |||||||||
1235 | static void removeImageAccessQualifier(std::string& TyName) { | ||||||||
1236 | std::string ReadOnlyQual("__read_only"); | ||||||||
1237 | std::string::size_type ReadOnlyPos = TyName.find(ReadOnlyQual); | ||||||||
1238 | if (ReadOnlyPos != std::string::npos) | ||||||||
1239 | // "+ 1" for the space after access qualifier. | ||||||||
1240 | TyName.erase(ReadOnlyPos, ReadOnlyQual.size() + 1); | ||||||||
1241 | else { | ||||||||
1242 | std::string WriteOnlyQual("__write_only"); | ||||||||
1243 | std::string::size_type WriteOnlyPos = TyName.find(WriteOnlyQual); | ||||||||
1244 | if (WriteOnlyPos != std::string::npos) | ||||||||
1245 | TyName.erase(WriteOnlyPos, WriteOnlyQual.size() + 1); | ||||||||
1246 | else { | ||||||||
1247 | std::string ReadWriteQual("__read_write"); | ||||||||
1248 | std::string::size_type ReadWritePos = TyName.find(ReadWriteQual); | ||||||||
1249 | if (ReadWritePos != std::string::npos) | ||||||||
1250 | TyName.erase(ReadWritePos, ReadWriteQual.size() + 1); | ||||||||
1251 | } | ||||||||
1252 | } | ||||||||
1253 | } | ||||||||
1254 | |||||||||
1255 | // Returns the address space id that should be produced to the | ||||||||
1256 | // kernel_arg_addr_space metadata. This is always fixed to the ids | ||||||||
1257 | // as specified in the SPIR 2.0 specification in order to differentiate | ||||||||
1258 | // for example in clGetKernelArgInfo() implementation between the address | ||||||||
1259 | // spaces with targets without unique mapping to the OpenCL address spaces | ||||||||
1260 | // (basically all single AS CPUs). | ||||||||
1261 | static unsigned ArgInfoAddressSpace(LangAS AS) { | ||||||||
1262 | switch (AS) { | ||||||||
1263 | case LangAS::opencl_global: return 1; | ||||||||
1264 | case LangAS::opencl_constant: return 2; | ||||||||
1265 | case LangAS::opencl_local: return 3; | ||||||||
1266 | case LangAS::opencl_generic: return 4; // Not in SPIR 2.0 specs. | ||||||||
1267 | default: | ||||||||
1268 | return 0; // Assume private. | ||||||||
1269 | } | ||||||||
1270 | } | ||||||||
1271 | |||||||||
1272 | void CodeGenModule::GenOpenCLArgMetadata(llvm::Function *Fn, | ||||||||
1273 | const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||||
1274 | CodeGenFunction *CGF) { | ||||||||
1275 | assert(((FD && CGF) || (!FD && !CGF)) &&((((FD && CGF) || (!FD && !CGF)) && "Incorrect use - FD and CGF should either be both null or not!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((FD && CGF) || (!FD && !CGF)) && \"Incorrect use - FD and CGF should either be both null or not!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1276, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| |||||||||
1276 | "Incorrect use - FD and CGF should either be both null or not!")((((FD && CGF) || (!FD && !CGF)) && "Incorrect use - FD and CGF should either be both null or not!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((FD && CGF) || (!FD && !CGF)) && \"Incorrect use - FD and CGF should either be both null or not!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1276, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1277 | // Create MDNodes that represent the kernel arg metadata. | ||||||||
1278 | // Each MDNode is a list in the form of "key", N number of values which is | ||||||||
1279 | // the same number of values as their are kernel arguments. | ||||||||
1280 | |||||||||
1281 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy = Context.getPrintingPolicy(); | ||||||||
1282 | |||||||||
1283 | // MDNode for the kernel argument address space qualifiers. | ||||||||
1284 | SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> addressQuals; | ||||||||
1285 | |||||||||
1286 | // MDNode for the kernel argument access qualifiers (images only). | ||||||||
1287 | SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> accessQuals; | ||||||||
1288 | |||||||||
1289 | // MDNode for the kernel argument type names. | ||||||||
1290 | SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> argTypeNames; | ||||||||
1291 | |||||||||
1292 | // MDNode for the kernel argument base type names. | ||||||||
1293 | SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> argBaseTypeNames; | ||||||||
1294 | |||||||||
1295 | // MDNode for the kernel argument type qualifiers. | ||||||||
1296 | SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> argTypeQuals; | ||||||||
1297 | |||||||||
1298 | // MDNode for the kernel argument names. | ||||||||
1299 | SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> argNames; | ||||||||
1300 | |||||||||
1301 | if (FD
| ||||||||
1302 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FD->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
1303 | const ParmVarDecl *parm = FD->getParamDecl(i); | ||||||||
1304 | QualType ty = parm->getType(); | ||||||||
1305 | std::string typeQuals; | ||||||||
1306 | |||||||||
1307 | if (ty->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
1308 | QualType pointeeTy = ty->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1309 | |||||||||
1310 | // Get address qualifier. | ||||||||
1311 | addressQuals.push_back( | ||||||||
1312 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(CGF->Builder.getInt32( | ||||||||
1313 | ArgInfoAddressSpace(pointeeTy.getAddressSpace())))); | ||||||||
1314 | |||||||||
1315 | // Get argument type name. | ||||||||
1316 | std::string typeName = | ||||||||
1317 | pointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString(Policy) + "*"; | ||||||||
1318 | |||||||||
1319 | // Turn "unsigned type" to "utype" | ||||||||
1320 | std::string::size_type pos = typeName.find("unsigned"); | ||||||||
1321 | if (pointeeTy.isCanonical() && pos != std::string::npos) | ||||||||
1322 | typeName.erase(pos + 1, 8); | ||||||||
1323 | |||||||||
1324 | argTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, typeName)); | ||||||||
1325 | |||||||||
1326 | std::string baseTypeName = | ||||||||
1327 | pointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType().getCanonicalType().getAsString( | ||||||||
1328 | Policy) + | ||||||||
1329 | "*"; | ||||||||
1330 | |||||||||
1331 | // Turn "unsigned type" to "utype" | ||||||||
1332 | pos = baseTypeName.find("unsigned"); | ||||||||
1333 | if (pos != std::string::npos) | ||||||||
1334 | baseTypeName.erase(pos + 1, 8); | ||||||||
1335 | |||||||||
1336 | argBaseTypeNames.push_back( | ||||||||
1337 | llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, baseTypeName)); | ||||||||
1338 | |||||||||
1339 | // Get argument type qualifiers: | ||||||||
1340 | if (ty.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||||||
1341 | typeQuals = "restrict"; | ||||||||
1342 | if (pointeeTy.isConstQualified() || | ||||||||
1343 | (pointeeTy.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)) | ||||||||
1344 | typeQuals += typeQuals.empty() ? "const" : " const"; | ||||||||
1345 | if (pointeeTy.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||||
1346 | typeQuals += typeQuals.empty() ? "volatile" : " volatile"; | ||||||||
1347 | } else { | ||||||||
1348 | uint32_t AddrSpc = 0; | ||||||||
1349 | bool isPipe = ty->isPipeType(); | ||||||||
1350 | if (ty->isImageType() || isPipe) | ||||||||
1351 | AddrSpc = ArgInfoAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global); | ||||||||
1352 | |||||||||
1353 | addressQuals.push_back( | ||||||||
1354 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(CGF->Builder.getInt32(AddrSpc))); | ||||||||
1355 | |||||||||
1356 | // Get argument type name. | ||||||||
1357 | std::string typeName; | ||||||||
1358 | if (isPipe
| ||||||||
1359 | typeName = ty.getCanonicalType() | ||||||||
| |||||||||
1360 | ->getAs<PipeType>() | ||||||||
1361 | ->getElementType() | ||||||||
1362 | .getAsString(Policy); | ||||||||
1363 | else | ||||||||
1364 | typeName = ty.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString(Policy); | ||||||||
1365 | |||||||||
1366 | // Turn "unsigned type" to "utype" | ||||||||
1367 | std::string::size_type pos = typeName.find("unsigned"); | ||||||||
1368 | if (ty.isCanonical() && pos != std::string::npos) | ||||||||
1369 | typeName.erase(pos + 1, 8); | ||||||||
1370 | |||||||||
1371 | std::string baseTypeName; | ||||||||
1372 | if (isPipe) | ||||||||
1373 | baseTypeName = ty.getCanonicalType() | ||||||||
1374 | ->getAs<PipeType>() | ||||||||
1375 | ->getElementType() | ||||||||
1376 | .getCanonicalType() | ||||||||
1377 | .getAsString(Policy); | ||||||||
1378 | else | ||||||||
1379 | baseTypeName = | ||||||||
1380 | ty.getUnqualifiedType().getCanonicalType().getAsString(Policy); | ||||||||
1381 | |||||||||
1382 | // Remove access qualifiers on images | ||||||||
1383 | // (as they are inseparable from type in clang implementation, | ||||||||
1384 | // but OpenCL spec provides a special query to get access qualifier | ||||||||
1385 | // via clGetKernelArgInfo with CL_KERNEL_ARG_ACCESS_QUALIFIER): | ||||||||
1386 | if (ty->isImageType()) { | ||||||||
1387 | removeImageAccessQualifier(typeName); | ||||||||
1388 | removeImageAccessQualifier(baseTypeName); | ||||||||
1389 | } | ||||||||
1390 | |||||||||
1391 | argTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, typeName)); | ||||||||
1392 | |||||||||
1393 | // Turn "unsigned type" to "utype" | ||||||||
1394 | pos = baseTypeName.find("unsigned"); | ||||||||
1395 | if (pos != std::string::npos) | ||||||||
1396 | baseTypeName.erase(pos + 1, 8); | ||||||||
1397 | |||||||||
1398 | argBaseTypeNames.push_back( | ||||||||
1399 | llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, baseTypeName)); | ||||||||
1400 | |||||||||
1401 | if (isPipe) | ||||||||
1402 | typeQuals = "pipe"; | ||||||||
1403 | } | ||||||||
1404 | |||||||||
1405 | argTypeQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, typeQuals)); | ||||||||
1406 | |||||||||
1407 | // Get image and pipe access qualifier: | ||||||||
1408 | if (ty->isImageType() || ty->isPipeType()) { | ||||||||
1409 | const Decl *PDecl = parm; | ||||||||
1410 | if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(ty)) | ||||||||
1411 | PDecl = TD->getDecl(); | ||||||||
1412 | const OpenCLAccessAttr *A = PDecl->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>(); | ||||||||
1413 | if (A && A->isWriteOnly()) | ||||||||
1414 | accessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, "write_only")); | ||||||||
1415 | else if (A && A->isReadWrite()) | ||||||||
1416 | accessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, "read_write")); | ||||||||
1417 | else | ||||||||
1418 | accessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, "read_only")); | ||||||||
1419 | } else | ||||||||
1420 | accessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, "none")); | ||||||||
1421 | |||||||||
1422 | // Get argument name. | ||||||||
1423 | argNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, parm->getName())); | ||||||||
1424 | } | ||||||||
1425 | |||||||||
1426 | Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_addr_space", | ||||||||
1427 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, addressQuals)); | ||||||||
1428 | Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_access_qual", | ||||||||
1429 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, accessQuals)); | ||||||||
1430 | Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_type", | ||||||||
1431 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, argTypeNames)); | ||||||||
1432 | Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_base_type", | ||||||||
1433 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, argBaseTypeNames)); | ||||||||
1434 | Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_type_qual", | ||||||||
1435 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, argTypeQuals)); | ||||||||
1436 | if (getCodeGenOpts().EmitOpenCLArgMetadata) | ||||||||
1437 | Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_name", | ||||||||
1438 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, argNames)); | ||||||||
1439 | } | ||||||||
1440 | |||||||||
1441 | /// Determines whether the language options require us to model | ||||||||
1442 | /// unwind exceptions. We treat -fexceptions as mandating this | ||||||||
1443 | /// except under the fragile ObjC ABI with only ObjC exceptions | ||||||||
1444 | /// enabled. This means, for example, that C with -fexceptions | ||||||||
1445 | /// enables this. | ||||||||
1446 | static bool hasUnwindExceptions(const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||||||
1447 | // If exceptions are completely disabled, obviously this is false. | ||||||||
1448 | if (!LangOpts.Exceptions) return false; | ||||||||
1449 | |||||||||
1450 | // If C++ exceptions are enabled, this is true. | ||||||||
1451 | if (LangOpts.CXXExceptions) return true; | ||||||||
1452 | |||||||||
1453 | // If ObjC exceptions are enabled, this depends on the ABI. | ||||||||
1454 | if (LangOpts.ObjCExceptions) { | ||||||||
1455 | return LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.hasUnwindExceptions(); | ||||||||
1456 | } | ||||||||
1457 | |||||||||
1458 | return true; | ||||||||
1459 | } | ||||||||
1460 | |||||||||
1461 | static bool requiresMemberFunctionPointerTypeMetadata(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||||||
1462 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { | ||||||||
1463 | // Check that the type metadata can ever actually be used by a call. | ||||||||
1464 | if (!CGM.getCodeGenOpts().LTOUnit || | ||||||||
1465 | !CGM.HasHiddenLTOVisibility(MD->getParent())) | ||||||||
1466 | return false; | ||||||||
1467 | |||||||||
1468 | // Only functions whose address can be taken with a member function pointer | ||||||||
1469 | // need this sort of type metadata. | ||||||||
1470 | return !MD->isStatic() && !MD->isVirtual() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && | ||||||||
1471 | !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD); | ||||||||
1472 | } | ||||||||
1473 | |||||||||
1474 | std::vector<const CXXRecordDecl *> | ||||||||
1475 | CodeGenModule::getMostBaseClasses(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { | ||||||||
1476 | llvm::SetVector<const CXXRecordDecl *> MostBases; | ||||||||
1477 | |||||||||
1478 | std::function<void (const CXXRecordDecl *)> CollectMostBases; | ||||||||
1479 | CollectMostBases = [&](const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { | ||||||||
1480 | if (RD->getNumBases() == 0) | ||||||||
1481 | MostBases.insert(RD); | ||||||||
1482 | for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &B : RD->bases()) | ||||||||
1483 | CollectMostBases(B.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); | ||||||||
1484 | }; | ||||||||
1485 | CollectMostBases(RD); | ||||||||
1486 | return MostBases.takeVector(); | ||||||||
1487 | } | ||||||||
1488 | |||||||||
1489 | void CodeGenModule::SetLLVMFunctionAttributesForDefinition(const Decl *D, | ||||||||
1490 | llvm::Function *F) { | ||||||||
1491 | llvm::AttrBuilder B; | ||||||||
1492 | |||||||||
1493 | if (CodeGenOpts.UnwindTables) | ||||||||
1494 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::UWTable); | ||||||||
1495 | |||||||||
1496 | if (!hasUnwindExceptions(LangOpts)) | ||||||||
1497 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoUnwind); | ||||||||
1498 | |||||||||
1499 | if (!D || !D->hasAttr<NoStackProtectorAttr>()) { | ||||||||
1500 | if (LangOpts.getStackProtector() == LangOptions::SSPOn) | ||||||||
1501 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::StackProtect); | ||||||||
1502 | else if (LangOpts.getStackProtector() == LangOptions::SSPStrong) | ||||||||
1503 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::StackProtectStrong); | ||||||||
1504 | else if (LangOpts.getStackProtector() == LangOptions::SSPReq) | ||||||||
1505 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::StackProtectReq); | ||||||||
1506 | } | ||||||||
1507 | |||||||||
1508 | if (!D) { | ||||||||
1509 | // If we don't have a declaration to control inlining, the function isn't | ||||||||
1510 | // explicitly marked as alwaysinline for semantic reasons, and inlining is | ||||||||
1511 | // disabled, mark the function as noinline. | ||||||||
1512 | if (!F->hasFnAttribute(llvm::Attribute::AlwaysInline) && | ||||||||
1513 | CodeGenOpts.getInlining() == CodeGenOptions::OnlyAlwaysInlining) | ||||||||
1514 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); | ||||||||
1515 | |||||||||
1516 | F->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, B); | ||||||||
1517 | return; | ||||||||
1518 | } | ||||||||
1519 | |||||||||
1520 | // Track whether we need to add the optnone LLVM attribute, | ||||||||
1521 | // starting with the default for this optimization level. | ||||||||
1522 | bool ShouldAddOptNone = | ||||||||
1523 | !CodeGenOpts.DisableO0ImplyOptNone && CodeGenOpts.OptimizationLevel == 0; | ||||||||
1524 | // We can't add optnone in the following cases, it won't pass the verifier. | ||||||||
1525 | ShouldAddOptNone &= !D->hasAttr<MinSizeAttr>(); | ||||||||
1526 | ShouldAddOptNone &= !D->hasAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>(); | ||||||||
1527 | |||||||||
1528 | // Add optnone, but do so only if the function isn't always_inline. | ||||||||
1529 | if ((ShouldAddOptNone || D->hasAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) && | ||||||||
1530 | !F->hasFnAttribute(llvm::Attribute::AlwaysInline)) { | ||||||||
1531 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::OptimizeNone); | ||||||||
1532 | |||||||||
1533 | // OptimizeNone implies noinline; we should not be inlining such functions. | ||||||||
1534 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); | ||||||||
1535 | |||||||||
1536 | // We still need to handle naked functions even though optnone subsumes | ||||||||
1537 | // much of their semantics. | ||||||||
1538 | if (D->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) | ||||||||
1539 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::Naked); | ||||||||
1540 | |||||||||
1541 | // OptimizeNone wins over OptimizeForSize and MinSize. | ||||||||
1542 | F->removeFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::OptimizeForSize); | ||||||||
1543 | F->removeFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::MinSize); | ||||||||
1544 | } else if (D->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { | ||||||||
1545 | // Naked implies noinline: we should not be inlining such functions. | ||||||||
1546 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::Naked); | ||||||||
1547 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); | ||||||||
1548 | } else if (D->hasAttr<NoDuplicateAttr>()) { | ||||||||
1549 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoDuplicate); | ||||||||
1550 | } else if (D->hasAttr<NoInlineAttr>() && !F->hasFnAttribute(llvm::Attribute::AlwaysInline)) { | ||||||||
1551 | // Add noinline if the function isn't always_inline. | ||||||||
1552 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); | ||||||||
1553 | } else if (D->hasAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>() && | ||||||||
1554 | !F->hasFnAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoInline)) { | ||||||||
1555 | // (noinline wins over always_inline, and we can't specify both in IR) | ||||||||
1556 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::AlwaysInline); | ||||||||
1557 | } else if (CodeGenOpts.getInlining() == CodeGenOptions::OnlyAlwaysInlining) { | ||||||||
1558 | // If we're not inlining, then force everything that isn't always_inline to | ||||||||
1559 | // carry an explicit noinline attribute. | ||||||||
1560 | if (!F->hasFnAttribute(llvm::Attribute::AlwaysInline)) | ||||||||
1561 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); | ||||||||
1562 | } else { | ||||||||
1563 | // Otherwise, propagate the inline hint attribute and potentially use its | ||||||||
1564 | // absence to mark things as noinline. | ||||||||
1565 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
1566 | // Search function and template pattern redeclarations for inline. | ||||||||
1567 | auto CheckForInline = [](const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
1568 | auto CheckRedeclForInline = [](const FunctionDecl *Redecl) { | ||||||||
1569 | return Redecl->isInlineSpecified(); | ||||||||
1570 | }; | ||||||||
1571 | if (any_of(FD->redecls(), CheckRedeclForInline)) | ||||||||
1572 | return true; | ||||||||
1573 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern(); | ||||||||
1574 | if (!Pattern) | ||||||||
1575 | return false; | ||||||||
1576 | return any_of(Pattern->redecls(), CheckRedeclForInline); | ||||||||
1577 | }; | ||||||||
1578 | if (CheckForInline(FD)) { | ||||||||
1579 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::InlineHint); | ||||||||
1580 | } else if (CodeGenOpts.getInlining() == | ||||||||
1581 | CodeGenOptions::OnlyHintInlining && | ||||||||
1582 | !FD->isInlined() && | ||||||||
1583 | !F->hasFnAttribute(llvm::Attribute::AlwaysInline)) { | ||||||||
1584 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); | ||||||||
1585 | } | ||||||||
1586 | } | ||||||||
1587 | } | ||||||||
1588 | |||||||||
1589 | // Add other optimization related attributes if we are optimizing this | ||||||||
1590 | // function. | ||||||||
1591 | if (!D->hasAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) { | ||||||||
1592 | if (D->hasAttr<ColdAttr>()) { | ||||||||
1593 | if (!ShouldAddOptNone) | ||||||||
1594 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::OptimizeForSize); | ||||||||
1595 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::Cold); | ||||||||
1596 | } | ||||||||
1597 | |||||||||
1598 | if (D->hasAttr<MinSizeAttr>()) | ||||||||
1599 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::MinSize); | ||||||||
1600 | } | ||||||||
1601 | |||||||||
1602 | F->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, B); | ||||||||
1603 | |||||||||
1604 | unsigned alignment = D->getMaxAlignment() / Context.getCharWidth(); | ||||||||
1605 | if (alignment) | ||||||||
1606 | F->setAlignment(llvm::Align(alignment)); | ||||||||
1607 | |||||||||
1608 | if (!D->hasAttr<AlignedAttr>()) | ||||||||
1609 | if (LangOpts.FunctionAlignment) | ||||||||
1610 | F->setAlignment(llvm::Align(1ull << LangOpts.FunctionAlignment)); | ||||||||
1611 | |||||||||
1612 | // Some C++ ABIs require 2-byte alignment for member functions, in order to | ||||||||
1613 | // reserve a bit for differentiating between virtual and non-virtual member | ||||||||
1614 | // functions. If the current target's C++ ABI requires this and this is a | ||||||||
1615 | // member function, set its alignment accordingly. | ||||||||
1616 | if (getTarget().getCXXABI().areMemberFunctionsAligned()) { | ||||||||
1617 | if (F->getAlignment() < 2 && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
1618 | F->setAlignment(llvm::Align(2)); | ||||||||
1619 | } | ||||||||
1620 | |||||||||
1621 | // In the cross-dso CFI mode with canonical jump tables, we want !type | ||||||||
1622 | // attributes on definitions only. | ||||||||
1623 | if (CodeGenOpts.SanitizeCfiCrossDso && | ||||||||
1624 | CodeGenOpts.SanitizeCfiCanonicalJumpTables) { | ||||||||
1625 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
1626 | // Skip available_externally functions. They won't be codegen'ed in the | ||||||||
1627 | // current module anyway. | ||||||||
1628 | if (getContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) != GVA_AvailableExternally) | ||||||||
1629 | CreateFunctionTypeMetadataForIcall(FD, F); | ||||||||
1630 | } | ||||||||
1631 | } | ||||||||
1632 | |||||||||
1633 | // Emit type metadata on member functions for member function pointer checks. | ||||||||
1634 | // These are only ever necessary on definitions; we're guaranteed that the | ||||||||
1635 | // definition will be present in the LTO unit as a result of LTO visibility. | ||||||||
1636 | auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D); | ||||||||
1637 | if (MD && requiresMemberFunctionPointerTypeMetadata(*this, MD)) { | ||||||||
1638 | for (const CXXRecordDecl *Base : getMostBaseClasses(MD->getParent())) { | ||||||||
1639 | llvm::Metadata *Id = | ||||||||
1640 | CreateMetadataIdentifierForType(Context.getMemberPointerType( | ||||||||
1641 | MD->getType(), Context.getRecordType(Base).getTypePtr())); | ||||||||
1642 | F->addTypeMetadata(0, Id); | ||||||||
1643 | } | ||||||||
1644 | } | ||||||||
1645 | } | ||||||||
1646 | |||||||||
1647 | void CodeGenModule::SetCommonAttributes(GlobalDecl GD, llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
1648 | const Decl *D = GD.getDecl(); | ||||||||
1649 | if (dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
1650 | setGVProperties(GV, GD); | ||||||||
1651 | else | ||||||||
1652 | GV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::DefaultVisibility); | ||||||||
1653 | |||||||||
1654 | if (D && D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) | ||||||||
1655 | addUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||||||
1656 | |||||||||
1657 | if (CodeGenOpts.KeepStaticConsts && D && isa<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
1658 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||||||
1659 | if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() && | ||||||||
1660 | VD->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static) | ||||||||
1661 | addUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||||||
1662 | } | ||||||||
1663 | } | ||||||||
1664 | |||||||||
1665 | bool CodeGenModule::GetCPUAndFeaturesAttributes(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
1666 | llvm::AttrBuilder &Attrs) { | ||||||||
1667 | // Add target-cpu and target-features attributes to functions. If | ||||||||
1668 | // we have a decl for the function and it has a target attribute then | ||||||||
1669 | // parse that and add it to the feature set. | ||||||||
1670 | StringRef TargetCPU = getTarget().getTargetOpts().CPU; | ||||||||
1671 | std::vector<std::string> Features; | ||||||||
1672 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
1673 | FD = FD ? FD->getMostRecentDecl() : FD; | ||||||||
1674 | const auto *TD = FD ? FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>() : nullptr; | ||||||||
1675 | const auto *SD = FD ? FD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>() : nullptr; | ||||||||
1676 | bool AddedAttr = false; | ||||||||
1677 | if (TD || SD) { | ||||||||
1678 | llvm::StringMap<bool> FeatureMap; | ||||||||
1679 | getContext().getFunctionFeatureMap(FeatureMap, GD); | ||||||||
1680 | |||||||||
1681 | // Produce the canonical string for this set of features. | ||||||||
1682 | for (const llvm::StringMap<bool>::value_type &Entry : FeatureMap) | ||||||||
1683 | Features.push_back((Entry.getValue() ? "+" : "-") + Entry.getKey().str()); | ||||||||
1684 | |||||||||
1685 | // Now add the target-cpu and target-features to the function. | ||||||||
1686 | // While we populated the feature map above, we still need to | ||||||||
1687 | // get and parse the target attribute so we can get the cpu for | ||||||||
1688 | // the function. | ||||||||
1689 | if (TD) { | ||||||||
1690 | ParsedTargetAttr ParsedAttr = TD->parse(); | ||||||||
1691 | if (ParsedAttr.Architecture != "" && | ||||||||
1692 | getTarget().isValidCPUName(ParsedAttr.Architecture)) | ||||||||
1693 | TargetCPU = ParsedAttr.Architecture; | ||||||||
1694 | } | ||||||||
1695 | } else { | ||||||||
1696 | // Otherwise just add the existing target cpu and target features to the | ||||||||
1697 | // function. | ||||||||
1698 | Features = getTarget().getTargetOpts().Features; | ||||||||
1699 | } | ||||||||
1700 | |||||||||
1701 | if (TargetCPU != "") { | ||||||||
1702 | Attrs.addAttribute("target-cpu", TargetCPU); | ||||||||
1703 | AddedAttr = true; | ||||||||
1704 | } | ||||||||
1705 | if (!Features.empty()) { | ||||||||
1706 | llvm::sort(Features); | ||||||||
1707 | Attrs.addAttribute("target-features", llvm::join(Features, ",")); | ||||||||
1708 | AddedAttr = true; | ||||||||
1709 | } | ||||||||
1710 | |||||||||
1711 | return AddedAttr; | ||||||||
1712 | } | ||||||||
1713 | |||||||||
1714 | void CodeGenModule::setNonAliasAttributes(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
1715 | llvm::GlobalObject *GO) { | ||||||||
1716 | const Decl *D = GD.getDecl(); | ||||||||
1717 | SetCommonAttributes(GD, GO); | ||||||||
1718 | |||||||||
1719 | if (D) { | ||||||||
1720 | if (auto *GV = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(GO)) { | ||||||||
1721 | if (auto *SA = D->getAttr<PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
1722 | GV->addAttribute("bss-section", SA->getName()); | ||||||||
1723 | if (auto *SA = D->getAttr<PragmaClangDataSectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
1724 | GV->addAttribute("data-section", SA->getName()); | ||||||||
1725 | if (auto *SA = D->getAttr<PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
1726 | GV->addAttribute("rodata-section", SA->getName()); | ||||||||
1727 | if (auto *SA = D->getAttr<PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
1728 | GV->addAttribute("relro-section", SA->getName()); | ||||||||
1729 | } | ||||||||
1730 | |||||||||
1731 | if (auto *F = dyn_cast<llvm::Function>(GO)) { | ||||||||
1732 | if (auto *SA = D->getAttr<PragmaClangTextSectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
1733 | if (!D->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
1734 | F->addFnAttr("implicit-section-name", SA->getName()); | ||||||||
1735 | |||||||||
1736 | llvm::AttrBuilder Attrs; | ||||||||
1737 | if (GetCPUAndFeaturesAttributes(GD, Attrs)) { | ||||||||
1738 | // We know that GetCPUAndFeaturesAttributes will always have the | ||||||||
1739 | // newest set, since it has the newest possible FunctionDecl, so the | ||||||||
1740 | // new ones should replace the old. | ||||||||
1741 | F->removeFnAttr("target-cpu"); | ||||||||
1742 | F->removeFnAttr("target-features"); | ||||||||
1743 | F->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attrs); | ||||||||
1744 | } | ||||||||
1745 | } | ||||||||
1746 | |||||||||
1747 | if (const auto *CSA = D->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) | ||||||||
1748 | GO->setSection(CSA->getName()); | ||||||||
1749 | else if (const auto *SA = D->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
1750 | GO->setSection(SA->getName()); | ||||||||
1751 | } | ||||||||
1752 | |||||||||
1753 | getTargetCodeGenInfo().setTargetAttributes(D, GO, *this); | ||||||||
1754 | } | ||||||||
1755 | |||||||||
1756 | void CodeGenModule::SetInternalFunctionAttributes(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
1757 | llvm::Function *F, | ||||||||
1758 | const CGFunctionInfo &FI) { | ||||||||
1759 | const Decl *D = GD.getDecl(); | ||||||||
1760 | SetLLVMFunctionAttributes(GD, FI, F); | ||||||||
1761 | SetLLVMFunctionAttributesForDefinition(D, F); | ||||||||
1762 | |||||||||
1763 | F->setLinkage(llvm::Function::InternalLinkage); | ||||||||
1764 | |||||||||
1765 | setNonAliasAttributes(GD, F); | ||||||||
1766 | } | ||||||||
1767 | |||||||||
1768 | static void setLinkageForGV(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||||||
1769 | // Set linkage and visibility in case we never see a definition. | ||||||||
1770 | LinkageInfo LV = ND->getLinkageAndVisibility(); | ||||||||
1771 | // Don't set internal linkage on declarations. | ||||||||
1772 | // "extern_weak" is overloaded in LLVM; we probably should have | ||||||||
1773 | // separate linkage types for this. | ||||||||
1774 | if (isExternallyVisible(LV.getLinkage()) && | ||||||||
1775 | (ND->hasAttr<WeakAttr>() || ND->isWeakImported())) | ||||||||
1776 | GV->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalWeakLinkage); | ||||||||
1777 | } | ||||||||
1778 | |||||||||
1779 | void CodeGenModule::CreateFunctionTypeMetadataForIcall(const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||||
1780 | llvm::Function *F) { | ||||||||
1781 | // Only if we are checking indirect calls. | ||||||||
1782 | if (!LangOpts.Sanitize.has(SanitizerKind::CFIICall)) | ||||||||
1783 | return; | ||||||||
1784 | |||||||||
1785 | // Non-static class methods are handled via vtable or member function pointer | ||||||||
1786 | // checks elsewhere. | ||||||||
1787 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) | ||||||||
1788 | return; | ||||||||
1789 | |||||||||
1790 | llvm::Metadata *MD = CreateMetadataIdentifierForType(FD->getType()); | ||||||||
1791 | F->addTypeMetadata(0, MD); | ||||||||
1792 | F->addTypeMetadata(0, CreateMetadataIdentifierGeneralized(FD->getType())); | ||||||||
1793 | |||||||||
1794 | // Emit a hash-based bit set entry for cross-DSO calls. | ||||||||
1795 | if (CodeGenOpts.SanitizeCfiCrossDso) | ||||||||
1796 | if (auto CrossDsoTypeId = CreateCrossDsoCfiTypeId(MD)) | ||||||||
1797 | F->addTypeMetadata(0, llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(CrossDsoTypeId)); | ||||||||
1798 | } | ||||||||
1799 | |||||||||
1800 | void CodeGenModule::SetFunctionAttributes(GlobalDecl GD, llvm::Function *F, | ||||||||
1801 | bool IsIncompleteFunction, | ||||||||
1802 | bool IsThunk) { | ||||||||
1803 | |||||||||
1804 | if (llvm::Intrinsic::ID IID = F->getIntrinsicID()) { | ||||||||
1805 | // If this is an intrinsic function, set the function's attributes | ||||||||
1806 | // to the intrinsic's attributes. | ||||||||
1807 | F->setAttributes(llvm::Intrinsic::getAttributes(getLLVMContext(), IID)); | ||||||||
1808 | return; | ||||||||
1809 | } | ||||||||
1810 | |||||||||
1811 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
1812 | |||||||||
1813 | if (!IsIncompleteFunction) | ||||||||
1814 | SetLLVMFunctionAttributes(GD, getTypes().arrangeGlobalDeclaration(GD), F); | ||||||||
1815 | |||||||||
1816 | // Add the Returned attribute for "this", except for iOS 5 and earlier | ||||||||
1817 | // where substantial code, including the libstdc++ dylib, was compiled with | ||||||||
1818 | // GCC and does not actually return "this". | ||||||||
1819 | if (!IsThunk && getCXXABI().HasThisReturn(GD) && | ||||||||
1820 | !(getTriple().isiOS() && getTriple().isOSVersionLT(6))) { | ||||||||
1821 | assert(!F->arg_empty() &&((!F->arg_empty() && F->arg_begin()->getType () ->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(F->getReturnType()) && "unexpected this return") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!F->arg_empty() && F->arg_begin()->getType() ->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(F->getReturnType()) && \"unexpected this return\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1824, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1822 | F->arg_begin()->getType()((!F->arg_empty() && F->arg_begin()->getType () ->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(F->getReturnType()) && "unexpected this return") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!F->arg_empty() && F->arg_begin()->getType() ->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(F->getReturnType()) && \"unexpected this return\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1824, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1823 | ->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(F->getReturnType()) &&((!F->arg_empty() && F->arg_begin()->getType () ->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(F->getReturnType()) && "unexpected this return") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!F->arg_empty() && F->arg_begin()->getType() ->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(F->getReturnType()) && \"unexpected this return\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1824, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1824 | "unexpected this return")((!F->arg_empty() && F->arg_begin()->getType () ->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(F->getReturnType()) && "unexpected this return") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!F->arg_empty() && F->arg_begin()->getType() ->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(F->getReturnType()) && \"unexpected this return\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1824, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1825 | F->addAttribute(1, llvm::Attribute::Returned); | ||||||||
1826 | } | ||||||||
1827 | |||||||||
1828 | // Only a few attributes are set on declarations; these may later be | ||||||||
1829 | // overridden by a definition. | ||||||||
1830 | |||||||||
1831 | setLinkageForGV(F, FD); | ||||||||
1832 | setGVProperties(F, FD); | ||||||||
1833 | |||||||||
1834 | // Setup target-specific attributes. | ||||||||
1835 | if (!IsIncompleteFunction && F->isDeclaration()) | ||||||||
1836 | getTargetCodeGenInfo().setTargetAttributes(FD, F, *this); | ||||||||
1837 | |||||||||
1838 | if (const auto *CSA = FD->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) | ||||||||
1839 | F->setSection(CSA->getName()); | ||||||||
1840 | else if (const auto *SA = FD->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
1841 | F->setSection(SA->getName()); | ||||||||
1842 | |||||||||
1843 | if (FD->isInlineBuiltinDeclaration()) { | ||||||||
1844 | F->addAttribute(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, | ||||||||
1845 | llvm::Attribute::NoBuiltin); | ||||||||
1846 | } | ||||||||
1847 | |||||||||
1848 | if (FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) { | ||||||||
1849 | // A replaceable global allocation function does not act like a builtin by | ||||||||
1850 | // default, only if it is invoked by a new-expression or delete-expression. | ||||||||
1851 | F->addAttribute(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, | ||||||||
1852 | llvm::Attribute::NoBuiltin); | ||||||||
1853 | |||||||||
1854 | // A sane operator new returns a non-aliasing pointer. | ||||||||
1855 | // FIXME: Also add NonNull attribute to the return value | ||||||||
1856 | // for the non-nothrow forms? | ||||||||
1857 | auto Kind = FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator(); | ||||||||
1858 | if (getCodeGenOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew && | ||||||||
1859 | (Kind == OO_New || Kind == OO_Array_New)) | ||||||||
1860 | F->addAttribute(llvm::AttributeList::ReturnIndex, | ||||||||
1861 | llvm::Attribute::NoAlias); | ||||||||
1862 | } | ||||||||
1863 | |||||||||
1864 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) | ||||||||
1865 | F->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||||||
1866 | else if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | ||||||||
1867 | if (MD->isVirtual()) | ||||||||
1868 | F->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||||||
1869 | |||||||||
1870 | // Don't emit entries for function declarations in the cross-DSO mode. This | ||||||||
1871 | // is handled with better precision by the receiving DSO. But if jump tables | ||||||||
1872 | // are non-canonical then we need type metadata in order to produce the local | ||||||||
1873 | // jump table. | ||||||||
1874 | if (!CodeGenOpts.SanitizeCfiCrossDso || | ||||||||
1875 | !CodeGenOpts.SanitizeCfiCanonicalJumpTables) | ||||||||
1876 | CreateFunctionTypeMetadataForIcall(FD, F); | ||||||||
1877 | |||||||||
1878 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && FD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr>()) | ||||||||
1879 | getOpenMPRuntime().emitDeclareSimdFunction(FD, F); | ||||||||
1880 | |||||||||
1881 | if (const auto *CB = FD->getAttr<CallbackAttr>()) { | ||||||||
1882 | // Annotate the callback behavior as metadata: | ||||||||
1883 | // - The callback callee (as argument number). | ||||||||
1884 | // - The callback payloads (as argument numbers). | ||||||||
1885 | llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = F->getContext(); | ||||||||
1886 | llvm::MDBuilder MDB(Ctx); | ||||||||
1887 | |||||||||
1888 | // The payload indices are all but the first one in the encoding. The first | ||||||||
1889 | // identifies the callback callee. | ||||||||
1890 | int CalleeIdx = *CB->encoding_begin(); | ||||||||
1891 | ArrayRef<int> PayloadIndices(CB->encoding_begin() + 1, CB->encoding_end()); | ||||||||
1892 | F->addMetadata(llvm::LLVMContext::MD_callback, | ||||||||
1893 | *llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, {MDB.createCallbackEncoding( | ||||||||
1894 | CalleeIdx, PayloadIndices, | ||||||||
1895 | /* VarArgsArePassed */ false)})); | ||||||||
1896 | } | ||||||||
1897 | } | ||||||||
1898 | |||||||||
1899 | void CodeGenModule::addUsedGlobal(llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
1900 | assert(!GV->isDeclaration() &&((!GV->isDeclaration() && "Only globals with definition can force usage." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!GV->isDeclaration() && \"Only globals with definition can force usage.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1901, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1901 | "Only globals with definition can force usage.")((!GV->isDeclaration() && "Only globals with definition can force usage." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!GV->isDeclaration() && \"Only globals with definition can force usage.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1901, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1902 | LLVMUsed.emplace_back(GV); | ||||||||
1903 | } | ||||||||
1904 | |||||||||
1905 | void CodeGenModule::addCompilerUsedGlobal(llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
1906 | assert(!GV->isDeclaration() &&((!GV->isDeclaration() && "Only globals with definition can force usage." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!GV->isDeclaration() && \"Only globals with definition can force usage.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1907, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1907 | "Only globals with definition can force usage.")((!GV->isDeclaration() && "Only globals with definition can force usage." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!GV->isDeclaration() && \"Only globals with definition can force usage.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 1907, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1908 | LLVMCompilerUsed.emplace_back(GV); | ||||||||
1909 | } | ||||||||
1910 | |||||||||
1911 | static void emitUsed(CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef Name, | ||||||||
1912 | std::vector<llvm::WeakTrackingVH> &List) { | ||||||||
1913 | // Don't create llvm.used if there is no need. | ||||||||
1914 | if (List.empty()) | ||||||||
1915 | return; | ||||||||
1916 | |||||||||
1917 | // Convert List to what ConstantArray needs. | ||||||||
1918 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 8> UsedArray; | ||||||||
1919 | UsedArray.resize(List.size()); | ||||||||
1920 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = List.size(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
1921 | UsedArray[i] = | ||||||||
1922 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getPointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast( | ||||||||
1923 | cast<llvm::Constant>(&*List[i]), CGM.Int8PtrTy); | ||||||||
1924 | } | ||||||||
1925 | |||||||||
1926 | if (UsedArray.empty()) | ||||||||
1927 | return; | ||||||||
1928 | llvm::ArrayType *ATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(CGM.Int8PtrTy, UsedArray.size()); | ||||||||
1929 | |||||||||
1930 | auto *GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||||||
1931 | CGM.getModule(), ATy, false, llvm::GlobalValue::AppendingLinkage, | ||||||||
1932 | llvm::ConstantArray::get(ATy, UsedArray), Name); | ||||||||
1933 | |||||||||
1934 | GV->setSection("llvm.metadata"); | ||||||||
1935 | } | ||||||||
1936 | |||||||||
1937 | void CodeGenModule::emitLLVMUsed() { | ||||||||
1938 | emitUsed(*this, "llvm.used", LLVMUsed); | ||||||||
1939 | emitUsed(*this, "llvm.compiler.used", LLVMCompilerUsed); | ||||||||
1940 | } | ||||||||
1941 | |||||||||
1942 | void CodeGenModule::AppendLinkerOptions(StringRef Opts) { | ||||||||
1943 | auto *MDOpts = llvm::MDString::get(getLLVMContext(), Opts); | ||||||||
1944 | LinkerOptionsMetadata.push_back(llvm::MDNode::get(getLLVMContext(), MDOpts)); | ||||||||
1945 | } | ||||||||
1946 | |||||||||
1947 | void CodeGenModule::AddDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value) { | ||||||||
1948 | llvm::SmallString<32> Opt; | ||||||||
1949 | getTargetCodeGenInfo().getDetectMismatchOption(Name, Value, Opt); | ||||||||
1950 | if (Opt.empty()) | ||||||||
1951 | return; | ||||||||
1952 | auto *MDOpts = llvm::MDString::get(getLLVMContext(), Opt); | ||||||||
1953 | LinkerOptionsMetadata.push_back(llvm::MDNode::get(getLLVMContext(), MDOpts)); | ||||||||
1954 | } | ||||||||
1955 | |||||||||
1956 | void CodeGenModule::AddDependentLib(StringRef Lib) { | ||||||||
1957 | auto &C = getLLVMContext(); | ||||||||
1958 | if (getTarget().getTriple().isOSBinFormatELF()) { | ||||||||
1959 | ELFDependentLibraries.push_back( | ||||||||
1960 | llvm::MDNode::get(C, llvm::MDString::get(C, Lib))); | ||||||||
1961 | return; | ||||||||
1962 | } | ||||||||
1963 | |||||||||
1964 | llvm::SmallString<24> Opt; | ||||||||
1965 | getTargetCodeGenInfo().getDependentLibraryOption(Lib, Opt); | ||||||||
1966 | auto *MDOpts = llvm::MDString::get(getLLVMContext(), Opt); | ||||||||
1967 | LinkerOptionsMetadata.push_back(llvm::MDNode::get(C, MDOpts)); | ||||||||
1968 | } | ||||||||
1969 | |||||||||
1970 | /// Add link options implied by the given module, including modules | ||||||||
1971 | /// it depends on, using a postorder walk. | ||||||||
1972 | static void addLinkOptionsPostorder(CodeGenModule &CGM, Module *Mod, | ||||||||
1973 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::MDNode *> &Metadata, | ||||||||
1974 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Module *, 16> &Visited) { | ||||||||
1975 | // Import this module's parent. | ||||||||
1976 | if (Mod->Parent && Visited.insert(Mod->Parent).second) { | ||||||||
1977 | addLinkOptionsPostorder(CGM, Mod->Parent, Metadata, Visited); | ||||||||
1978 | } | ||||||||
1979 | |||||||||
1980 | // Import this module's dependencies. | ||||||||
1981 | for (unsigned I = Mod->Imports.size(); I > 0; --I) { | ||||||||
1982 | if (Visited.insert(Mod->Imports[I - 1]).second) | ||||||||
1983 | addLinkOptionsPostorder(CGM, Mod->Imports[I-1], Metadata, Visited); | ||||||||
1984 | } | ||||||||
1985 | |||||||||
1986 | // Add linker options to link against the libraries/frameworks | ||||||||
1987 | // described by this module. | ||||||||
1988 | llvm::LLVMContext &Context = CGM.getLLVMContext(); | ||||||||
1989 | bool IsELF = CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSBinFormatELF(); | ||||||||
1990 | |||||||||
1991 | // For modules that use export_as for linking, use that module | ||||||||
1992 | // name instead. | ||||||||
1993 | if (Mod->UseExportAsModuleLinkName) | ||||||||
1994 | return; | ||||||||
1995 | |||||||||
1996 | for (unsigned I = Mod->LinkLibraries.size(); I > 0; --I) { | ||||||||
1997 | // Link against a framework. Frameworks are currently Darwin only, so we | ||||||||
1998 | // don't to ask TargetCodeGenInfo for the spelling of the linker option. | ||||||||
1999 | if (Mod->LinkLibraries[I-1].IsFramework) { | ||||||||
2000 | llvm::Metadata *Args[2] = { | ||||||||
2001 | llvm::MDString::get(Context, "-framework"), | ||||||||
2002 | llvm::MDString::get(Context, Mod->LinkLibraries[I - 1].Library)}; | ||||||||
2003 | |||||||||
2004 | Metadata.push_back(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Args)); | ||||||||
2005 | continue; | ||||||||
2006 | } | ||||||||
2007 | |||||||||
2008 | // Link against a library. | ||||||||
2009 | if (IsELF) { | ||||||||
2010 | llvm::Metadata *Args[2] = { | ||||||||
2011 | llvm::MDString::get(Context, "lib"), | ||||||||
2012 | llvm::MDString::get(Context, Mod->LinkLibraries[I - 1].Library), | ||||||||
2013 | }; | ||||||||
2014 | Metadata.push_back(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Args)); | ||||||||
2015 | } else { | ||||||||
2016 | llvm::SmallString<24> Opt; | ||||||||
2017 | CGM.getTargetCodeGenInfo().getDependentLibraryOption( | ||||||||
2018 | Mod->LinkLibraries[I - 1].Library, Opt); | ||||||||
2019 | auto *OptString = llvm::MDString::get(Context, Opt); | ||||||||
2020 | Metadata.push_back(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, OptString)); | ||||||||
2021 | } | ||||||||
2022 | } | ||||||||
2023 | } | ||||||||
2024 | |||||||||
2025 | void CodeGenModule::EmitModuleLinkOptions() { | ||||||||
2026 | // Collect the set of all of the modules we want to visit to emit link | ||||||||
2027 | // options, which is essentially the imported modules and all of their | ||||||||
2028 | // non-explicit child modules. | ||||||||
2029 | llvm::SetVector<clang::Module *> LinkModules; | ||||||||
2030 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<clang::Module *, 16> Visited; | ||||||||
2031 | SmallVector<clang::Module *, 16> Stack; | ||||||||
2032 | |||||||||
2033 | // Seed the stack with imported modules. | ||||||||
2034 | for (Module *M : ImportedModules) { | ||||||||
2035 | // Do not add any link flags when an implementation TU of a module imports | ||||||||
2036 | // a header of that same module. | ||||||||
2037 | if (M->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && | ||||||||
2038 | !getLangOpts().isCompilingModule()) | ||||||||
2039 | continue; | ||||||||
2040 | if (Visited.insert(M).second) | ||||||||
2041 | Stack.push_back(M); | ||||||||
2042 | } | ||||||||
2043 | |||||||||
2044 | // Find all of the modules to import, making a little effort to prune | ||||||||
2045 | // non-leaf modules. | ||||||||
2046 | while (!Stack.empty()) { | ||||||||
2047 | clang::Module *Mod = Stack.pop_back_val(); | ||||||||
2048 | |||||||||
2049 | bool AnyChildren = false; | ||||||||
2050 | |||||||||
2051 | // Visit the submodules of this module. | ||||||||
2052 | for (const auto &SM : Mod->submodules()) { | ||||||||
2053 | // Skip explicit children; they need to be explicitly imported to be | ||||||||
2054 | // linked against. | ||||||||
2055 | if (SM->IsExplicit) | ||||||||
2056 | continue; | ||||||||
2057 | |||||||||
2058 | if (Visited.insert(SM).second) { | ||||||||
2059 | Stack.push_back(SM); | ||||||||
2060 | AnyChildren = true; | ||||||||
2061 | } | ||||||||
2062 | } | ||||||||
2063 | |||||||||
2064 | // We didn't find any children, so add this module to the list of | ||||||||
2065 | // modules to link against. | ||||||||
2066 | if (!AnyChildren) { | ||||||||
2067 | LinkModules.insert(Mod); | ||||||||
2068 | } | ||||||||
2069 | } | ||||||||
2070 | |||||||||
2071 | // Add link options for all of the imported modules in reverse topological | ||||||||
2072 | // order. We don't do anything to try to order import link flags with respect | ||||||||
2073 | // to linker options inserted by things like #pragma comment(). | ||||||||
2074 | SmallVector<llvm::MDNode *, 16> MetadataArgs; | ||||||||
2075 | Visited.clear(); | ||||||||
2076 | for (Module *M : LinkModules) | ||||||||
2077 | if (Visited.insert(M).second) | ||||||||
2078 | addLinkOptionsPostorder(*this, M, MetadataArgs, Visited); | ||||||||
2079 | std::reverse(MetadataArgs.begin(), MetadataArgs.end()); | ||||||||
2080 | LinkerOptionsMetadata.append(MetadataArgs.begin(), MetadataArgs.end()); | ||||||||
2081 | |||||||||
2082 | // Add the linker options metadata flag. | ||||||||
2083 | auto *NMD = getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("llvm.linker.options"); | ||||||||
2084 | for (auto *MD : LinkerOptionsMetadata) | ||||||||
2085 | NMD->addOperand(MD); | ||||||||
2086 | } | ||||||||
2087 | |||||||||
2088 | void CodeGenModule::EmitDeferred() { | ||||||||
2089 | // Emit deferred declare target declarations. | ||||||||
2090 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && !getLangOpts().OpenMPSimd) | ||||||||
2091 | getOpenMPRuntime().emitDeferredTargetDecls(); | ||||||||
2092 | |||||||||
2093 | // Emit code for any potentially referenced deferred decls. Since a | ||||||||
2094 | // previously unused static decl may become used during the generation of code | ||||||||
2095 | // for a static function, iterate until no changes are made. | ||||||||
2096 | |||||||||
2097 | if (!DeferredVTables.empty()) { | ||||||||
2098 | EmitDeferredVTables(); | ||||||||
2099 | |||||||||
2100 | // Emitting a vtable doesn't directly cause more vtables to | ||||||||
2101 | // become deferred, although it can cause functions to be | ||||||||
2102 | // emitted that then need those vtables. | ||||||||
2103 | assert(DeferredVTables.empty())((DeferredVTables.empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DeferredVTables.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2103, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2104 | } | ||||||||
2105 | |||||||||
2106 | // Stop if we're out of both deferred vtables and deferred declarations. | ||||||||
2107 | if (DeferredDeclsToEmit.empty()) | ||||||||
2108 | return; | ||||||||
2109 | |||||||||
2110 | // Grab the list of decls to emit. If EmitGlobalDefinition schedules more | ||||||||
2111 | // work, it will not interfere with this. | ||||||||
2112 | std::vector<GlobalDecl> CurDeclsToEmit; | ||||||||
2113 | CurDeclsToEmit.swap(DeferredDeclsToEmit); | ||||||||
2114 | |||||||||
2115 | for (GlobalDecl &D : CurDeclsToEmit) { | ||||||||
2116 | // We should call GetAddrOfGlobal with IsForDefinition set to true in order | ||||||||
2117 | // to get GlobalValue with exactly the type we need, not something that | ||||||||
2118 | // might had been created for another decl with the same mangled name but | ||||||||
2119 | // different type. | ||||||||
2120 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalValue>( | ||||||||
2121 | GetAddrOfGlobal(D, ForDefinition)); | ||||||||
2122 | |||||||||
2123 | // In case of different address spaces, we may still get a cast, even with | ||||||||
2124 | // IsForDefinition equal to true. Query mangled names table to get | ||||||||
2125 | // GlobalValue. | ||||||||
2126 | if (!GV) | ||||||||
2127 | GV = GetGlobalValue(getMangledName(D)); | ||||||||
2128 | |||||||||
2129 | // Make sure GetGlobalValue returned non-null. | ||||||||
2130 | assert(GV)((GV) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("GV", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2130, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2131 | |||||||||
2132 | // Check to see if we've already emitted this. This is necessary | ||||||||
2133 | // for a couple of reasons: first, decls can end up in the | ||||||||
2134 | // deferred-decls queue multiple times, and second, decls can end | ||||||||
2135 | // up with definitions in unusual ways (e.g. by an extern inline | ||||||||
2136 | // function acquiring a strong function redefinition). Just | ||||||||
2137 | // ignore these cases. | ||||||||
2138 | if (!GV->isDeclaration()) | ||||||||
2139 | continue; | ||||||||
2140 | |||||||||
2141 | // If this is OpenMP, check if it is legal to emit this global normally. | ||||||||
2142 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && OpenMPRuntime && OpenMPRuntime->emitTargetGlobal(D)) | ||||||||
2143 | continue; | ||||||||
2144 | |||||||||
2145 | // Otherwise, emit the definition and move on to the next one. | ||||||||
2146 | EmitGlobalDefinition(D, GV); | ||||||||
2147 | |||||||||
2148 | // If we found out that we need to emit more decls, do that recursively. | ||||||||
2149 | // This has the advantage that the decls are emitted in a DFS and related | ||||||||
2150 | // ones are close together, which is convenient for testing. | ||||||||
2151 | if (!DeferredVTables.empty() || !DeferredDeclsToEmit.empty()) { | ||||||||
2152 | EmitDeferred(); | ||||||||
2153 | assert(DeferredVTables.empty() && DeferredDeclsToEmit.empty())((DeferredVTables.empty() && DeferredDeclsToEmit.empty ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DeferredVTables.empty() && DeferredDeclsToEmit.empty()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2153, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2154 | } | ||||||||
2155 | } | ||||||||
2156 | } | ||||||||
2157 | |||||||||
2158 | void CodeGenModule::EmitVTablesOpportunistically() { | ||||||||
2159 | // Try to emit external vtables as available_externally if they have emitted | ||||||||
2160 | // all inlined virtual functions. It runs after EmitDeferred() and therefore | ||||||||
2161 | // is not allowed to create new references to things that need to be emitted | ||||||||
2162 | // lazily. Note that it also uses fact that we eagerly emitting RTTI. | ||||||||
2163 | |||||||||
2164 | assert((OpportunisticVTables.empty() || shouldOpportunisticallyEmitVTables())(((OpportunisticVTables.empty() || shouldOpportunisticallyEmitVTables ()) && "Only emit opportunistic vtables with optimizations" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OpportunisticVTables.empty() || shouldOpportunisticallyEmitVTables()) && \"Only emit opportunistic vtables with optimizations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2165, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2165 | && "Only emit opportunistic vtables with optimizations")(((OpportunisticVTables.empty() || shouldOpportunisticallyEmitVTables ()) && "Only emit opportunistic vtables with optimizations" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OpportunisticVTables.empty() || shouldOpportunisticallyEmitVTables()) && \"Only emit opportunistic vtables with optimizations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2165, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2166 | |||||||||
2167 | for (const CXXRecordDecl *RD : OpportunisticVTables) { | ||||||||
2168 | assert(getVTables().isVTableExternal(RD) &&((getVTables().isVTableExternal(RD) && "This queue should only contain external vtables" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getVTables().isVTableExternal(RD) && \"This queue should only contain external vtables\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2169, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2169 | "This queue should only contain external vtables")((getVTables().isVTableExternal(RD) && "This queue should only contain external vtables" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getVTables().isVTableExternal(RD) && \"This queue should only contain external vtables\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2169, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2170 | if (getCXXABI().canSpeculativelyEmitVTable(RD)) | ||||||||
2171 | VTables.GenerateClassData(RD); | ||||||||
2172 | } | ||||||||
2173 | OpportunisticVTables.clear(); | ||||||||
2174 | } | ||||||||
2175 | |||||||||
2176 | void CodeGenModule::EmitGlobalAnnotations() { | ||||||||
2177 | if (Annotations.empty()) | ||||||||
2178 | return; | ||||||||
2179 | |||||||||
2180 | // Create a new global variable for the ConstantStruct in the Module. | ||||||||
2181 | llvm::Constant *Array = llvm::ConstantArray::get(llvm::ArrayType::get( | ||||||||
2182 | Annotations[0]->getType(), Annotations.size()), Annotations); | ||||||||
2183 | auto *gv = new llvm::GlobalVariable(getModule(), Array->getType(), false, | ||||||||
2184 | llvm::GlobalValue::AppendingLinkage, | ||||||||
2185 | Array, "llvm.global.annotations"); | ||||||||
2186 | gv->setSection(AnnotationSection); | ||||||||
2187 | } | ||||||||
2188 | |||||||||
2189 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::EmitAnnotationString(StringRef Str) { | ||||||||
2190 | llvm::Constant *&AStr = AnnotationStrings[Str]; | ||||||||
2191 | if (AStr) | ||||||||
2192 | return AStr; | ||||||||
2193 | |||||||||
2194 | // Not found yet, create a new global. | ||||||||
2195 | llvm::Constant *s = llvm::ConstantDataArray::getString(getLLVMContext(), Str); | ||||||||
2196 | auto *gv = | ||||||||
2197 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(getModule(), s->getType(), true, | ||||||||
2198 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, s, ".str"); | ||||||||
2199 | gv->setSection(AnnotationSection); | ||||||||
2200 | gv->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||||||
2201 | AStr = gv; | ||||||||
2202 | return gv; | ||||||||
2203 | } | ||||||||
2204 | |||||||||
2205 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::EmitAnnotationUnit(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
2206 | SourceManager &SM = getContext().getSourceManager(); | ||||||||
2207 | PresumedLoc PLoc = SM.getPresumedLoc(Loc); | ||||||||
2208 | if (PLoc.isValid()) | ||||||||
2209 | return EmitAnnotationString(PLoc.getFilename()); | ||||||||
2210 | return EmitAnnotationString(SM.getBufferName(Loc)); | ||||||||
2211 | } | ||||||||
2212 | |||||||||
2213 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::EmitAnnotationLineNo(SourceLocation L) { | ||||||||
2214 | SourceManager &SM = getContext().getSourceManager(); | ||||||||
2215 | PresumedLoc PLoc = SM.getPresumedLoc(L); | ||||||||
2216 | unsigned LineNo = PLoc.isValid() ? PLoc.getLine() : | ||||||||
2217 | SM.getExpansionLineNumber(L); | ||||||||
2218 | return llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, LineNo); | ||||||||
2219 | } | ||||||||
2220 | |||||||||
2221 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::EmitAnnotateAttr(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, | ||||||||
2222 | const AnnotateAttr *AA, | ||||||||
2223 | SourceLocation L) { | ||||||||
2224 | // Get the globals for file name, annotation, and the line number. | ||||||||
2225 | llvm::Constant *AnnoGV = EmitAnnotationString(AA->getAnnotation()), | ||||||||
2226 | *UnitGV = EmitAnnotationUnit(L), | ||||||||
2227 | *LineNoCst = EmitAnnotationLineNo(L); | ||||||||
2228 | |||||||||
2229 | llvm::Constant *ASZeroGV = GV; | ||||||||
2230 | if (GV->getAddressSpace() != 0) { | ||||||||
2231 | ASZeroGV = llvm::ConstantExpr::getAddrSpaceCast( | ||||||||
2232 | GV, GV->getValueType()->getPointerTo(0)); | ||||||||
2233 | } | ||||||||
2234 | |||||||||
2235 | // Create the ConstantStruct for the global annotation. | ||||||||
2236 | llvm::Constant *Fields[4] = { | ||||||||
2237 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(ASZeroGV, Int8PtrTy), | ||||||||
2238 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(AnnoGV, Int8PtrTy), | ||||||||
2239 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(UnitGV, Int8PtrTy), | ||||||||
2240 | LineNoCst | ||||||||
2241 | }; | ||||||||
2242 | return llvm::ConstantStruct::getAnon(Fields); | ||||||||
2243 | } | ||||||||
2244 | |||||||||
2245 | void CodeGenModule::AddGlobalAnnotations(const ValueDecl *D, | ||||||||
2246 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
2247 | assert(D->hasAttr<AnnotateAttr>() && "no annotate attribute")((D->hasAttr<AnnotateAttr>() && "no annotate attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D->hasAttr<AnnotateAttr>() && \"no annotate attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2247, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2248 | // Get the struct elements for these annotations. | ||||||||
2249 | for (const auto *I : D->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>()) | ||||||||
2250 | Annotations.push_back(EmitAnnotateAttr(GV, I, D->getLocation())); | ||||||||
2251 | } | ||||||||
2252 | |||||||||
2253 | bool CodeGenModule::isInSanitizerBlacklist(SanitizerMask Kind, | ||||||||
2254 | llvm::Function *Fn, | ||||||||
2255 | SourceLocation Loc) const { | ||||||||
2256 | const auto &SanitizerBL = getContext().getSanitizerBlacklist(); | ||||||||
2257 | // Blacklist by function name. | ||||||||
2258 | if (SanitizerBL.isBlacklistedFunction(Kind, Fn->getName())) | ||||||||
2259 | return true; | ||||||||
2260 | // Blacklist by location. | ||||||||
2261 | if (Loc.isValid()) | ||||||||
2262 | return SanitizerBL.isBlacklistedLocation(Kind, Loc); | ||||||||
2263 | // If location is unknown, this may be a compiler-generated function. Assume | ||||||||
2264 | // it's located in the main file. | ||||||||
2265 | auto &SM = Context.getSourceManager(); | ||||||||
2266 | if (const auto *MainFile = SM.getFileEntryForID(SM.getMainFileID())) { | ||||||||
2267 | return SanitizerBL.isBlacklistedFile(Kind, MainFile->getName()); | ||||||||
2268 | } | ||||||||
2269 | return false; | ||||||||
2270 | } | ||||||||
2271 | |||||||||
2272 | bool CodeGenModule::isInSanitizerBlacklist(llvm::GlobalVariable *GV, | ||||||||
2273 | SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty, | ||||||||
2274 | StringRef Category) const { | ||||||||
2275 | // For now globals can be blacklisted only in ASan and KASan. | ||||||||
2276 | const SanitizerMask EnabledAsanMask = | ||||||||
2277 | LangOpts.Sanitize.Mask & | ||||||||
2278 | (SanitizerKind::Address | SanitizerKind::KernelAddress | | ||||||||
2279 | SanitizerKind::HWAddress | SanitizerKind::KernelHWAddress | | ||||||||
2280 | SanitizerKind::MemTag); | ||||||||
2281 | if (!EnabledAsanMask) | ||||||||
2282 | return false; | ||||||||
2283 | const auto &SanitizerBL = getContext().getSanitizerBlacklist(); | ||||||||
2284 | if (SanitizerBL.isBlacklistedGlobal(EnabledAsanMask, GV->getName(), Category)) | ||||||||
2285 | return true; | ||||||||
2286 | if (SanitizerBL.isBlacklistedLocation(EnabledAsanMask, Loc, Category)) | ||||||||
2287 | return true; | ||||||||
2288 | // Check global type. | ||||||||
2289 | if (!Ty.isNull()) { | ||||||||
2290 | // Drill down the array types: if global variable of a fixed type is | ||||||||
2291 | // blacklisted, we also don't instrument arrays of them. | ||||||||
2292 | while (auto AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty.getTypePtr())) | ||||||||
2293 | Ty = AT->getElementType(); | ||||||||
2294 | Ty = Ty.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2295 | // We allow to blacklist only record types (classes, structs etc.) | ||||||||
2296 | if (Ty->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
2297 | std::string TypeStr = Ty.getAsString(getContext().getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||
2298 | if (SanitizerBL.isBlacklistedType(EnabledAsanMask, TypeStr, Category)) | ||||||||
2299 | return true; | ||||||||
2300 | } | ||||||||
2301 | } | ||||||||
2302 | return false; | ||||||||
2303 | } | ||||||||
2304 | |||||||||
2305 | bool CodeGenModule::imbueXRayAttrs(llvm::Function *Fn, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
2306 | StringRef Category) const { | ||||||||
2307 | const auto &XRayFilter = getContext().getXRayFilter(); | ||||||||
2308 | using ImbueAttr = XRayFunctionFilter::ImbueAttribute; | ||||||||
2309 | auto Attr = ImbueAttr::NONE; | ||||||||
2310 | if (Loc.isValid()) | ||||||||
2311 | Attr = XRayFilter.shouldImbueLocation(Loc, Category); | ||||||||
2312 | if (Attr == ImbueAttr::NONE) | ||||||||
2313 | Attr = XRayFilter.shouldImbueFunction(Fn->getName()); | ||||||||
2314 | switch (Attr) { | ||||||||
2315 | case ImbueAttr::NONE: | ||||||||
2316 | return false; | ||||||||
2317 | case ImbueAttr::ALWAYS: | ||||||||
2318 | Fn->addFnAttr("function-instrument", "xray-always"); | ||||||||
2319 | break; | ||||||||
2320 | case ImbueAttr::ALWAYS_ARG1: | ||||||||
2321 | Fn->addFnAttr("function-instrument", "xray-always"); | ||||||||
2322 | Fn->addFnAttr("xray-log-args", "1"); | ||||||||
2323 | break; | ||||||||
2324 | case ImbueAttr::NEVER: | ||||||||
2325 | Fn->addFnAttr("function-instrument", "xray-never"); | ||||||||
2326 | break; | ||||||||
2327 | } | ||||||||
2328 | return true; | ||||||||
2329 | } | ||||||||
2330 | |||||||||
2331 | bool CodeGenModule::MustBeEmitted(const ValueDecl *Global) { | ||||||||
2332 | // Never defer when EmitAllDecls is specified. | ||||||||
2333 | if (LangOpts.EmitAllDecls) | ||||||||
2334 | return true; | ||||||||
2335 | |||||||||
2336 | if (CodeGenOpts.KeepStaticConsts) { | ||||||||
2337 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Global); | ||||||||
2338 | if (VD && VD->getType().isConstQualified() && | ||||||||
2339 | VD->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static) | ||||||||
2340 | return true; | ||||||||
2341 | } | ||||||||
2342 | |||||||||
2343 | return getContext().DeclMustBeEmitted(Global); | ||||||||
2344 | } | ||||||||
2345 | |||||||||
2346 | bool CodeGenModule::MayBeEmittedEagerly(const ValueDecl *Global) { | ||||||||
2347 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Global)) { | ||||||||
2348 | if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) | ||||||||
2349 | // Implicit template instantiations may change linkage if they are later | ||||||||
2350 | // explicitly instantiated, so they should not be emitted eagerly. | ||||||||
2351 | return false; | ||||||||
2352 | // In OpenMP 5.0 function may be marked as device_type(nohost) and we should | ||||||||
2353 | // not emit them eagerly unless we sure that the function must be emitted on | ||||||||
2354 | // the host. | ||||||||
2355 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP >= 50 && !LangOpts.OpenMPSimd && | ||||||||
2356 | !LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice && | ||||||||
2357 | !OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD) && | ||||||||
2358 | !FD->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false) && !FD->isReferenced()) | ||||||||
2359 | return false; | ||||||||
2360 | } | ||||||||
2361 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Global)) | ||||||||
2362 | if (Context.getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(VD) == | ||||||||
2363 | ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown) | ||||||||
2364 | // A definition of an inline constexpr static data member may change | ||||||||
2365 | // linkage later if it's redeclared outside the class. | ||||||||
2366 | return false; | ||||||||
2367 | // If OpenMP is enabled and threadprivates must be generated like TLS, delay | ||||||||
2368 | // codegen for global variables, because they may be marked as threadprivate. | ||||||||
2369 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPUseTLS && | ||||||||
2370 | getContext().getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported() && isa<VarDecl>(Global) && | ||||||||
2371 | !isTypeConstant(Global->getType(), false) && | ||||||||
2372 | !OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(Global)) | ||||||||
2373 | return false; | ||||||||
2374 | |||||||||
2375 | return true; | ||||||||
2376 | } | ||||||||
2377 | |||||||||
2378 | ConstantAddress CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfUuidDescriptor( | ||||||||
2379 | const CXXUuidofExpr* E) { | ||||||||
2380 | // Sema has verified that IIDSource has a __declspec(uuid()), and that its | ||||||||
2381 | // well-formed. | ||||||||
2382 | StringRef Uuid = E->getUuidStr(); | ||||||||
2383 | std::string Name = "_GUID_" + Uuid.lower(); | ||||||||
2384 | std::replace(Name.begin(), Name.end(), '-', '_'); | ||||||||
2385 | |||||||||
2386 | // The UUID descriptor should be pointer aligned. | ||||||||
2387 | CharUnits Alignment = CharUnits::fromQuantity(PointerAlignInBytes); | ||||||||
2388 | |||||||||
2389 | // Look for an existing global. | ||||||||
2390 | if (llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = getModule().getNamedGlobal(Name)) | ||||||||
2391 | return ConstantAddress(GV, Alignment); | ||||||||
2392 | |||||||||
2393 | llvm::Constant *Init = EmitUuidofInitializer(Uuid); | ||||||||
2394 | assert(Init && "failed to initialize as constant")((Init && "failed to initialize as constant") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Init && \"failed to initialize as constant\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2395 | |||||||||
2396 | auto *GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||||||
2397 | getModule(), Init->getType(), | ||||||||
2398 | /*isConstant=*/true, llvm::GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRLinkage, Init, Name); | ||||||||
2399 | if (supportsCOMDAT()) | ||||||||
2400 | GV->setComdat(TheModule.getOrInsertComdat(GV->getName())); | ||||||||
2401 | setDSOLocal(GV); | ||||||||
2402 | return ConstantAddress(GV, Alignment); | ||||||||
2403 | } | ||||||||
2404 | |||||||||
2405 | ConstantAddress CodeGenModule::GetWeakRefReference(const ValueDecl *VD) { | ||||||||
2406 | const AliasAttr *AA = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>(); | ||||||||
2407 | assert(AA && "No alias?")((AA && "No alias?") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AA && \"No alias?\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2407, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2408 | |||||||||
2409 | CharUnits Alignment = getContext().getDeclAlign(VD); | ||||||||
2410 | llvm::Type *DeclTy = getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(VD->getType()); | ||||||||
2411 | |||||||||
2412 | // See if there is already something with the target's name in the module. | ||||||||
2413 | llvm::GlobalValue *Entry = GetGlobalValue(AA->getAliasee()); | ||||||||
2414 | if (Entry) { | ||||||||
2415 | unsigned AS = getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(VD->getType()); | ||||||||
2416 | auto Ptr = llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Entry, DeclTy->getPointerTo(AS)); | ||||||||
2417 | return ConstantAddress(Ptr, Alignment); | ||||||||
2418 | } | ||||||||
2419 | |||||||||
2420 | llvm::Constant *Aliasee; | ||||||||
2421 | if (isa<llvm::FunctionType>(DeclTy)) | ||||||||
2422 | Aliasee = GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(AA->getAliasee(), DeclTy, | ||||||||
2423 | GlobalDecl(cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)), | ||||||||
2424 | /*ForVTable=*/false); | ||||||||
2425 | else | ||||||||
2426 | Aliasee = GetOrCreateLLVMGlobal(AA->getAliasee(), | ||||||||
2427 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DeclTy), | ||||||||
2428 | nullptr); | ||||||||
2429 | |||||||||
2430 | auto *F = cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(Aliasee); | ||||||||
2431 | F->setLinkage(llvm::Function::ExternalWeakLinkage); | ||||||||
2432 | WeakRefReferences.insert(F); | ||||||||
2433 | |||||||||
2434 | return ConstantAddress(Aliasee, Alignment); | ||||||||
2435 | } | ||||||||
2436 | |||||||||
2437 | void CodeGenModule::EmitGlobal(GlobalDecl GD) { | ||||||||
2438 | const auto *Global = cast<ValueDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
2439 | |||||||||
2440 | // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. | ||||||||
2441 | if (Global->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) | ||||||||
2442 | return; | ||||||||
2443 | |||||||||
2444 | // If this is an alias definition (which otherwise looks like a declaration) | ||||||||
2445 | // emit it now. | ||||||||
2446 | if (Global->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) | ||||||||
2447 | return EmitAliasDefinition(GD); | ||||||||
2448 | |||||||||
2449 | // IFunc like an alias whose value is resolved at runtime by calling resolver. | ||||||||
2450 | if (Global->hasAttr<IFuncAttr>()) | ||||||||
2451 | return emitIFuncDefinition(GD); | ||||||||
2452 | |||||||||
2453 | // If this is a cpu_dispatch multiversion function, emit the resolver. | ||||||||
2454 | if (Global->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) | ||||||||
2455 | return emitCPUDispatchDefinition(GD); | ||||||||
2456 | |||||||||
2457 | // If this is CUDA, be selective about which declarations we emit. | ||||||||
2458 | if (LangOpts.CUDA) { | ||||||||
2459 | if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice) { | ||||||||
2460 | if (!Global->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && | ||||||||
2461 | !Global->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>() && | ||||||||
2462 | !Global->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() && | ||||||||
2463 | !Global->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && | ||||||||
2464 | !(LangOpts.HIP && Global->hasAttr<HIPPinnedShadowAttr>())) | ||||||||
2465 | return; | ||||||||
2466 | } else { | ||||||||
2467 | // We need to emit host-side 'shadows' for all global | ||||||||
2468 | // device-side variables because the CUDA runtime needs their | ||||||||
2469 | // size and host-side address in order to provide access to | ||||||||
2470 | // their device-side incarnations. | ||||||||
2471 | |||||||||
2472 | // So device-only functions are the only things we skip. | ||||||||
2473 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Global) && !Global->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() && | ||||||||
2474 | Global->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()) | ||||||||
2475 | return; | ||||||||
2476 | |||||||||
2477 | assert((isa<FunctionDecl>(Global) || isa<VarDecl>(Global)) &&(((isa<FunctionDecl>(Global) || isa<VarDecl>(Global )) && "Expected Variable or Function") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<FunctionDecl>(Global) || isa<VarDecl>(Global)) && \"Expected Variable or Function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2478, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2478 | "Expected Variable or Function")(((isa<FunctionDecl>(Global) || isa<VarDecl>(Global )) && "Expected Variable or Function") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<FunctionDecl>(Global) || isa<VarDecl>(Global)) && \"Expected Variable or Function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2478, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2479 | } | ||||||||
2480 | } | ||||||||
2481 | |||||||||
2482 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP) { | ||||||||
2483 | // If this is OpenMP, check if it is legal to emit this global normally. | ||||||||
2484 | if (OpenMPRuntime && OpenMPRuntime->emitTargetGlobal(GD)) | ||||||||
2485 | return; | ||||||||
2486 | if (auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(Global)) { | ||||||||
2487 | if (MustBeEmitted(Global)) | ||||||||
2488 | EmitOMPDeclareReduction(DRD); | ||||||||
2489 | return; | ||||||||
2490 | } else if (auto *DMD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(Global)) { | ||||||||
2491 | if (MustBeEmitted(Global)) | ||||||||
2492 | EmitOMPDeclareMapper(DMD); | ||||||||
2493 | return; | ||||||||
2494 | } | ||||||||
2495 | } | ||||||||
2496 | |||||||||
2497 | // Ignore declarations, they will be emitted on their first use. | ||||||||
2498 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Global)) { | ||||||||
2499 | // Forward declarations are emitted lazily on first use. | ||||||||
2500 | if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) { | ||||||||
2501 | if (!FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition()) | ||||||||
2502 | return; | ||||||||
2503 | |||||||||
2504 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(GD); | ||||||||
2505 | |||||||||
2506 | // Compute the function info and LLVM type. | ||||||||
2507 | const CGFunctionInfo &FI = getTypes().arrangeGlobalDeclaration(GD); | ||||||||
2508 | llvm::Type *Ty = getTypes().GetFunctionType(FI); | ||||||||
2509 | |||||||||
2510 | GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(MangledName, Ty, GD, /*ForVTable=*/false, | ||||||||
2511 | /*DontDefer=*/false); | ||||||||
2512 | return; | ||||||||
2513 | } | ||||||||
2514 | } else { | ||||||||
2515 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(Global); | ||||||||
2516 | assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Cannot emit local var decl as global.")((VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Cannot emit local var decl as global." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VD->isFileVarDecl() && \"Cannot emit local var decl as global.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2516, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2517 | if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition && | ||||||||
2518 | !Context.isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD)) { | ||||||||
2519 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP) { | ||||||||
2520 | // Emit declaration of the must-be-emitted declare target variable. | ||||||||
2521 | if (llvm::Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy> Res = | ||||||||
2522 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(VD)) { | ||||||||
2523 | bool UnifiedMemoryEnabled = | ||||||||
2524 | getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory(); | ||||||||
2525 | if (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && | ||||||||
2526 | !UnifiedMemoryEnabled) { | ||||||||
2527 | (void)GetAddrOfGlobalVar(VD); | ||||||||
2528 | } else { | ||||||||
2529 | assert(((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) ||((((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr ::MT_To && UnifiedMemoryEnabled)) && "Link clause or to clause with unified memory expected." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && UnifiedMemoryEnabled)) && \"Link clause or to clause with unified memory expected.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2532, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2530 | (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To &&((((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr ::MT_To && UnifiedMemoryEnabled)) && "Link clause or to clause with unified memory expected." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && UnifiedMemoryEnabled)) && \"Link clause or to clause with unified memory expected.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2532, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2531 | UnifiedMemoryEnabled)) &&((((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr ::MT_To && UnifiedMemoryEnabled)) && "Link clause or to clause with unified memory expected." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && UnifiedMemoryEnabled)) && \"Link clause or to clause with unified memory expected.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2532, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2532 | "Link clause or to clause with unified memory expected.")((((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr ::MT_To && UnifiedMemoryEnabled)) && "Link clause or to clause with unified memory expected." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && UnifiedMemoryEnabled)) && \"Link clause or to clause with unified memory expected.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2532, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2533 | (void)getOpenMPRuntime().getAddrOfDeclareTargetVar(VD); | ||||||||
2534 | } | ||||||||
2535 | |||||||||
2536 | return; | ||||||||
2537 | } | ||||||||
2538 | } | ||||||||
2539 | // If this declaration may have caused an inline variable definition to | ||||||||
2540 | // change linkage, make sure that it's emitted. | ||||||||
2541 | if (Context.getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(VD) == | ||||||||
2542 | ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong) | ||||||||
2543 | GetAddrOfGlobalVar(VD); | ||||||||
2544 | return; | ||||||||
2545 | } | ||||||||
2546 | } | ||||||||
2547 | |||||||||
2548 | // Defer code generation to first use when possible, e.g. if this is an inline | ||||||||
2549 | // function. If the global must always be emitted, do it eagerly if possible | ||||||||
2550 | // to benefit from cache locality. | ||||||||
2551 | if (MustBeEmitted(Global) && MayBeEmittedEagerly(Global)) { | ||||||||
2552 | // Emit the definition if it can't be deferred. | ||||||||
2553 | EmitGlobalDefinition(GD); | ||||||||
2554 | return; | ||||||||
2555 | } | ||||||||
2556 | |||||||||
2557 | // Check if this must be emitted as declare variant. | ||||||||
2558 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isa<FunctionDecl>(Global) && OpenMPRuntime && | ||||||||
2559 | OpenMPRuntime->emitDeclareVariant(GD, /*IsForDefinition=*/false)) | ||||||||
2560 | return; | ||||||||
2561 | |||||||||
2562 | // If we're deferring emission of a C++ variable with an | ||||||||
2563 | // initializer, remember the order in which it appeared in the file. | ||||||||
2564 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<VarDecl>(Global) && | ||||||||
2565 | cast<VarDecl>(Global)->hasInit()) { | ||||||||
2566 | DelayedCXXInitPosition[Global] = CXXGlobalInits.size(); | ||||||||
2567 | CXXGlobalInits.push_back(nullptr); | ||||||||
2568 | } | ||||||||
2569 | |||||||||
2570 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(GD); | ||||||||
2571 | if (GetGlobalValue(MangledName) != nullptr) { | ||||||||
2572 | // The value has already been used and should therefore be emitted. | ||||||||
2573 | addDeferredDeclToEmit(GD); | ||||||||
2574 | } else if (MustBeEmitted(Global)) { | ||||||||
2575 | // The value must be emitted, but cannot be emitted eagerly. | ||||||||
2576 | assert(!MayBeEmittedEagerly(Global))((!MayBeEmittedEagerly(Global)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!MayBeEmittedEagerly(Global)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2576, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2577 | addDeferredDeclToEmit(GD); | ||||||||
2578 | } else { | ||||||||
2579 | // Otherwise, remember that we saw a deferred decl with this name. The | ||||||||
2580 | // first use of the mangled name will cause it to move into | ||||||||
2581 | // DeferredDeclsToEmit. | ||||||||
2582 | DeferredDecls[MangledName] = GD; | ||||||||
2583 | } | ||||||||
2584 | } | ||||||||
2585 | |||||||||
2586 | // Check if T is a class type with a destructor that's not dllimport. | ||||||||
2587 | static bool HasNonDllImportDtor(QualType T) { | ||||||||
2588 | if (const auto *RT = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||||||
2589 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) | ||||||||
2590 | if (RD->getDestructor() && !RD->getDestructor()->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | ||||||||
2591 | return true; | ||||||||
2592 | |||||||||
2593 | return false; | ||||||||
2594 | } | ||||||||
2595 | |||||||||
2596 | namespace { | ||||||||
2597 | struct FunctionIsDirectlyRecursive | ||||||||
2598 | : public ConstStmtVisitor<FunctionIsDirectlyRecursive, bool> { | ||||||||
2599 | const StringRef Name; | ||||||||
2600 | const Builtin::Context &BI; | ||||||||
2601 | FunctionIsDirectlyRecursive(StringRef N, const Builtin::Context &C) | ||||||||
2602 | : Name(N), BI(C) {} | ||||||||
2603 | |||||||||
2604 | bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | ||||||||
2605 | const FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee(); | ||||||||
2606 | if (!FD) | ||||||||
2607 | return false; | ||||||||
2608 | AsmLabelAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>(); | ||||||||
2609 | if (Attr && Name == Attr->getLabel()) | ||||||||
2610 | return true; | ||||||||
2611 | unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(); | ||||||||
2612 | if (!BuiltinID || !BI.isLibFunction(BuiltinID)) | ||||||||
2613 | return false; | ||||||||
2614 | StringRef BuiltinName = BI.getName(BuiltinID); | ||||||||
2615 | if (BuiltinName.startswith("__builtin_") && | ||||||||
2616 | Name == BuiltinName.slice(strlen("__builtin_"), StringRef::npos)) { | ||||||||
2617 | return true; | ||||||||
2618 | } | ||||||||
2619 | return false; | ||||||||
2620 | } | ||||||||
2621 | |||||||||
2622 | bool VisitStmt(const Stmt *S) { | ||||||||
2623 | for (const Stmt *Child : S->children()) | ||||||||
2624 | if (Child && this->Visit(Child)) | ||||||||
2625 | return true; | ||||||||
2626 | return false; | ||||||||
2627 | } | ||||||||
2628 | }; | ||||||||
2629 | |||||||||
2630 | // Make sure we're not referencing non-imported vars or functions. | ||||||||
2631 | struct DLLImportFunctionVisitor | ||||||||
2632 | : public RecursiveASTVisitor<DLLImportFunctionVisitor> { | ||||||||
2633 | bool SafeToInline = true; | ||||||||
2634 | |||||||||
2635 | bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { return true; } | ||||||||
2636 | |||||||||
2637 | bool VisitVarDecl(VarDecl *VD) { | ||||||||
2638 | if (VD->getTLSKind()) { | ||||||||
2639 | // A thread-local variable cannot be imported. | ||||||||
2640 | SafeToInline = false; | ||||||||
2641 | return SafeToInline; | ||||||||
2642 | } | ||||||||
2643 | |||||||||
2644 | // A variable definition might imply a destructor call. | ||||||||
2645 | if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) | ||||||||
2646 | SafeToInline = !HasNonDllImportDtor(VD->getType()); | ||||||||
2647 | |||||||||
2648 | return SafeToInline; | ||||||||
2649 | } | ||||||||
2650 | |||||||||
2651 | bool VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) { | ||||||||
2652 | if (const auto *D = E->getTemporary()->getDestructor()) | ||||||||
2653 | SafeToInline = D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | ||||||||
2654 | return SafeToInline; | ||||||||
2655 | } | ||||||||
2656 | |||||||||
2657 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||||||
2658 | ValueDecl *VD = E->getDecl(); | ||||||||
2659 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) | ||||||||
2660 | SafeToInline = VD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | ||||||||
2661 | else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) | ||||||||
2662 | SafeToInline = !V->hasGlobalStorage() || V->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | ||||||||
2663 | return SafeToInline; | ||||||||
2664 | } | ||||||||
2665 | |||||||||
2666 | bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { | ||||||||
2667 | SafeToInline = E->getConstructor()->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | ||||||||
2668 | return SafeToInline; | ||||||||
2669 | } | ||||||||
2670 | |||||||||
2671 | bool VisitCXXMemberCallExpr(CXXMemberCallExpr *E) { | ||||||||
2672 | CXXMethodDecl *M = E->getMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
2673 | if (!M) { | ||||||||
2674 | // Call through a pointer to member function. This is safe to inline. | ||||||||
2675 | SafeToInline = true; | ||||||||
2676 | } else { | ||||||||
2677 | SafeToInline = M->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | ||||||||
2678 | } | ||||||||
2679 | return SafeToInline; | ||||||||
2680 | } | ||||||||
2681 | |||||||||
2682 | bool VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) { | ||||||||
2683 | SafeToInline = E->getOperatorDelete()->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | ||||||||
2684 | return SafeToInline; | ||||||||
2685 | } | ||||||||
2686 | |||||||||
2687 | bool VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) { | ||||||||
2688 | SafeToInline = E->getOperatorNew()->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | ||||||||
2689 | return SafeToInline; | ||||||||
2690 | } | ||||||||
2691 | }; | ||||||||
2692 | } | ||||||||
2693 | |||||||||
2694 | // isTriviallyRecursive - Check if this function calls another | ||||||||
2695 | // decl that, because of the asm attribute or the other decl being a builtin, | ||||||||
2696 | // ends up pointing to itself. | ||||||||
2697 | bool | ||||||||
2698 | CodeGenModule::isTriviallyRecursive(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
2699 | StringRef Name; | ||||||||
2700 | if (getCXXABI().getMangleContext().shouldMangleDeclName(FD)) { | ||||||||
2701 | // asm labels are a special kind of mangling we have to support. | ||||||||
2702 | AsmLabelAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>(); | ||||||||
2703 | if (!Attr) | ||||||||
2704 | return false; | ||||||||
2705 | Name = Attr->getLabel(); | ||||||||
2706 | } else { | ||||||||
2707 | Name = FD->getName(); | ||||||||
2708 | } | ||||||||
2709 | |||||||||
2710 | FunctionIsDirectlyRecursive Walker(Name, Context.BuiltinInfo); | ||||||||
2711 | const Stmt *Body = FD->getBody(); | ||||||||
2712 | return Body ? Walker.Visit(Body) : false; | ||||||||
2713 | } | ||||||||
2714 | |||||||||
2715 | bool CodeGenModule::shouldEmitFunction(GlobalDecl GD) { | ||||||||
2716 | if (getFunctionLinkage(GD) != llvm::Function::AvailableExternallyLinkage) | ||||||||
2717 | return true; | ||||||||
2718 | const auto *F = cast<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
2719 | if (CodeGenOpts.OptimizationLevel == 0 && !F->hasAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>()) | ||||||||
2720 | return false; | ||||||||
2721 | |||||||||
2722 | if (F->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { | ||||||||
2723 | // Check whether it would be safe to inline this dllimport function. | ||||||||
2724 | DLLImportFunctionVisitor Visitor; | ||||||||
2725 | Visitor.TraverseFunctionDecl(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(F)); | ||||||||
2726 | if (!Visitor.SafeToInline) | ||||||||
2727 | return false; | ||||||||
2728 | |||||||||
2729 | if (const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(F)) { | ||||||||
2730 | // Implicit destructor invocations aren't captured in the AST, so the | ||||||||
2731 | // check above can't see them. Check for them manually here. | ||||||||
2732 | for (const Decl *Member : Dtor->getParent()->decls()) | ||||||||
2733 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) | ||||||||
2734 | if (HasNonDllImportDtor(cast<FieldDecl>(Member)->getType())) | ||||||||
2735 | return false; | ||||||||
2736 | for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &B : Dtor->getParent()->bases()) | ||||||||
2737 | if (HasNonDllImportDtor(B.getType())) | ||||||||
2738 | return false; | ||||||||
2739 | } | ||||||||
2740 | } | ||||||||
2741 | |||||||||
2742 | // PR9614. Avoid cases where the source code is lying to us. An available | ||||||||
2743 | // externally function should have an equivalent function somewhere else, | ||||||||
2744 | // but a function that calls itself is clearly not equivalent to the real | ||||||||
2745 | // implementation. | ||||||||
2746 | // This happens in glibc's btowc and in some configure checks. | ||||||||
2747 | return !isTriviallyRecursive(F); | ||||||||
2748 | } | ||||||||
2749 | |||||||||
2750 | bool CodeGenModule::shouldOpportunisticallyEmitVTables() { | ||||||||
2751 | return CodeGenOpts.OptimizationLevel > 0; | ||||||||
2752 | } | ||||||||
2753 | |||||||||
2754 | void CodeGenModule::EmitMultiVersionFunctionDefinition(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
2755 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
2756 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
2757 | |||||||||
2758 | if (FD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) { | ||||||||
2759 | auto *Spec = FD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||||||
2760 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Spec->cpus_size(); ++I) | ||||||||
2761 | EmitGlobalFunctionDefinition(GD.getWithMultiVersionIndex(I), nullptr); | ||||||||
2762 | // Requires multiple emits. | ||||||||
2763 | } else | ||||||||
2764 | EmitGlobalFunctionDefinition(GD, GV); | ||||||||
2765 | } | ||||||||
2766 | |||||||||
2767 | void CodeGenModule::emitOpenMPDeviceFunctionRedefinition( | ||||||||
2768 | GlobalDecl OldGD, GlobalDecl NewGD, llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
2769 | assert(getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&((getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && OpenMPRuntime && "Expected OpenMP device mode." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && OpenMPRuntime && \"Expected OpenMP device mode.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2770, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2770 | OpenMPRuntime && "Expected OpenMP device mode.")((getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && OpenMPRuntime && "Expected OpenMP device mode." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && OpenMPRuntime && \"Expected OpenMP device mode.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2770, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2771 | const auto *D = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldGD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
2772 | |||||||||
2773 | // Compute the function info and LLVM type. | ||||||||
2774 | const CGFunctionInfo &FI = getTypes().arrangeGlobalDeclaration(OldGD); | ||||||||
2775 | llvm::FunctionType *Ty = getTypes().GetFunctionType(FI); | ||||||||
2776 | |||||||||
2777 | // Get or create the prototype for the function. | ||||||||
2778 | if (!GV || (GV->getType()->getElementType() != Ty)) { | ||||||||
2779 | GV = cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(GetOrCreateLLVMFunction( | ||||||||
2780 | getMangledName(OldGD), Ty, GlobalDecl(), /*ForVTable=*/false, | ||||||||
2781 | /*DontDefer=*/true, /*IsThunk=*/false, llvm::AttributeList(), | ||||||||
2782 | ForDefinition)); | ||||||||
2783 | SetFunctionAttributes(OldGD, cast<llvm::Function>(GV), | ||||||||
2784 | /*IsIncompleteFunction=*/false, | ||||||||
2785 | /*IsThunk=*/false); | ||||||||
2786 | } | ||||||||
2787 | // We need to set linkage and visibility on the function before | ||||||||
2788 | // generating code for it because various parts of IR generation | ||||||||
2789 | // want to propagate this information down (e.g. to local static | ||||||||
2790 | // declarations). | ||||||||
2791 | auto *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); | ||||||||
2792 | setFunctionLinkage(OldGD, Fn); | ||||||||
2793 | |||||||||
2794 | // FIXME: this is redundant with part of | ||||||||
2795 | // setFunctionDefinitionAttributes | ||||||||
2796 | setGVProperties(Fn, OldGD); | ||||||||
2797 | |||||||||
2798 | MaybeHandleStaticInExternC(D, Fn); | ||||||||
2799 | |||||||||
2800 | maybeSetTrivialComdat(*D, *Fn); | ||||||||
2801 | |||||||||
2802 | CodeGenFunction(*this).GenerateCode(NewGD, Fn, FI); | ||||||||
2803 | |||||||||
2804 | setNonAliasAttributes(OldGD, Fn); | ||||||||
2805 | SetLLVMFunctionAttributesForDefinition(D, Fn); | ||||||||
2806 | |||||||||
2807 | if (D->hasAttr<AnnotateAttr>()) | ||||||||
2808 | AddGlobalAnnotations(D, Fn); | ||||||||
2809 | } | ||||||||
2810 | |||||||||
2811 | void CodeGenModule::EmitGlobalDefinition(GlobalDecl GD, llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
2812 | const auto *D = cast<ValueDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
2813 | |||||||||
2814 | PrettyStackTraceDecl CrashInfo(const_cast<ValueDecl *>(D), D->getLocation(), | ||||||||
2815 | Context.getSourceManager(), | ||||||||
2816 | "Generating code for declaration"); | ||||||||
2817 | |||||||||
2818 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
2819 | // At -O0, don't generate IR for functions with available_externally | ||||||||
2820 | // linkage. | ||||||||
2821 | if (!shouldEmitFunction(GD)) | ||||||||
2822 | return; | ||||||||
2823 | |||||||||
2824 | llvm::TimeTraceScope TimeScope("CodeGen Function", [&]() { | ||||||||
2825 | std::string Name; | ||||||||
2826 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name); | ||||||||
2827 | FD->getNameForDiagnostic(OS, getContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | ||||||||
2828 | /*Qualified=*/true); | ||||||||
2829 | return Name; | ||||||||
2830 | }); | ||||||||
2831 | |||||||||
2832 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
2833 | // Make sure to emit the definition(s) before we emit the thunks. | ||||||||
2834 | // This is necessary for the generation of certain thunks. | ||||||||
2835 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method)) | ||||||||
2836 | ABI->emitCXXStructor(GD); | ||||||||
2837 | else if (FD->isMultiVersion()) | ||||||||
2838 | EmitMultiVersionFunctionDefinition(GD, GV); | ||||||||
2839 | else | ||||||||
2840 | EmitGlobalFunctionDefinition(GD, GV); | ||||||||
2841 | |||||||||
2842 | if (Method->isVirtual()) | ||||||||
2843 | getVTables().EmitThunks(GD); | ||||||||
2844 | |||||||||
2845 | return; | ||||||||
2846 | } | ||||||||
2847 | |||||||||
2848 | if (FD->isMultiVersion()) | ||||||||
2849 | return EmitMultiVersionFunctionDefinition(GD, GV); | ||||||||
2850 | return EmitGlobalFunctionDefinition(GD, GV); | ||||||||
2851 | } | ||||||||
2852 | |||||||||
2853 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
2854 | return EmitGlobalVarDefinition(VD, !VD->hasDefinition()); | ||||||||
2855 | |||||||||
2856 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid argument to EmitGlobalDefinition()")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid argument to EmitGlobalDefinition()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2856); | ||||||||
2857 | } | ||||||||
2858 | |||||||||
2859 | static void ReplaceUsesOfNonProtoTypeWithRealFunction(llvm::GlobalValue *Old, | ||||||||
2860 | llvm::Function *NewFn); | ||||||||
2861 | |||||||||
2862 | static unsigned | ||||||||
2863 | TargetMVPriority(const TargetInfo &TI, | ||||||||
2864 | const CodeGenFunction::MultiVersionResolverOption &RO) { | ||||||||
2865 | unsigned Priority = 0; | ||||||||
2866 | for (StringRef Feat : RO.Conditions.Features) | ||||||||
2867 | Priority = std::max(Priority, TI.multiVersionSortPriority(Feat)); | ||||||||
2868 | |||||||||
2869 | if (!RO.Conditions.Architecture.empty()) | ||||||||
2870 | Priority = std::max( | ||||||||
2871 | Priority, TI.multiVersionSortPriority(RO.Conditions.Architecture)); | ||||||||
2872 | return Priority; | ||||||||
2873 | } | ||||||||
2874 | |||||||||
2875 | void CodeGenModule::emitMultiVersionFunctions() { | ||||||||
2876 | for (GlobalDecl GD : MultiVersionFuncs) { | ||||||||
2877 | SmallVector<CodeGenFunction::MultiVersionResolverOption, 10> Options; | ||||||||
2878 | const FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
2879 | getContext().forEachMultiversionedFunctionVersion( | ||||||||
2880 | FD, [this, &GD, &Options](const FunctionDecl *CurFD) { | ||||||||
2881 | GlobalDecl CurGD{ | ||||||||
2882 | (CurFD->isDefined() ? CurFD->getDefinition() : CurFD)}; | ||||||||
2883 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(CurGD); | ||||||||
2884 | llvm::Constant *Func = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
2885 | if (!Func) { | ||||||||
2886 | if (CurFD->isDefined()) { | ||||||||
2887 | EmitGlobalFunctionDefinition(CurGD, nullptr); | ||||||||
2888 | Func = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
2889 | } else { | ||||||||
2890 | const CGFunctionInfo &FI = | ||||||||
2891 | getTypes().arrangeGlobalDeclaration(GD); | ||||||||
2892 | llvm::FunctionType *Ty = getTypes().GetFunctionType(FI); | ||||||||
2893 | Func = GetAddrOfFunction(CurGD, Ty, /*ForVTable=*/false, | ||||||||
2894 | /*DontDefer=*/false, ForDefinition); | ||||||||
2895 | } | ||||||||
2896 | assert(Func && "This should have just been created")((Func && "This should have just been created") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Func && \"This should have just been created\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2896, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2897 | } | ||||||||
2898 | |||||||||
2899 | const auto *TA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | ||||||||
2900 | llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 8> Feats; | ||||||||
2901 | TA->getAddedFeatures(Feats); | ||||||||
2902 | |||||||||
2903 | Options.emplace_back(cast<llvm::Function>(Func), | ||||||||
2904 | TA->getArchitecture(), Feats); | ||||||||
2905 | }); | ||||||||
2906 | |||||||||
2907 | llvm::Function *ResolverFunc; | ||||||||
2908 | const TargetInfo &TI = getTarget(); | ||||||||
2909 | |||||||||
2910 | if (TI.supportsIFunc() || FD->isTargetMultiVersion()) { | ||||||||
2911 | ResolverFunc = cast<llvm::Function>( | ||||||||
2912 | GetGlobalValue((getMangledName(GD) + ".resolver").str())); | ||||||||
2913 | ResolverFunc->setLinkage(llvm::Function::WeakODRLinkage); | ||||||||
2914 | } else { | ||||||||
2915 | ResolverFunc = cast<llvm::Function>(GetGlobalValue(getMangledName(GD))); | ||||||||
2916 | } | ||||||||
2917 | |||||||||
2918 | if (supportsCOMDAT()) | ||||||||
2919 | ResolverFunc->setComdat( | ||||||||
2920 | getModule().getOrInsertComdat(ResolverFunc->getName())); | ||||||||
2921 | |||||||||
2922 | llvm::stable_sort( | ||||||||
2923 | Options, [&TI](const CodeGenFunction::MultiVersionResolverOption &LHS, | ||||||||
2924 | const CodeGenFunction::MultiVersionResolverOption &RHS) { | ||||||||
2925 | return TargetMVPriority(TI, LHS) > TargetMVPriority(TI, RHS); | ||||||||
2926 | }); | ||||||||
2927 | CodeGenFunction CGF(*this); | ||||||||
2928 | CGF.EmitMultiVersionResolver(ResolverFunc, Options); | ||||||||
2929 | } | ||||||||
2930 | } | ||||||||
2931 | |||||||||
2932 | void CodeGenModule::emitCPUDispatchDefinition(GlobalDecl GD) { | ||||||||
2933 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
2934 | assert(FD && "Not a FunctionDecl?")((FD && "Not a FunctionDecl?") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FD && \"Not a FunctionDecl?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2934, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2935 | const auto *DD = FD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||||||
2936 | assert(DD && "Not a cpu_dispatch Function?")((DD && "Not a cpu_dispatch Function?") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DD && \"Not a cpu_dispatch Function?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 2936, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2937 | llvm::Type *DeclTy = getTypes().ConvertType(FD->getType()); | ||||||||
2938 | |||||||||
2939 | if (const auto *CXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | ||||||||
2940 | const CGFunctionInfo &FInfo = getTypes().arrangeCXXMethodDeclaration(CXXFD); | ||||||||
2941 | DeclTy = getTypes().GetFunctionType(FInfo); | ||||||||
2942 | } | ||||||||
2943 | |||||||||
2944 | StringRef ResolverName = getMangledName(GD); | ||||||||
2945 | |||||||||
2946 | llvm::Type *ResolverType; | ||||||||
2947 | GlobalDecl ResolverGD; | ||||||||
2948 | if (getTarget().supportsIFunc()) | ||||||||
2949 | ResolverType = llvm::FunctionType::get( | ||||||||
2950 | llvm::PointerType::get(DeclTy, | ||||||||
2951 | Context.getTargetAddressSpace(FD->getType())), | ||||||||
2952 | false); | ||||||||
2953 | else { | ||||||||
2954 | ResolverType = DeclTy; | ||||||||
2955 | ResolverGD = GD; | ||||||||
2956 | } | ||||||||
2957 | |||||||||
2958 | auto *ResolverFunc = cast<llvm::Function>(GetOrCreateLLVMFunction( | ||||||||
2959 | ResolverName, ResolverType, ResolverGD, /*ForVTable=*/false)); | ||||||||
2960 | ResolverFunc->setLinkage(llvm::Function::WeakODRLinkage); | ||||||||
2961 | if (supportsCOMDAT()) | ||||||||
2962 | ResolverFunc->setComdat( | ||||||||
2963 | getModule().getOrInsertComdat(ResolverFunc->getName())); | ||||||||
2964 | |||||||||
2965 | SmallVector<CodeGenFunction::MultiVersionResolverOption, 10> Options; | ||||||||
2966 | const TargetInfo &Target = getTarget(); | ||||||||
2967 | unsigned Index = 0; | ||||||||
2968 | for (const IdentifierInfo *II : DD->cpus()) { | ||||||||
2969 | // Get the name of the target function so we can look it up/create it. | ||||||||
2970 | std::string MangledName = getMangledNameImpl(*this, GD, FD, true) + | ||||||||
2971 | getCPUSpecificMangling(*this, II->getName()); | ||||||||
2972 | |||||||||
2973 | llvm::Constant *Func = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
2974 | |||||||||
2975 | if (!Func) { | ||||||||
2976 | GlobalDecl ExistingDecl = Manglings.lookup(MangledName); | ||||||||
2977 | if (ExistingDecl.getDecl() && | ||||||||
2978 | ExistingDecl.getDecl()->getAsFunction()->isDefined()) { | ||||||||
2979 | EmitGlobalFunctionDefinition(ExistingDecl, nullptr); | ||||||||
2980 | Func = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
2981 | } else { | ||||||||
2982 | if (!ExistingDecl.getDecl()) | ||||||||
2983 | ExistingDecl = GD.getWithMultiVersionIndex(Index); | ||||||||
2984 | |||||||||
2985 | Func = GetOrCreateLLVMFunction( | ||||||||
2986 | MangledName, DeclTy, ExistingDecl, | ||||||||
2987 | /*ForVTable=*/false, /*DontDefer=*/true, | ||||||||
2988 | /*IsThunk=*/false, llvm::AttributeList(), ForDefinition); | ||||||||
2989 | } | ||||||||
2990 | } | ||||||||
2991 | |||||||||
2992 | llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 32> Features; | ||||||||
2993 | Target.getCPUSpecificCPUDispatchFeatures(II->getName(), Features); | ||||||||
2994 | llvm::transform(Features, Features.begin(), | ||||||||
2995 | [](StringRef Str) { return Str.substr(1); }); | ||||||||
2996 | Features.erase(std::remove_if( | ||||||||
2997 | Features.begin(), Features.end(), [&Target](StringRef Feat) { | ||||||||
2998 | return !Target.validateCpuSupports(Feat); | ||||||||
2999 | }), Features.end()); | ||||||||
3000 | Options.emplace_back(cast<llvm::Function>(Func), StringRef{}, Features); | ||||||||
3001 | ++Index; | ||||||||
3002 | } | ||||||||
3003 | |||||||||
3004 | llvm::sort( | ||||||||
3005 | Options, [](const CodeGenFunction::MultiVersionResolverOption &LHS, | ||||||||
3006 | const CodeGenFunction::MultiVersionResolverOption &RHS) { | ||||||||
3007 | return CodeGenFunction::GetX86CpuSupportsMask(LHS.Conditions.Features) > | ||||||||
3008 | CodeGenFunction::GetX86CpuSupportsMask(RHS.Conditions.Features); | ||||||||
3009 | }); | ||||||||
3010 | |||||||||
3011 | // If the list contains multiple 'default' versions, such as when it contains | ||||||||
3012 | // 'pentium' and 'generic', don't emit the call to the generic one (since we | ||||||||
3013 | // always run on at least a 'pentium'). We do this by deleting the 'least | ||||||||
3014 | // advanced' (read, lowest mangling letter). | ||||||||
3015 | while (Options.size() > 1 && | ||||||||
3016 | CodeGenFunction::GetX86CpuSupportsMask( | ||||||||
3017 | (Options.end() - 2)->Conditions.Features) == 0) { | ||||||||
3018 | StringRef LHSName = (Options.end() - 2)->Function->getName(); | ||||||||
3019 | StringRef RHSName = (Options.end() - 1)->Function->getName(); | ||||||||
3020 | if (LHSName.compare(RHSName) < 0) | ||||||||
3021 | Options.erase(Options.end() - 2); | ||||||||
3022 | else | ||||||||
3023 | Options.erase(Options.end() - 1); | ||||||||
3024 | } | ||||||||
3025 | |||||||||
3026 | CodeGenFunction CGF(*this); | ||||||||
3027 | CGF.EmitMultiVersionResolver(ResolverFunc, Options); | ||||||||
3028 | |||||||||
3029 | if (getTarget().supportsIFunc()) { | ||||||||
3030 | std::string AliasName = getMangledNameImpl( | ||||||||
3031 | *this, GD, FD, /*OmitMultiVersionMangling=*/true); | ||||||||
3032 | llvm::Constant *AliasFunc = GetGlobalValue(AliasName); | ||||||||
3033 | if (!AliasFunc) { | ||||||||
3034 | auto *IFunc = cast<llvm::GlobalIFunc>(GetOrCreateLLVMFunction( | ||||||||
3035 | AliasName, DeclTy, GD, /*ForVTable=*/false, /*DontDefer=*/true, | ||||||||
3036 | /*IsThunk=*/false, llvm::AttributeList(), NotForDefinition)); | ||||||||
3037 | auto *GA = llvm::GlobalAlias::create( | ||||||||
3038 | DeclTy, 0, getFunctionLinkage(GD), AliasName, IFunc, &getModule()); | ||||||||
3039 | GA->setLinkage(llvm::Function::WeakODRLinkage); | ||||||||
3040 | SetCommonAttributes(GD, GA); | ||||||||
3041 | } | ||||||||
3042 | } | ||||||||
3043 | } | ||||||||
3044 | |||||||||
3045 | /// If a dispatcher for the specified mangled name is not in the module, create | ||||||||
3046 | /// and return an llvm Function with the specified type. | ||||||||
3047 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::GetOrCreateMultiVersionResolver( | ||||||||
3048 | GlobalDecl GD, llvm::Type *DeclTy, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
3049 | std::string MangledName = | ||||||||
3050 | getMangledNameImpl(*this, GD, FD, /*OmitMultiVersionMangling=*/true); | ||||||||
3051 | |||||||||
3052 | // Holds the name of the resolver, in ifunc mode this is the ifunc (which has | ||||||||
3053 | // a separate resolver). | ||||||||
3054 | std::string ResolverName = MangledName; | ||||||||
3055 | if (getTarget().supportsIFunc()) | ||||||||
3056 | ResolverName += ".ifunc"; | ||||||||
3057 | else if (FD->isTargetMultiVersion()) | ||||||||
3058 | ResolverName += ".resolver"; | ||||||||
3059 | |||||||||
3060 | // If this already exists, just return that one. | ||||||||
3061 | if (llvm::GlobalValue *ResolverGV = GetGlobalValue(ResolverName)) | ||||||||
3062 | return ResolverGV; | ||||||||
3063 | |||||||||
3064 | // Since this is the first time we've created this IFunc, make sure | ||||||||
3065 | // that we put this multiversioned function into the list to be | ||||||||
3066 | // replaced later if necessary (target multiversioning only). | ||||||||
3067 | if (!FD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() && !FD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) | ||||||||
3068 | MultiVersionFuncs.push_back(GD); | ||||||||
3069 | |||||||||
3070 | if (getTarget().supportsIFunc()) { | ||||||||
3071 | llvm::Type *ResolverType = llvm::FunctionType::get( | ||||||||
3072 | llvm::PointerType::get( | ||||||||
3073 | DeclTy, getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(FD->getType())), | ||||||||
3074 | false); | ||||||||
3075 | llvm::Constant *Resolver = GetOrCreateLLVMFunction( | ||||||||
3076 | MangledName + ".resolver", ResolverType, GlobalDecl{}, | ||||||||
3077 | /*ForVTable=*/false); | ||||||||
3078 | llvm::GlobalIFunc *GIF = llvm::GlobalIFunc::create( | ||||||||
3079 | DeclTy, 0, llvm::Function::WeakODRLinkage, "", Resolver, &getModule()); | ||||||||
3080 | GIF->setName(ResolverName); | ||||||||
3081 | SetCommonAttributes(FD, GIF); | ||||||||
3082 | |||||||||
3083 | return GIF; | ||||||||
3084 | } | ||||||||
3085 | |||||||||
3086 | llvm::Constant *Resolver = GetOrCreateLLVMFunction( | ||||||||
3087 | ResolverName, DeclTy, GlobalDecl{}, /*ForVTable=*/false); | ||||||||
3088 | assert(isa<llvm::GlobalValue>(Resolver) &&((isa<llvm::GlobalValue>(Resolver) && "Resolver should be created for the first time" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<llvm::GlobalValue>(Resolver) && \"Resolver should be created for the first time\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3089, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3089 | "Resolver should be created for the first time")((isa<llvm::GlobalValue>(Resolver) && "Resolver should be created for the first time" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<llvm::GlobalValue>(Resolver) && \"Resolver should be created for the first time\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3089, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3090 | SetCommonAttributes(FD, cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(Resolver)); | ||||||||
3091 | return Resolver; | ||||||||
3092 | } | ||||||||
3093 | |||||||||
3094 | /// GetOrCreateLLVMFunction - If the specified mangled name is not in the | ||||||||
3095 | /// module, create and return an llvm Function with the specified type. If there | ||||||||
3096 | /// is something in the module with the specified name, return it potentially | ||||||||
3097 | /// bitcasted to the right type. | ||||||||
3098 | /// | ||||||||
3099 | /// If D is non-null, it specifies a decl that correspond to this. This is used | ||||||||
3100 | /// to set the attributes on the function when it is first created. | ||||||||
3101 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::GetOrCreateLLVMFunction( | ||||||||
3102 | StringRef MangledName, llvm::Type *Ty, GlobalDecl GD, bool ForVTable, | ||||||||
3103 | bool DontDefer, bool IsThunk, llvm::AttributeList ExtraAttrs, | ||||||||
3104 | ForDefinition_t IsForDefinition) { | ||||||||
3105 | const Decl *D = GD.getDecl(); | ||||||||
3106 | |||||||||
3107 | // Any attempts to use a MultiVersion function should result in retrieving | ||||||||
3108 | // the iFunc instead. Name Mangling will handle the rest of the changes. | ||||||||
3109 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
3110 | // For the device mark the function as one that should be emitted. | ||||||||
3111 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && OpenMPRuntime && | ||||||||
3112 | !OpenMPRuntime->markAsGlobalTarget(GD) && FD->isDefined() && | ||||||||
3113 | !DontDefer && !IsForDefinition) { | ||||||||
3114 | if (const FunctionDecl *FDDef = FD->getDefinition()) { | ||||||||
3115 | GlobalDecl GDDef; | ||||||||
3116 | if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDDef)) | ||||||||
3117 | GDDef = GlobalDecl(CD, GD.getCtorType()); | ||||||||
3118 | else if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FDDef)) | ||||||||
3119 | GDDef = GlobalDecl(DD, GD.getDtorType()); | ||||||||
3120 | else | ||||||||
3121 | GDDef = GlobalDecl(FDDef); | ||||||||
3122 | EmitGlobal(GDDef); | ||||||||
3123 | } | ||||||||
3124 | } | ||||||||
3125 | // Check if this must be emitted as declare variant and emit reference to | ||||||||
3126 | // the the declare variant function. | ||||||||
3127 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && OpenMPRuntime) | ||||||||
3128 | (void)OpenMPRuntime->emitDeclareVariant(GD, /*IsForDefinition=*/true); | ||||||||
3129 | |||||||||
3130 | if (FD->isMultiVersion()) { | ||||||||
3131 | const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | ||||||||
3132 | if (TA && TA->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||||||
3133 | UpdateMultiVersionNames(GD, FD); | ||||||||
3134 | if (!IsForDefinition) | ||||||||
3135 | return GetOrCreateMultiVersionResolver(GD, Ty, FD); | ||||||||
3136 | } | ||||||||
3137 | } | ||||||||
3138 | |||||||||
3139 | // Lookup the entry, lazily creating it if necessary. | ||||||||
3140 | llvm::GlobalValue *Entry = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
3141 | if (Entry) { | ||||||||
3142 | if (WeakRefReferences.erase(Entry)) { | ||||||||
3143 | const FunctionDecl *FD = cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
3144 | if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<WeakAttr>()) | ||||||||
3145 | Entry->setLinkage(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage); | ||||||||
3146 | } | ||||||||
3147 | |||||||||
3148 | // Handle dropped DLL attributes. | ||||||||
3149 | if (D && !D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { | ||||||||
3150 | Entry->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalValue::DefaultStorageClass); | ||||||||
3151 | setDSOLocal(Entry); | ||||||||
3152 | } | ||||||||
3153 | |||||||||
3154 | // If there are two attempts to define the same mangled name, issue an | ||||||||
3155 | // error. | ||||||||
3156 | if (IsForDefinition && !Entry->isDeclaration()) { | ||||||||
3157 | GlobalDecl OtherGD; | ||||||||
3158 | // Check that GD is not yet in DiagnosedConflictingDefinitions is required | ||||||||
3159 | // to make sure that we issue an error only once. | ||||||||
3160 | if (lookupRepresentativeDecl(MangledName, OtherGD) && | ||||||||
3161 | (GD.getCanonicalDecl().getDecl() != | ||||||||
3162 | OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl().getDecl()) && | ||||||||
3163 | DiagnosedConflictingDefinitions.insert(GD).second) { | ||||||||
3164 | getDiags().Report(D->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_mangled_name) | ||||||||
3165 | << MangledName; | ||||||||
3166 | getDiags().Report(OtherGD.getDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||||
3167 | diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||||||
3168 | } | ||||||||
3169 | } | ||||||||
3170 | |||||||||
3171 | if ((isa<llvm::Function>(Entry) || isa<llvm::GlobalAlias>(Entry)) && | ||||||||
3172 | (Entry->getType()->getElementType() == Ty)) { | ||||||||
3173 | return Entry; | ||||||||
3174 | } | ||||||||
3175 | |||||||||
3176 | // Make sure the result is of the correct type. | ||||||||
3177 | // (If function is requested for a definition, we always need to create a new | ||||||||
3178 | // function, not just return a bitcast.) | ||||||||
3179 | if (!IsForDefinition) | ||||||||
3180 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Entry, Ty->getPointerTo()); | ||||||||
3181 | } | ||||||||
3182 | |||||||||
3183 | // This function doesn't have a complete type (for example, the return | ||||||||
3184 | // type is an incomplete struct). Use a fake type instead, and make | ||||||||
3185 | // sure not to try to set attributes. | ||||||||
3186 | bool IsIncompleteFunction = false; | ||||||||
3187 | |||||||||
3188 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy; | ||||||||
3189 | if (isa<llvm::FunctionType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||
3190 | FTy = cast<llvm::FunctionType>(Ty); | ||||||||
3191 | } else { | ||||||||
3192 | FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, false); | ||||||||
3193 | IsIncompleteFunction = true; | ||||||||
3194 | } | ||||||||
3195 | |||||||||
3196 | llvm::Function *F = | ||||||||
3197 | llvm::Function::Create(FTy, llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, | ||||||||
3198 | Entry ? StringRef() : MangledName, &getModule()); | ||||||||
3199 | |||||||||
3200 | // If we already created a function with the same mangled name (but different | ||||||||
3201 | // type) before, take its name and add it to the list of functions to be | ||||||||
3202 | // replaced with F at the end of CodeGen. | ||||||||
3203 | // | ||||||||
3204 | // This happens if there is a prototype for a function (e.g. "int f()") and | ||||||||
3205 | // then a definition of a different type (e.g. "int f(int x)"). | ||||||||
3206 | if (Entry) { | ||||||||
3207 | F->takeName(Entry); | ||||||||
3208 | |||||||||
3209 | // This might be an implementation of a function without a prototype, in | ||||||||
3210 | // which case, try to do special replacement of calls which match the new | ||||||||
3211 | // prototype. The really key thing here is that we also potentially drop | ||||||||
3212 | // arguments from the call site so as to make a direct call, which makes the | ||||||||
3213 | // inliner happier and suppresses a number of optimizer warnings (!) about | ||||||||
3214 | // dropping arguments. | ||||||||
3215 | if (!Entry->use_empty()) { | ||||||||
3216 | ReplaceUsesOfNonProtoTypeWithRealFunction(Entry, F); | ||||||||
3217 | Entry->removeDeadConstantUsers(); | ||||||||
3218 | } | ||||||||
3219 | |||||||||
3220 | llvm::Constant *BC = llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast( | ||||||||
3221 | F, Entry->getType()->getElementType()->getPointerTo()); | ||||||||
3222 | addGlobalValReplacement(Entry, BC); | ||||||||
3223 | } | ||||||||
3224 | |||||||||
3225 | assert(F->getName() == MangledName && "name was uniqued!")((F->getName() == MangledName && "name was uniqued!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("F->getName() == MangledName && \"name was uniqued!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3225, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3226 | if (D) | ||||||||
3227 | SetFunctionAttributes(GD, F, IsIncompleteFunction, IsThunk); | ||||||||
3228 | if (ExtraAttrs.hasAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex)) { | ||||||||
3229 | llvm::AttrBuilder B(ExtraAttrs, llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex); | ||||||||
3230 | F->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, B); | ||||||||
3231 | } | ||||||||
3232 | |||||||||
3233 | if (!DontDefer) { | ||||||||
3234 | // All MSVC dtors other than the base dtor are linkonce_odr and delegate to | ||||||||
3235 | // each other bottoming out with the base dtor. Therefore we emit non-base | ||||||||
3236 | // dtors on usage, even if there is no dtor definition in the TU. | ||||||||
3237 | if (D && isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(D) && | ||||||||
3238 | getCXXABI().useThunkForDtorVariant(cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D), | ||||||||
3239 | GD.getDtorType())) | ||||||||
3240 | addDeferredDeclToEmit(GD); | ||||||||
3241 | |||||||||
3242 | // This is the first use or definition of a mangled name. If there is a | ||||||||
3243 | // deferred decl with this name, remember that we need to emit it at the end | ||||||||
3244 | // of the file. | ||||||||
3245 | auto DDI = DeferredDecls.find(MangledName); | ||||||||
3246 | if (DDI != DeferredDecls.end()) { | ||||||||
3247 | // Move the potentially referenced deferred decl to the | ||||||||
3248 | // DeferredDeclsToEmit list, and remove it from DeferredDecls (since we | ||||||||
3249 | // don't need it anymore). | ||||||||
3250 | addDeferredDeclToEmit(DDI->second); | ||||||||
3251 | DeferredDecls.erase(DDI); | ||||||||
3252 | |||||||||
3253 | // Otherwise, there are cases we have to worry about where we're | ||||||||
3254 | // using a declaration for which we must emit a definition but where | ||||||||
3255 | // we might not find a top-level definition: | ||||||||
3256 | // - member functions defined inline in their classes | ||||||||
3257 | // - friend functions defined inline in some class | ||||||||
3258 | // - special member functions with implicit definitions | ||||||||
3259 | // If we ever change our AST traversal to walk into class methods, | ||||||||
3260 | // this will be unnecessary. | ||||||||
3261 | // | ||||||||
3262 | // We also don't emit a definition for a function if it's going to be an | ||||||||
3263 | // entry in a vtable, unless it's already marked as used. | ||||||||
3264 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D) { | ||||||||
3265 | // Look for a declaration that's lexically in a record. | ||||||||
3266 | for (const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getMostRecentDecl(); FD; | ||||||||
3267 | FD = FD->getPreviousDecl()) { | ||||||||
3268 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())) { | ||||||||
3269 | if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) { | ||||||||
3270 | addDeferredDeclToEmit(GD.getWithDecl(FD)); | ||||||||
3271 | break; | ||||||||
3272 | } | ||||||||
3273 | } | ||||||||
3274 | } | ||||||||
3275 | } | ||||||||
3276 | } | ||||||||
3277 | |||||||||
3278 | // Make sure the result is of the requested type. | ||||||||
3279 | if (!IsIncompleteFunction) { | ||||||||
3280 | assert(F->getType()->getElementType() == Ty)((F->getType()->getElementType() == Ty) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("F->getType()->getElementType() == Ty" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3280, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3281 | return F; | ||||||||
3282 | } | ||||||||
3283 | |||||||||
3284 | llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(Ty); | ||||||||
3285 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(F, PTy); | ||||||||
3286 | } | ||||||||
3287 | |||||||||
3288 | /// GetAddrOfFunction - Return the address of the given function. If Ty is | ||||||||
3289 | /// non-null, then this function will use the specified type if it has to | ||||||||
3290 | /// create it (this occurs when we see a definition of the function). | ||||||||
3291 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfFunction(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
3292 | llvm::Type *Ty, | ||||||||
3293 | bool ForVTable, | ||||||||
3294 | bool DontDefer, | ||||||||
3295 | ForDefinition_t IsForDefinition) { | ||||||||
3296 | // If there was no specific requested type, just convert it now. | ||||||||
3297 | if (!Ty) { | ||||||||
3298 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
3299 | Ty = getTypes().ConvertType(FD->getType()); | ||||||||
3300 | } | ||||||||
3301 | |||||||||
3302 | // Devirtualized destructor calls may come through here instead of via | ||||||||
3303 | // getAddrOfCXXStructor. Make sure we use the MS ABI base destructor instead | ||||||||
3304 | // of the complete destructor when necessary. | ||||||||
3305 | if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(GD.getDecl())) { | ||||||||
3306 | if (getTarget().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && | ||||||||
3307 | GD.getDtorType() == Dtor_Complete && | ||||||||
3308 | DD->getParent()->getNumVBases() == 0) | ||||||||
3309 | GD = GlobalDecl(DD, Dtor_Base); | ||||||||
3310 | } | ||||||||
3311 | |||||||||
3312 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(GD); | ||||||||
3313 | return GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(MangledName, Ty, GD, ForVTable, DontDefer, | ||||||||
3314 | /*IsThunk=*/false, llvm::AttributeList(), | ||||||||
3315 | IsForDefinition); | ||||||||
3316 | } | ||||||||
3317 | |||||||||
3318 | static const FunctionDecl * | ||||||||
3319 | GetRuntimeFunctionDecl(ASTContext &C, StringRef Name) { | ||||||||
3320 | TranslationUnitDecl *TUDecl = C.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||||
3321 | DeclContext *DC = TranslationUnitDecl::castToDeclContext(TUDecl); | ||||||||
3322 | |||||||||
3323 | IdentifierInfo &CII = C.Idents.get(Name); | ||||||||
3324 | for (const auto &Result : DC->lookup(&CII)) | ||||||||
3325 | if (const auto FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Result)) | ||||||||
3326 | return FD; | ||||||||
3327 | |||||||||
3328 | if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
3329 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
3330 | |||||||||
3331 | // Demangle the premangled name from getTerminateFn() | ||||||||
3332 | IdentifierInfo &CXXII = | ||||||||
3333 | (Name == "_ZSt9terminatev" || Name == "?terminate@@YAXXZ") | ||||||||
3334 | ? C.Idents.get("terminate") | ||||||||
3335 | : C.Idents.get(Name); | ||||||||
3336 | |||||||||
3337 | for (const auto &N : {"__cxxabiv1", "std"}) { | ||||||||
3338 | IdentifierInfo &NS = C.Idents.get(N); | ||||||||
3339 | for (const auto &Result : DC->lookup(&NS)) { | ||||||||
3340 | NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Result); | ||||||||
3341 | if (auto LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(Result)) | ||||||||
3342 | for (const auto &Result : LSD->lookup(&NS)) | ||||||||
3343 | if ((ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Result))) | ||||||||
3344 | break; | ||||||||
3345 | |||||||||
3346 | if (ND) | ||||||||
3347 | for (const auto &Result : ND->lookup(&CXXII)) | ||||||||
3348 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Result)) | ||||||||
3349 | return FD; | ||||||||
3350 | } | ||||||||
3351 | } | ||||||||
3352 | |||||||||
3353 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
3354 | } | ||||||||
3355 | |||||||||
3356 | /// CreateRuntimeFunction - Create a new runtime function with the specified | ||||||||
3357 | /// type and name. | ||||||||
3358 | llvm::FunctionCallee | ||||||||
3359 | CodeGenModule::CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType *FTy, StringRef Name, | ||||||||
3360 | llvm::AttributeList ExtraAttrs, bool Local, | ||||||||
3361 | bool AssumeConvergent) { | ||||||||
3362 | if (AssumeConvergent) { | ||||||||
3363 | ExtraAttrs = | ||||||||
3364 | ExtraAttrs.addAttribute(VMContext, llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, | ||||||||
3365 | llvm::Attribute::Convergent); | ||||||||
3366 | } | ||||||||
3367 | |||||||||
3368 | llvm::Constant *C = | ||||||||
3369 | GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(Name, FTy, GlobalDecl(), /*ForVTable=*/false, | ||||||||
3370 | /*DontDefer=*/false, /*IsThunk=*/false, | ||||||||
3371 | ExtraAttrs); | ||||||||
3372 | |||||||||
3373 | if (auto *F = dyn_cast<llvm::Function>(C)) { | ||||||||
3374 | if (F->empty()) { | ||||||||
3375 | F->setCallingConv(getRuntimeCC()); | ||||||||
3376 | |||||||||
3377 | // In Windows Itanium environments, try to mark runtime functions | ||||||||
3378 | // dllimport. For Mingw and MSVC, don't. We don't really know if the user | ||||||||
3379 | // will link their standard library statically or dynamically. Marking | ||||||||
3380 | // functions imported when they are not imported can cause linker errors | ||||||||
3381 | // and warnings. | ||||||||
3382 | if (!Local && getTriple().isWindowsItaniumEnvironment() && | ||||||||
3383 | !getCodeGenOpts().LTOVisibilityPublicStd) { | ||||||||
3384 | const FunctionDecl *FD = GetRuntimeFunctionDecl(Context, Name); | ||||||||
3385 | if (!FD || FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { | ||||||||
3386 | F->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalValue::DLLImportStorageClass); | ||||||||
3387 | F->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage); | ||||||||
3388 | } | ||||||||
3389 | } | ||||||||
3390 | setDSOLocal(F); | ||||||||
3391 | } | ||||||||
3392 | } | ||||||||
3393 | |||||||||
3394 | return {FTy, C}; | ||||||||
3395 | } | ||||||||
3396 | |||||||||
3397 | /// isTypeConstant - Determine whether an object of this type can be emitted | ||||||||
3398 | /// as a constant. | ||||||||
3399 | /// | ||||||||
3400 | /// If ExcludeCtor is true, the duration when the object's constructor runs | ||||||||
3401 | /// will not be considered. The caller will need to verify that the object is | ||||||||
3402 | /// not written to during its construction. | ||||||||
3403 | bool CodeGenModule::isTypeConstant(QualType Ty, bool ExcludeCtor) { | ||||||||
3404 | if (!Ty.isConstant(Context) && !Ty->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
3405 | return false; | ||||||||
3406 | |||||||||
3407 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
3408 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record | ||||||||
3409 | = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||||
3410 | return ExcludeCtor && !Record->hasMutableFields() && | ||||||||
3411 | Record->hasTrivialDestructor(); | ||||||||
3412 | } | ||||||||
3413 | |||||||||
3414 | return true; | ||||||||
3415 | } | ||||||||
3416 | |||||||||
3417 | /// GetOrCreateLLVMGlobal - If the specified mangled name is not in the module, | ||||||||
3418 | /// create and return an llvm GlobalVariable with the specified type. If there | ||||||||
3419 | /// is something in the module with the specified name, return it potentially | ||||||||
3420 | /// bitcasted to the right type. | ||||||||
3421 | /// | ||||||||
3422 | /// If D is non-null, it specifies a decl that correspond to this. This is used | ||||||||
3423 | /// to set the attributes on the global when it is first created. | ||||||||
3424 | /// | ||||||||
3425 | /// If IsForDefinition is true, it is guaranteed that an actual global with | ||||||||
3426 | /// type Ty will be returned, not conversion of a variable with the same | ||||||||
3427 | /// mangled name but some other type. | ||||||||
3428 | llvm::Constant * | ||||||||
3429 | CodeGenModule::GetOrCreateLLVMGlobal(StringRef MangledName, | ||||||||
3430 | llvm::PointerType *Ty, | ||||||||
3431 | const VarDecl *D, | ||||||||
3432 | ForDefinition_t IsForDefinition) { | ||||||||
3433 | // Lookup the entry, lazily creating it if necessary. | ||||||||
3434 | llvm::GlobalValue *Entry = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
3435 | if (Entry) { | ||||||||
3436 | if (WeakRefReferences.erase(Entry)) { | ||||||||
3437 | if (D && !D->hasAttr<WeakAttr>()) | ||||||||
3438 | Entry->setLinkage(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage); | ||||||||
3439 | } | ||||||||
3440 | |||||||||
3441 | // Handle dropped DLL attributes. | ||||||||
3442 | if (D && !D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||||||
3443 | Entry->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalValue::DefaultStorageClass); | ||||||||
3444 | |||||||||
3445 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && !LangOpts.OpenMPSimd && D) | ||||||||
3446 | getOpenMPRuntime().registerTargetGlobalVariable(D, Entry); | ||||||||
3447 | |||||||||
3448 | if (Entry->getType() == Ty) | ||||||||
3449 | return Entry; | ||||||||
3450 | |||||||||
3451 | // If there are two attempts to define the same mangled name, issue an | ||||||||
3452 | // error. | ||||||||
3453 | if (IsForDefinition && !Entry->isDeclaration()) { | ||||||||
3454 | GlobalDecl OtherGD; | ||||||||
3455 | const VarDecl *OtherD; | ||||||||
3456 | |||||||||
3457 | // Check that D is not yet in DiagnosedConflictingDefinitions is required | ||||||||
3458 | // to make sure that we issue an error only once. | ||||||||
3459 | if (D && lookupRepresentativeDecl(MangledName, OtherGD) && | ||||||||
3460 | (D->getCanonicalDecl() != OtherGD.getCanonicalDecl().getDecl()) && | ||||||||
3461 | (OtherD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OtherGD.getDecl())) && | ||||||||
3462 | OtherD->hasInit() && | ||||||||
3463 | DiagnosedConflictingDefinitions.insert(D).second) { | ||||||||
3464 | getDiags().Report(D->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_mangled_name) | ||||||||
3465 | << MangledName; | ||||||||
3466 | getDiags().Report(OtherGD.getDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||||
3467 | diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||||||
3468 | } | ||||||||
3469 | } | ||||||||
3470 | |||||||||
3471 | // Make sure the result is of the correct type. | ||||||||
3472 | if (Entry->getType()->getAddressSpace() != Ty->getAddressSpace()) | ||||||||
3473 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getAddrSpaceCast(Entry, Ty); | ||||||||
3474 | |||||||||
3475 | // (If global is requested for a definition, we always need to create a new | ||||||||
3476 | // global, not just return a bitcast.) | ||||||||
3477 | if (!IsForDefinition) | ||||||||
3478 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Entry, Ty); | ||||||||
3479 | } | ||||||||
3480 | |||||||||
3481 | auto AddrSpace = GetGlobalVarAddressSpace(D); | ||||||||
3482 | auto TargetAddrSpace = getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(AddrSpace); | ||||||||
3483 | |||||||||
3484 | auto *GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||||||
3485 | getModule(), Ty->getElementType(), false, | ||||||||
3486 | llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, MangledName, nullptr, | ||||||||
3487 | llvm::GlobalVariable::NotThreadLocal, TargetAddrSpace); | ||||||||
3488 | |||||||||
3489 | // If we already created a global with the same mangled name (but different | ||||||||
3490 | // type) before, take its name and remove it from its parent. | ||||||||
3491 | if (Entry) { | ||||||||
3492 | GV->takeName(Entry); | ||||||||
3493 | |||||||||
3494 | if (!Entry->use_empty()) { | ||||||||
3495 | llvm::Constant *NewPtrForOldDecl = | ||||||||
3496 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, Entry->getType()); | ||||||||
3497 | Entry->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPtrForOldDecl); | ||||||||
3498 | } | ||||||||
3499 | |||||||||
3500 | Entry->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
3501 | } | ||||||||
3502 | |||||||||
3503 | // This is the first use or definition of a mangled name. If there is a | ||||||||
3504 | // deferred decl with this name, remember that we need to emit it at the end | ||||||||
3505 | // of the file. | ||||||||
3506 | auto DDI = DeferredDecls.find(MangledName); | ||||||||
3507 | if (DDI != DeferredDecls.end()) { | ||||||||
3508 | // Move the potentially referenced deferred decl to the DeferredDeclsToEmit | ||||||||
3509 | // list, and remove it from DeferredDecls (since we don't need it anymore). | ||||||||
3510 | addDeferredDeclToEmit(DDI->second); | ||||||||
3511 | DeferredDecls.erase(DDI); | ||||||||
3512 | } | ||||||||
3513 | |||||||||
3514 | // Handle things which are present even on external declarations. | ||||||||
3515 | if (D) { | ||||||||
3516 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && !LangOpts.OpenMPSimd) | ||||||||
3517 | getOpenMPRuntime().registerTargetGlobalVariable(D, GV); | ||||||||
3518 | |||||||||
3519 | // FIXME: This code is overly simple and should be merged with other global | ||||||||
3520 | // handling. | ||||||||
3521 | GV->setConstant(isTypeConstant(D->getType(), false)); | ||||||||
3522 | |||||||||
3523 | GV->setAlignment(getContext().getDeclAlign(D).getAsAlign()); | ||||||||
3524 | |||||||||
3525 | setLinkageForGV(GV, D); | ||||||||
3526 | |||||||||
3527 | if (D->getTLSKind()) { | ||||||||
3528 | if (D->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic) | ||||||||
3529 | CXXThreadLocals.push_back(D); | ||||||||
3530 | setTLSMode(GV, *D); | ||||||||
3531 | } | ||||||||
3532 | |||||||||
3533 | setGVProperties(GV, D); | ||||||||
3534 | |||||||||
3535 | // If required by the ABI, treat declarations of static data members with | ||||||||
3536 | // inline initializers as definitions. | ||||||||
3537 | if (getContext().isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(D)) { | ||||||||
3538 | EmitGlobalVarDefinition(D); | ||||||||
3539 | } | ||||||||
3540 | |||||||||
3541 | // Emit section information for extern variables. | ||||||||
3542 | if (D->hasExternalStorage()) { | ||||||||
3543 | if (const SectionAttr *SA = D->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
3544 | GV->setSection(SA->getName()); | ||||||||
3545 | } | ||||||||
3546 | |||||||||
3547 | // Handle XCore specific ABI requirements. | ||||||||
3548 | if (getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::xcore && | ||||||||
3549 | D->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage && | ||||||||
3550 | D->getType().isConstant(Context) && | ||||||||
3551 | isExternallyVisible(D->getLinkageAndVisibility().getLinkage())) | ||||||||
3552 | GV->setSection(".cp.rodata"); | ||||||||
3553 | |||||||||
3554 | // Check if we a have a const declaration with an initializer, we may be | ||||||||
3555 | // able to emit it as available_externally to expose it's value to the | ||||||||
3556 | // optimizer. | ||||||||
3557 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && GV->hasExternalLinkage() && | ||||||||
3558 | D->getType().isConstQualified() && !GV->hasInitializer() && | ||||||||
3559 | !D->hasDefinition() && D->hasInit() && !D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { | ||||||||
3560 | const auto *Record = | ||||||||
3561 | Context.getBaseElementType(D->getType())->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||||
3562 | bool HasMutableFields = Record && Record->hasMutableFields(); | ||||||||
3563 | if (!HasMutableFields) { | ||||||||
3564 | const VarDecl *InitDecl; | ||||||||
3565 | const Expr *InitExpr = D->getAnyInitializer(InitDecl); | ||||||||
3566 | if (InitExpr) { | ||||||||
3567 | ConstantEmitter emitter(*this); | ||||||||
3568 | llvm::Constant *Init = emitter.tryEmitForInitializer(*InitDecl); | ||||||||
3569 | if (Init) { | ||||||||
3570 | auto *InitType = Init->getType(); | ||||||||
3571 | if (GV->getType()->getElementType() != InitType) { | ||||||||
3572 | // The type of the initializer does not match the definition. | ||||||||
3573 | // This happens when an initializer has a different type from | ||||||||
3574 | // the type of the global (because of padding at the end of a | ||||||||
3575 | // structure for instance). | ||||||||
3576 | GV->setName(StringRef()); | ||||||||
3577 | // Make a new global with the correct type, this is now guaranteed | ||||||||
3578 | // to work. | ||||||||
3579 | auto *NewGV = cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>( | ||||||||
3580 | GetAddrOfGlobalVar(D, InitType, IsForDefinition) | ||||||||
3581 | ->stripPointerCasts()); | ||||||||
3582 | |||||||||
3583 | // Erase the old global, since it is no longer used. | ||||||||
3584 | GV->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
3585 | GV = NewGV; | ||||||||
3586 | } else { | ||||||||
3587 | GV->setInitializer(Init); | ||||||||
3588 | GV->setConstant(true); | ||||||||
3589 | GV->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalValue::AvailableExternallyLinkage); | ||||||||
3590 | } | ||||||||
3591 | emitter.finalize(GV); | ||||||||
3592 | } | ||||||||
3593 | } | ||||||||
3594 | } | ||||||||
3595 | } | ||||||||
3596 | } | ||||||||
3597 | |||||||||
3598 | if (GV->isDeclaration()) | ||||||||
3599 | getTargetCodeGenInfo().setTargetAttributes(D, GV, *this); | ||||||||
3600 | |||||||||
3601 | LangAS ExpectedAS = | ||||||||
3602 | D ? D->getType().getAddressSpace() | ||||||||
3603 | : (LangOpts.OpenCL ? LangAS::opencl_global : LangAS::Default); | ||||||||
3604 | assert(getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ExpectedAS) ==((getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ExpectedAS) == Ty->getPointerAddressSpace ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ExpectedAS) == Ty->getPointerAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3605, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3605 | Ty->getPointerAddressSpace())((getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ExpectedAS) == Ty->getPointerAddressSpace ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ExpectedAS) == Ty->getPointerAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3605, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3606 | if (AddrSpace != ExpectedAS) | ||||||||
3607 | return getTargetCodeGenInfo().performAddrSpaceCast(*this, GV, AddrSpace, | ||||||||
3608 | ExpectedAS, Ty); | ||||||||
3609 | |||||||||
3610 | return GV; | ||||||||
3611 | } | ||||||||
3612 | |||||||||
3613 | llvm::Constant * | ||||||||
3614 | CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfGlobal(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
3615 | ForDefinition_t IsForDefinition) { | ||||||||
3616 | const Decl *D = GD.getDecl(); | ||||||||
3617 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(D) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
3618 | return getAddrOfCXXStructor(GD, /*FnInfo=*/nullptr, /*FnType=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
3619 | /*DontDefer=*/false, IsForDefinition); | ||||||||
3620 | else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
3621 | auto FInfo = &getTypes().arrangeCXXMethodDeclaration( | ||||||||
3622 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
3623 | auto Ty = getTypes().GetFunctionType(*FInfo); | ||||||||
3624 | return GetAddrOfFunction(GD, Ty, /*ForVTable=*/false, /*DontDefer=*/false, | ||||||||
3625 | IsForDefinition); | ||||||||
3626 | } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
3627 | const CGFunctionInfo &FI = getTypes().arrangeGlobalDeclaration(GD); | ||||||||
3628 | llvm::FunctionType *Ty = getTypes().GetFunctionType(FI); | ||||||||
3629 | return GetAddrOfFunction(GD, Ty, /*ForVTable=*/false, /*DontDefer=*/false, | ||||||||
3630 | IsForDefinition); | ||||||||
3631 | } else | ||||||||
3632 | return GetAddrOfGlobalVar(cast<VarDecl>(D), /*Ty=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
3633 | IsForDefinition); | ||||||||
3634 | } | ||||||||
3635 | |||||||||
3636 | llvm::GlobalVariable *CodeGenModule::CreateOrReplaceCXXRuntimeVariable( | ||||||||
3637 | StringRef Name, llvm::Type *Ty, llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes Linkage, | ||||||||
3638 | unsigned Alignment) { | ||||||||
3639 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = getModule().getNamedGlobal(Name); | ||||||||
3640 | llvm::GlobalVariable *OldGV = nullptr; | ||||||||
3641 | |||||||||
3642 | if (GV) { | ||||||||
3643 | // Check if the variable has the right type. | ||||||||
3644 | if (GV->getType()->getElementType() == Ty) | ||||||||
3645 | return GV; | ||||||||
3646 | |||||||||
3647 | // Because C++ name mangling, the only way we can end up with an already | ||||||||
3648 | // existing global with the same name is if it has been declared extern "C". | ||||||||
3649 | assert(GV->isDeclaration() && "Declaration has wrong type!")((GV->isDeclaration() && "Declaration has wrong type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("GV->isDeclaration() && \"Declaration has wrong type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3649, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3650 | OldGV = GV; | ||||||||
3651 | } | ||||||||
3652 | |||||||||
3653 | // Create a new variable. | ||||||||
3654 | GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable(getModule(), Ty, /*isConstant=*/true, | ||||||||
3655 | Linkage, nullptr, Name); | ||||||||
3656 | |||||||||
3657 | if (OldGV) { | ||||||||
3658 | // Replace occurrences of the old variable if needed. | ||||||||
3659 | GV->takeName(OldGV); | ||||||||
3660 | |||||||||
3661 | if (!OldGV->use_empty()) { | ||||||||
3662 | llvm::Constant *NewPtrForOldDecl = | ||||||||
3663 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, OldGV->getType()); | ||||||||
3664 | OldGV->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPtrForOldDecl); | ||||||||
3665 | } | ||||||||
3666 | |||||||||
3667 | OldGV->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
3668 | } | ||||||||
3669 | |||||||||
3670 | if (supportsCOMDAT() && GV->isWeakForLinker() && | ||||||||
3671 | !GV->hasAvailableExternallyLinkage()) | ||||||||
3672 | GV->setComdat(TheModule.getOrInsertComdat(GV->getName())); | ||||||||
3673 | |||||||||
3674 | GV->setAlignment(llvm::MaybeAlign(Alignment)); | ||||||||
3675 | |||||||||
3676 | return GV; | ||||||||
3677 | } | ||||||||
3678 | |||||||||
3679 | /// GetAddrOfGlobalVar - Return the llvm::Constant for the address of the | ||||||||
3680 | /// given global variable. If Ty is non-null and if the global doesn't exist, | ||||||||
3681 | /// then it will be created with the specified type instead of whatever the | ||||||||
3682 | /// normal requested type would be. If IsForDefinition is true, it is guaranteed | ||||||||
3683 | /// that an actual global with type Ty will be returned, not conversion of a | ||||||||
3684 | /// variable with the same mangled name but some other type. | ||||||||
3685 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfGlobalVar(const VarDecl *D, | ||||||||
3686 | llvm::Type *Ty, | ||||||||
3687 | ForDefinition_t IsForDefinition) { | ||||||||
3688 | assert(D->hasGlobalStorage() && "Not a global variable")((D->hasGlobalStorage() && "Not a global variable" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D->hasGlobalStorage() && \"Not a global variable\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3688, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3689 | QualType ASTTy = D->getType(); | ||||||||
3690 | if (!Ty) | ||||||||
3691 | Ty = getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(ASTTy); | ||||||||
3692 | |||||||||
3693 | llvm::PointerType *PTy = | ||||||||
3694 | llvm::PointerType::get(Ty, getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ASTTy)); | ||||||||
3695 | |||||||||
3696 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(D); | ||||||||
3697 | return GetOrCreateLLVMGlobal(MangledName, PTy, D, IsForDefinition); | ||||||||
3698 | } | ||||||||
3699 | |||||||||
3700 | /// CreateRuntimeVariable - Create a new runtime global variable with the | ||||||||
3701 | /// specified type and name. | ||||||||
3702 | llvm::Constant * | ||||||||
3703 | CodeGenModule::CreateRuntimeVariable(llvm::Type *Ty, | ||||||||
3704 | StringRef Name) { | ||||||||
3705 | auto PtrTy = | ||||||||
3706 | getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL | ||||||||
3707 | ? llvm::PointerType::get( | ||||||||
3708 | Ty, getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global)) | ||||||||
3709 | : llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(Ty); | ||||||||
3710 | auto *Ret = GetOrCreateLLVMGlobal(Name, PtrTy, nullptr); | ||||||||
3711 | setDSOLocal(cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(Ret->stripPointerCasts())); | ||||||||
3712 | return Ret; | ||||||||
3713 | } | ||||||||
3714 | |||||||||
3715 | void CodeGenModule::EmitTentativeDefinition(const VarDecl *D) { | ||||||||
3716 | assert(!D->getInit() && "Cannot emit definite definitions here!")((!D->getInit() && "Cannot emit definite definitions here!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!D->getInit() && \"Cannot emit definite definitions here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3716, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3717 | |||||||||
3718 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(D); | ||||||||
3719 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
3720 | |||||||||
3721 | // We already have a definition, not declaration, with the same mangled name. | ||||||||
3722 | // Emitting of declaration is not required (and actually overwrites emitted | ||||||||
3723 | // definition). | ||||||||
3724 | if (GV && !GV->isDeclaration()) | ||||||||
3725 | return; | ||||||||
3726 | |||||||||
3727 | // If we have not seen a reference to this variable yet, place it into the | ||||||||
3728 | // deferred declarations table to be emitted if needed later. | ||||||||
3729 | if (!MustBeEmitted(D) && !GV) { | ||||||||
3730 | DeferredDecls[MangledName] = D; | ||||||||
3731 | return; | ||||||||
3732 | } | ||||||||
3733 | |||||||||
3734 | // The tentative definition is the only definition. | ||||||||
3735 | EmitGlobalVarDefinition(D); | ||||||||
3736 | } | ||||||||
3737 | |||||||||
3738 | void CodeGenModule::EmitExternalDeclaration(const VarDecl *D) { | ||||||||
3739 | EmitExternalVarDeclaration(D); | ||||||||
3740 | } | ||||||||
3741 | |||||||||
3742 | CharUnits CodeGenModule::GetTargetTypeStoreSize(llvm::Type *Ty) const { | ||||||||
3743 | return Context.toCharUnitsFromBits( | ||||||||
3744 | getDataLayout().getTypeStoreSizeInBits(Ty)); | ||||||||
3745 | } | ||||||||
3746 | |||||||||
3747 | LangAS CodeGenModule::GetGlobalVarAddressSpace(const VarDecl *D) { | ||||||||
3748 | LangAS AddrSpace = LangAS::Default; | ||||||||
3749 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { | ||||||||
3750 | AddrSpace = D ? D->getType().getAddressSpace() : LangAS::opencl_global; | ||||||||
3751 | assert(AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||((AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || AddrSpace == LangAS:: opencl_constant || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || AddrSpace >= LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || AddrSpace >= LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3754, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3752 | AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant ||((AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || AddrSpace == LangAS:: opencl_constant || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || AddrSpace >= LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || AddrSpace >= LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3754, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3753 | AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||((AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || AddrSpace == LangAS:: opencl_constant || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || AddrSpace >= LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || AddrSpace >= LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3754, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3754 | AddrSpace >= LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace)((AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || AddrSpace == LangAS:: opencl_constant || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || AddrSpace >= LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant || AddrSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || AddrSpace >= LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3754, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3755 | return AddrSpace; | ||||||||
3756 | } | ||||||||
3757 | |||||||||
3758 | if (LangOpts.CUDA && LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice) { | ||||||||
3759 | if (D && D->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()) | ||||||||
3760 | return LangAS::cuda_constant; | ||||||||
3761 | else if (D && D->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) | ||||||||
3762 | return LangAS::cuda_shared; | ||||||||
3763 | else if (D && D->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()) | ||||||||
3764 | return LangAS::cuda_device; | ||||||||
3765 | else if (D && D->getType().isConstQualified()) | ||||||||
3766 | return LangAS::cuda_constant; | ||||||||
3767 | else | ||||||||
3768 | return LangAS::cuda_device; | ||||||||
3769 | } | ||||||||
3770 | |||||||||
3771 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP) { | ||||||||
3772 | LangAS AS; | ||||||||
3773 | if (OpenMPRuntime->hasAllocateAttributeForGlobalVar(D, AS)) | ||||||||
3774 | return AS; | ||||||||
3775 | } | ||||||||
3776 | return getTargetCodeGenInfo().getGlobalVarAddressSpace(*this, D); | ||||||||
3777 | } | ||||||||
3778 | |||||||||
3779 | LangAS CodeGenModule::getStringLiteralAddressSpace() const { | ||||||||
3780 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space. | ||||||||
3781 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) | ||||||||
3782 | return LangAS::opencl_constant; | ||||||||
3783 | if (auto AS = getTarget().getConstantAddressSpace()) | ||||||||
3784 | return AS.getValue(); | ||||||||
3785 | return LangAS::Default; | ||||||||
3786 | } | ||||||||
3787 | |||||||||
3788 | // In address space agnostic languages, string literals are in default address | ||||||||
3789 | // space in AST. However, certain targets (e.g. amdgcn) request them to be | ||||||||
3790 | // emitted in constant address space in LLVM IR. To be consistent with other | ||||||||
3791 | // parts of AST, string literal global variables in constant address space | ||||||||
3792 | // need to be casted to default address space before being put into address | ||||||||
3793 | // map and referenced by other part of CodeGen. | ||||||||
3794 | // In OpenCL, string literals are in constant address space in AST, therefore | ||||||||
3795 | // they should not be casted to default address space. | ||||||||
3796 | static llvm::Constant * | ||||||||
3797 | castStringLiteralToDefaultAddressSpace(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||||||
3798 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV) { | ||||||||
3799 | llvm::Constant *Cast = GV; | ||||||||
3800 | if (!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||
3801 | if (auto AS = CGM.getTarget().getConstantAddressSpace()) { | ||||||||
3802 | if (AS != LangAS::Default) | ||||||||
3803 | Cast = CGM.getTargetCodeGenInfo().performAddrSpaceCast( | ||||||||
3804 | CGM, GV, AS.getValue(), LangAS::Default, | ||||||||
3805 | GV->getValueType()->getPointerTo( | ||||||||
3806 | CGM.getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::Default))); | ||||||||
3807 | } | ||||||||
3808 | } | ||||||||
3809 | return Cast; | ||||||||
3810 | } | ||||||||
3811 | |||||||||
3812 | template<typename SomeDecl> | ||||||||
3813 | void CodeGenModule::MaybeHandleStaticInExternC(const SomeDecl *D, | ||||||||
3814 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
3815 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
3816 | return; | ||||||||
3817 | |||||||||
3818 | // Must have 'used' attribute, or else inline assembly can't rely on | ||||||||
3819 | // the name existing. | ||||||||
3820 | if (!D->template hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) | ||||||||
3821 | return; | ||||||||
3822 | |||||||||
3823 | // Must have internal linkage and an ordinary name. | ||||||||
3824 | if (!D->getIdentifier() || D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage) | ||||||||
3825 | return; | ||||||||
3826 | |||||||||
3827 | // Must be in an extern "C" context. Entities declared directly within | ||||||||
3828 | // a record are not extern "C" even if the record is in such a context. | ||||||||
3829 | const SomeDecl *First = D->getFirstDecl(); | ||||||||
3830 | if (First->getDeclContext()->isRecord() || !First->isInExternCContext()) | ||||||||
3831 | return; | ||||||||
3832 | |||||||||
3833 | // OK, this is an internal linkage entity inside an extern "C" linkage | ||||||||
3834 | // specification. Make a note of that so we can give it the "expected" | ||||||||
3835 | // mangled name if nothing else is using that name. | ||||||||
3836 | std::pair<StaticExternCMap::iterator, bool> R = | ||||||||
3837 | StaticExternCValues.insert(std::make_pair(D->getIdentifier(), GV)); | ||||||||
3838 | |||||||||
3839 | // If we have multiple internal linkage entities with the same name | ||||||||
3840 | // in extern "C" regions, none of them gets that name. | ||||||||
3841 | if (!R.second) | ||||||||
3842 | R.first->second = nullptr; | ||||||||
3843 | } | ||||||||
3844 | |||||||||
3845 | static bool shouldBeInCOMDAT(CodeGenModule &CGM, const Decl &D) { | ||||||||
3846 | if (!CGM.supportsCOMDAT()) | ||||||||
3847 | return false; | ||||||||
3848 | |||||||||
3849 | // Do not set COMDAT attribute for CUDA/HIP stub functions to prevent | ||||||||
3850 | // them being "merged" by the COMDAT Folding linker optimization. | ||||||||
3851 | if (D.hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) | ||||||||
3852 | return false; | ||||||||
3853 | |||||||||
3854 | if (D.hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) | ||||||||
3855 | return true; | ||||||||
3856 | |||||||||
3857 | GVALinkage Linkage; | ||||||||
3858 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&D)) | ||||||||
3859 | Linkage = CGM.getContext().GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); | ||||||||
3860 | else | ||||||||
3861 | Linkage = CGM.getContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(cast<FunctionDecl>(&D)); | ||||||||
3862 | |||||||||
3863 | switch (Linkage) { | ||||||||
3864 | case GVA_Internal: | ||||||||
3865 | case GVA_AvailableExternally: | ||||||||
3866 | case GVA_StrongExternal: | ||||||||
3867 | return false; | ||||||||
3868 | case GVA_DiscardableODR: | ||||||||
3869 | case GVA_StrongODR: | ||||||||
3870 | return true; | ||||||||
3871 | } | ||||||||
3872 | llvm_unreachable("No such linkage")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("No such linkage", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3872); | ||||||||
3873 | } | ||||||||
3874 | |||||||||
3875 | void CodeGenModule::maybeSetTrivialComdat(const Decl &D, | ||||||||
3876 | llvm::GlobalObject &GO) { | ||||||||
3877 | if (!shouldBeInCOMDAT(*this, D)) | ||||||||
3878 | return; | ||||||||
3879 | GO.setComdat(TheModule.getOrInsertComdat(GO.getName())); | ||||||||
3880 | } | ||||||||
3881 | |||||||||
3882 | /// Pass IsTentative as true if you want to create a tentative definition. | ||||||||
3883 | void CodeGenModule::EmitGlobalVarDefinition(const VarDecl *D, | ||||||||
3884 | bool IsTentative) { | ||||||||
3885 | // OpenCL global variables of sampler type are translated to function calls, | ||||||||
3886 | // therefore no need to be translated. | ||||||||
3887 | QualType ASTTy = D->getType(); | ||||||||
3888 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && ASTTy->isSamplerT()) | ||||||||
3889 | return; | ||||||||
3890 | |||||||||
3891 | // If this is OpenMP device, check if it is legal to emit this global | ||||||||
3892 | // normally. | ||||||||
3893 | if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice && OpenMPRuntime && | ||||||||
3894 | OpenMPRuntime->emitTargetGlobalVariable(D)) | ||||||||
3895 | return; | ||||||||
3896 | |||||||||
3897 | llvm::Constant *Init = nullptr; | ||||||||
3898 | bool NeedsGlobalCtor = false; | ||||||||
3899 | bool NeedsGlobalDtor = | ||||||||
3900 | D->needsDestruction(getContext()) == QualType::DK_cxx_destructor; | ||||||||
3901 | |||||||||
3902 | const VarDecl *InitDecl; | ||||||||
3903 | const Expr *InitExpr = D->getAnyInitializer(InitDecl); | ||||||||
3904 | |||||||||
3905 | Optional<ConstantEmitter> emitter; | ||||||||
3906 | |||||||||
3907 | // CUDA E.2.4.1 "__shared__ variables cannot have an initialization | ||||||||
3908 | // as part of their declaration." Sema has already checked for | ||||||||
3909 | // error cases, so we just need to set Init to UndefValue. | ||||||||
3910 | bool IsCUDASharedVar = | ||||||||
3911 | getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && D->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>(); | ||||||||
3912 | // Shadows of initialized device-side global variables are also left | ||||||||
3913 | // undefined. | ||||||||
3914 | bool IsCUDAShadowVar = | ||||||||
3915 | !getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && | ||||||||
3916 | (D->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || D->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || | ||||||||
3917 | D->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); | ||||||||
3918 | // HIP pinned shadow of initialized host-side global variables are also | ||||||||
3919 | // left undefined. | ||||||||
3920 | bool IsHIPPinnedShadowVar = | ||||||||
3921 | getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && D->hasAttr<HIPPinnedShadowAttr>(); | ||||||||
3922 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && | ||||||||
3923 | (IsCUDASharedVar || IsCUDAShadowVar || IsHIPPinnedShadowVar)) | ||||||||
3924 | Init = llvm::UndefValue::get(getTypes().ConvertType(ASTTy)); | ||||||||
3925 | else if (!InitExpr) { | ||||||||
3926 | // This is a tentative definition; tentative definitions are | ||||||||
3927 | // implicitly initialized with { 0 }. | ||||||||
3928 | // | ||||||||
3929 | // Note that tentative definitions are only emitted at the end of | ||||||||
3930 | // a translation unit, so they should never have incomplete | ||||||||
3931 | // type. In addition, EmitTentativeDefinition makes sure that we | ||||||||
3932 | // never attempt to emit a tentative definition if a real one | ||||||||
3933 | // exists. A use may still exists, however, so we still may need | ||||||||
3934 | // to do a RAUW. | ||||||||
3935 | assert(!ASTTy->isIncompleteType() && "Unexpected incomplete type")((!ASTTy->isIncompleteType() && "Unexpected incomplete type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ASTTy->isIncompleteType() && \"Unexpected incomplete type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 3935, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3936 | Init = EmitNullConstant(D->getType()); | ||||||||
3937 | } else { | ||||||||
3938 | initializedGlobalDecl = GlobalDecl(D); | ||||||||
3939 | emitter.emplace(*this); | ||||||||
3940 | Init = emitter->tryEmitForInitializer(*InitDecl); | ||||||||
3941 | |||||||||
3942 | if (!Init) { | ||||||||
3943 | QualType T = InitExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
3944 | if (D->getType()->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
3945 | T = D->getType(); | ||||||||
3946 | |||||||||
3947 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
3948 | Init = EmitNullConstant(T); | ||||||||
3949 | NeedsGlobalCtor = true; | ||||||||
3950 | } else { | ||||||||
3951 | ErrorUnsupported(D, "static initializer"); | ||||||||
3952 | Init = llvm::UndefValue::get(getTypes().ConvertType(T)); | ||||||||
3953 | } | ||||||||
3954 | } else { | ||||||||
3955 | // We don't need an initializer, so remove the entry for the delayed | ||||||||
3956 | // initializer position (just in case this entry was delayed) if we | ||||||||
3957 | // also don't need to register a destructor. | ||||||||
3958 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NeedsGlobalDtor) | ||||||||
3959 | DelayedCXXInitPosition.erase(D); | ||||||||
3960 | } | ||||||||
3961 | } | ||||||||
3962 | |||||||||
3963 | llvm::Type* InitType = Init->getType(); | ||||||||
3964 | llvm::Constant *Entry = | ||||||||
3965 | GetAddrOfGlobalVar(D, InitType, ForDefinition_t(!IsTentative)); | ||||||||
3966 | |||||||||
3967 | // Strip off pointer casts if we got them. | ||||||||
3968 | Entry = Entry->stripPointerCasts(); | ||||||||
3969 | |||||||||
3970 | // Entry is now either a Function or GlobalVariable. | ||||||||
3971 | auto *GV = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(Entry); | ||||||||
3972 | |||||||||
3973 | // We have a definition after a declaration with the wrong type. | ||||||||
3974 | // We must make a new GlobalVariable* and update everything that used OldGV | ||||||||
3975 | // (a declaration or tentative definition) with the new GlobalVariable* | ||||||||
3976 | // (which will be a definition). | ||||||||
3977 | // | ||||||||
3978 | // This happens if there is a prototype for a global (e.g. | ||||||||
3979 | // "extern int x[];") and then a definition of a different type (e.g. | ||||||||
3980 | // "int x[10];"). This also happens when an initializer has a different type | ||||||||
3981 | // from the type of the global (this happens with unions). | ||||||||
3982 | if (!GV || GV->getType()->getElementType() != InitType || | ||||||||
3983 | GV->getType()->getAddressSpace() != | ||||||||
3984 | getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(GetGlobalVarAddressSpace(D))) { | ||||||||
3985 | |||||||||
3986 | // Move the old entry aside so that we'll create a new one. | ||||||||
3987 | Entry->setName(StringRef()); | ||||||||
3988 | |||||||||
3989 | // Make a new global with the correct type, this is now guaranteed to work. | ||||||||
3990 | GV = cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>( | ||||||||
3991 | GetAddrOfGlobalVar(D, InitType, ForDefinition_t(!IsTentative)) | ||||||||
3992 | ->stripPointerCasts()); | ||||||||
3993 | |||||||||
3994 | // Replace all uses of the old global with the new global | ||||||||
3995 | llvm::Constant *NewPtrForOldDecl = | ||||||||
3996 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, Entry->getType()); | ||||||||
3997 | Entry->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPtrForOldDecl); | ||||||||
3998 | |||||||||
3999 | // Erase the old global, since it is no longer used. | ||||||||
4000 | cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(Entry)->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
4001 | } | ||||||||
4002 | |||||||||
4003 | MaybeHandleStaticInExternC(D, GV); | ||||||||
4004 | |||||||||
4005 | if (D->hasAttr<AnnotateAttr>()) | ||||||||
4006 | AddGlobalAnnotations(D, GV); | ||||||||
4007 | |||||||||
4008 | // Set the llvm linkage type as appropriate. | ||||||||
4009 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes Linkage = | ||||||||
4010 | getLLVMLinkageVarDefinition(D, GV->isConstant()); | ||||||||
4011 | |||||||||
4012 | // CUDA B.2.1 "The __device__ qualifier declares a variable that resides on | ||||||||
4013 | // the device. [...]" | ||||||||
4014 | // CUDA B.2.2 "The __constant__ qualifier, optionally used together with | ||||||||
4015 | // __device__, declares a variable that: [...] | ||||||||
4016 | // Is accessible from all the threads within the grid and from the host | ||||||||
4017 | // through the runtime library (cudaGetSymbolAddress() / cudaGetSymbolSize() | ||||||||
4018 | // / cudaMemcpyToSymbol() / cudaMemcpyFromSymbol())." | ||||||||
4019 | if (GV && LangOpts.CUDA) { | ||||||||
4020 | if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice) { | ||||||||
4021 | if (Linkage != llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage && | ||||||||
4022 | (D->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || D->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) | ||||||||
4023 | GV->setExternallyInitialized(true); | ||||||||
4024 | } else { | ||||||||
4025 | // Host-side shadows of external declarations of device-side | ||||||||
4026 | // global variables become internal definitions. These have to | ||||||||
4027 | // be internal in order to prevent name conflicts with global | ||||||||
4028 | // host variables with the same name in a different TUs. | ||||||||
4029 | if (D->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || D->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || | ||||||||
4030 | D->hasAttr<HIPPinnedShadowAttr>()) { | ||||||||
4031 | Linkage = llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage; | ||||||||
4032 | |||||||||
4033 | // Shadow variables and their properties must be registered | ||||||||
4034 | // with CUDA runtime. | ||||||||
4035 | unsigned Flags = 0; | ||||||||
4036 | if (!D->hasDefinition()) | ||||||||
4037 | Flags |= CGCUDARuntime::ExternDeviceVar; | ||||||||
4038 | if (D->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()) | ||||||||
4039 | Flags |= CGCUDARuntime::ConstantDeviceVar; | ||||||||
4040 | // Extern global variables will be registered in the TU where they are | ||||||||
4041 | // defined. | ||||||||
4042 | if (!D->hasExternalStorage()) | ||||||||
4043 | getCUDARuntime().registerDeviceVar(D, *GV, Flags); | ||||||||
4044 | } else if (D->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) | ||||||||
4045 | // __shared__ variables are odd. Shadows do get created, but | ||||||||
4046 | // they are not registered with the CUDA runtime, so they | ||||||||
4047 | // can't really be used to access their device-side | ||||||||
4048 | // counterparts. It's not clear yet whether it's nvcc's bug or | ||||||||
4049 | // a feature, but we've got to do the same for compatibility. | ||||||||
4050 | Linkage = llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage; | ||||||||
4051 | } | ||||||||
4052 | } | ||||||||
4053 | |||||||||
4054 | if (!IsHIPPinnedShadowVar) | ||||||||
4055 | GV->setInitializer(Init); | ||||||||
4056 | if (emitter) emitter->finalize(GV); | ||||||||
4057 | |||||||||
4058 | // If it is safe to mark the global 'constant', do so now. | ||||||||
4059 | GV->setConstant(!NeedsGlobalCtor && !NeedsGlobalDtor && | ||||||||
4060 | isTypeConstant(D->getType(), true)); | ||||||||
4061 | |||||||||
4062 | // If it is in a read-only section, mark it 'constant'. | ||||||||
4063 | if (const SectionAttr *SA = D->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | ||||||||
4064 | const ASTContext::SectionInfo &SI = Context.SectionInfos[SA->getName()]; | ||||||||
4065 | if ((SI.SectionFlags & ASTContext::PSF_Write) == 0) | ||||||||
4066 | GV->setConstant(true); | ||||||||
4067 | } | ||||||||
4068 | |||||||||
4069 | GV->setAlignment(getContext().getDeclAlign(D).getAsAlign()); | ||||||||
4070 | |||||||||
4071 | // On Darwin, if the normal linkage of a C++ thread_local variable is | ||||||||
4072 | // LinkOnce or Weak, we keep the normal linkage to prevent multiple | ||||||||
4073 | // copies within a linkage unit; otherwise, the backing variable has | ||||||||
4074 | // internal linkage and all accesses should just be calls to the | ||||||||
4075 | // Itanium-specified entry point, which has the normal linkage of the | ||||||||
4076 | // variable. This is to preserve the ability to change the implementation | ||||||||
4077 | // behind the scenes. | ||||||||
4078 | if (!D->isStaticLocal() && D->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic && | ||||||||
4079 | Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin() && | ||||||||
4080 | !llvm::GlobalVariable::isLinkOnceLinkage(Linkage) && | ||||||||
4081 | !llvm::GlobalVariable::isWeakLinkage(Linkage)) | ||||||||
4082 | Linkage = llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage; | ||||||||
4083 | |||||||||
4084 | GV->setLinkage(Linkage); | ||||||||
4085 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | ||||||||
4086 | GV->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalVariable::DLLImportStorageClass); | ||||||||
4087 | else if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||||||
4088 | GV->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalVariable::DLLExportStorageClass); | ||||||||
4089 | else | ||||||||
4090 | GV->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalVariable::DefaultStorageClass); | ||||||||
4091 | |||||||||
4092 | if (Linkage == llvm::GlobalVariable::CommonLinkage) { | ||||||||
4093 | // common vars aren't constant even if declared const. | ||||||||
4094 | GV->setConstant(false); | ||||||||
4095 | // Tentative definition of global variables may be initialized with | ||||||||
4096 | // non-zero null pointers. In this case they should have weak linkage | ||||||||
4097 | // since common linkage must have zero initializer and must not have | ||||||||
4098 | // explicit section therefore cannot have non-zero initial value. | ||||||||
4099 | if (!GV->getInitializer()->isNullValue()) | ||||||||
4100 | GV->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalVariable::WeakAnyLinkage); | ||||||||
4101 | } | ||||||||
4102 | |||||||||
4103 | setNonAliasAttributes(D, GV); | ||||||||
4104 | |||||||||
4105 | if (D->getTLSKind() && !GV->isThreadLocal()) { | ||||||||
4106 | if (D->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic) | ||||||||
4107 | CXXThreadLocals.push_back(D); | ||||||||
4108 | setTLSMode(GV, *D); | ||||||||
4109 | } | ||||||||
4110 | |||||||||
4111 | maybeSetTrivialComdat(*D, *GV); | ||||||||
4112 | |||||||||
4113 | // Emit the initializer function if necessary. | ||||||||
4114 | if (NeedsGlobalCtor || NeedsGlobalDtor) | ||||||||
4115 | EmitCXXGlobalVarDeclInitFunc(D, GV, NeedsGlobalCtor); | ||||||||
4116 | |||||||||
4117 | SanitizerMD->reportGlobalToASan(GV, *D, NeedsGlobalCtor); | ||||||||
4118 | |||||||||
4119 | // Emit global variable debug information. | ||||||||
4120 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getModuleDebugInfo()) | ||||||||
4121 | if (getCodeGenOpts().getDebugInfo() >= codegenoptions::LimitedDebugInfo) | ||||||||
4122 | DI->EmitGlobalVariable(GV, D); | ||||||||
4123 | } | ||||||||
4124 | |||||||||
4125 | void CodeGenModule::EmitExternalVarDeclaration(const VarDecl *D) { | ||||||||
4126 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getModuleDebugInfo()) | ||||||||
4127 | if (getCodeGenOpts().getDebugInfo() >= codegenoptions::LimitedDebugInfo) { | ||||||||
4128 | QualType ASTTy = D->getType(); | ||||||||
4129 | llvm::Type *Ty = getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(D->getType()); | ||||||||
4130 | llvm::PointerType *PTy = | ||||||||
4131 | llvm::PointerType::get(Ty, getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ASTTy)); | ||||||||
4132 | llvm::Constant *GV = GetOrCreateLLVMGlobal(D->getName(), PTy, D); | ||||||||
4133 | DI->EmitExternalVariable( | ||||||||
4134 | cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(GV->stripPointerCasts()), D); | ||||||||
4135 | } | ||||||||
4136 | } | ||||||||
4137 | |||||||||
4138 | static bool isVarDeclStrongDefinition(const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
4139 | CodeGenModule &CGM, const VarDecl *D, | ||||||||
4140 | bool NoCommon) { | ||||||||
4141 | // Don't give variables common linkage if -fno-common was specified unless it | ||||||||
4142 | // was overridden by a NoCommon attribute. | ||||||||
4143 | if ((NoCommon || D->hasAttr<NoCommonAttr>()) && !D->hasAttr<CommonAttr>()) | ||||||||
4144 | return true; | ||||||||
4145 | |||||||||
4146 | // C11 6.9.2/2: | ||||||||
4147 | // A declaration of an identifier for an object that has file scope without | ||||||||
4148 | // an initializer, and without a storage-class specifier or with the | ||||||||
4149 | // storage-class specifier static, constitutes a tentative definition. | ||||||||
4150 | if (D->getInit() || D->hasExternalStorage()) | ||||||||
4151 | return true; | ||||||||
4152 | |||||||||
4153 | // A variable cannot be both common and exist in a section. | ||||||||
4154 | if (D->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
4155 | return true; | ||||||||
4156 | |||||||||
4157 | // A variable cannot be both common and exist in a section. | ||||||||
4158 | // We don't try to determine which is the right section in the front-end. | ||||||||
4159 | // If no specialized section name is applicable, it will resort to default. | ||||||||
4160 | if (D->hasAttr<PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr>() || | ||||||||
4161 | D->hasAttr<PragmaClangDataSectionAttr>() || | ||||||||
4162 | D->hasAttr<PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr>() || | ||||||||
4163 | D->hasAttr<PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr>()) | ||||||||
4164 | return true; | ||||||||
4165 | |||||||||
4166 | // Thread local vars aren't considered common linkage. | ||||||||
4167 | if (D->getTLSKind()) | ||||||||
4168 | return true; | ||||||||
4169 | |||||||||
4170 | // Tentative definitions marked with WeakImportAttr are true definitions. | ||||||||
4171 | if (D->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) | ||||||||
4172 | return true; | ||||||||
4173 | |||||||||
4174 | // A variable cannot be both common and exist in a comdat. | ||||||||
4175 | if (shouldBeInCOMDAT(CGM, *D)) | ||||||||
4176 | return true; | ||||||||
4177 | |||||||||
4178 | // Declarations with a required alignment do not have common linkage in MSVC | ||||||||
4179 | // mode. | ||||||||
4180 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | ||||||||
4181 | if (D->hasAttr<AlignedAttr>()) | ||||||||
4182 | return true; | ||||||||
4183 | QualType VarType = D->getType(); | ||||||||
4184 | if (Context.isAlignmentRequired(VarType)) | ||||||||
4185 | return true; | ||||||||
4186 | |||||||||
4187 | if (const auto *RT = VarType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
4188 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); | ||||||||
4189 | for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) { | ||||||||
4190 | if (FD->isBitField()) | ||||||||
4191 | continue; | ||||||||
4192 | if (FD->hasAttr<AlignedAttr>()) | ||||||||
4193 | return true; | ||||||||
4194 | if (Context.isAlignmentRequired(FD->getType())) | ||||||||
4195 | return true; | ||||||||
4196 | } | ||||||||
4197 | } | ||||||||
4198 | } | ||||||||
4199 | |||||||||
4200 | // Microsoft's link.exe doesn't support alignments greater than 32 bytes for | ||||||||
4201 | // common symbols, so symbols with greater alignment requirements cannot be | ||||||||
4202 | // common. | ||||||||
4203 | // Other COFF linkers (ld.bfd and LLD) support arbitrary power-of-two | ||||||||
4204 | // alignments for common symbols via the aligncomm directive, so this | ||||||||
4205 | // restriction only applies to MSVC environments. | ||||||||
4206 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isKnownWindowsMSVCEnvironment() && | ||||||||
4207 | Context.getTypeAlignIfKnown(D->getType()) > | ||||||||
4208 | Context.toBits(CharUnits::fromQuantity(32))) | ||||||||
4209 | return true; | ||||||||
4210 | |||||||||
4211 | return false; | ||||||||
4212 | } | ||||||||
4213 | |||||||||
4214 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes CodeGenModule::getLLVMLinkageForDeclarator( | ||||||||
4215 | const DeclaratorDecl *D, GVALinkage Linkage, bool IsConstantVariable) { | ||||||||
4216 | if (Linkage == GVA_Internal) | ||||||||
4217 | return llvm::Function::InternalLinkage; | ||||||||
4218 | |||||||||
4219 | if (D->hasAttr<WeakAttr>()) { | ||||||||
4220 | if (IsConstantVariable) | ||||||||
4221 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::WeakODRLinkage; | ||||||||
4222 | else | ||||||||
4223 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::WeakAnyLinkage; | ||||||||
4224 | } | ||||||||
4225 | |||||||||
4226 | if (const auto *FD = D->getAsFunction()) | ||||||||
4227 | if (FD->isMultiVersion() && Linkage == GVA_AvailableExternally) | ||||||||
4228 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::LinkOnceAnyLinkage; | ||||||||
4229 | |||||||||
4230 | // We are guaranteed to have a strong definition somewhere else, | ||||||||
4231 | // so we can use available_externally linkage. | ||||||||
4232 | if (Linkage == GVA_AvailableExternally) | ||||||||
4233 | return llvm::GlobalValue::AvailableExternallyLinkage; | ||||||||
4234 | |||||||||
4235 | // Note that Apple's kernel linker doesn't support symbol | ||||||||
4236 | // coalescing, so we need to avoid linkonce and weak linkages there. | ||||||||
4237 | // Normally, this means we just map to internal, but for explicit | ||||||||
4238 | // instantiations we'll map to external. | ||||||||
4239 | |||||||||
4240 | // In C++, the compiler has to emit a definition in every translation unit | ||||||||
4241 | // that references the function. We should use linkonce_odr because | ||||||||
4242 | // a) if all references in this translation unit are optimized away, we | ||||||||
4243 | // don't need to codegen it. b) if the function persists, it needs to be | ||||||||
4244 | // merged with other definitions. c) C++ has the ODR, so we know the | ||||||||
4245 | // definition is dependable. | ||||||||
4246 | if (Linkage == GVA_DiscardableODR) | ||||||||
4247 | return !Context.getLangOpts().AppleKext ? llvm::Function::LinkOnceODRLinkage | ||||||||
4248 | : llvm::Function::InternalLinkage; | ||||||||
4249 | |||||||||
4250 | // An explicit instantiation of a template has weak linkage, since | ||||||||
4251 | // explicit instantiations can occur in multiple translation units | ||||||||
4252 | // and must all be equivalent. However, we are not allowed to | ||||||||
4253 | // throw away these explicit instantiations. | ||||||||
4254 | // | ||||||||
4255 | // We don't currently support CUDA device code spread out across multiple TUs, | ||||||||
4256 | // so say that CUDA templates are either external (for kernels) or internal. | ||||||||
4257 | // This lets llvm perform aggressive inter-procedural optimizations. | ||||||||
4258 | if (Linkage == GVA_StrongODR) { | ||||||||
4259 | if (Context.getLangOpts().AppleKext) | ||||||||
4260 | return llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage; | ||||||||
4261 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) | ||||||||
4262 | return D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>() ? llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage | ||||||||
4263 | : llvm::Function::InternalLinkage; | ||||||||
4264 | return llvm::Function::WeakODRLinkage; | ||||||||
4265 | } | ||||||||
4266 | |||||||||
4267 | // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions and thus cannot have common | ||||||||
4268 | // linkage. | ||||||||
4269 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<VarDecl>(D) && | ||||||||
4270 | !isVarDeclStrongDefinition(Context, *this, cast<VarDecl>(D), | ||||||||
4271 | CodeGenOpts.NoCommon)) | ||||||||
4272 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::CommonLinkage; | ||||||||
4273 | |||||||||
4274 | // selectany symbols are externally visible, so use weak instead of | ||||||||
4275 | // linkonce. MSVC optimizes away references to const selectany globals, so | ||||||||
4276 | // all definitions should be the same and ODR linkage should be used. | ||||||||
4277 | // http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/5tkz6s71.aspx | ||||||||
4278 | if (D->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) | ||||||||
4279 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::WeakODRLinkage; | ||||||||
4280 | |||||||||
4281 | // Otherwise, we have strong external linkage. | ||||||||
4282 | assert(Linkage == GVA_StrongExternal)((Linkage == GVA_StrongExternal) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("Linkage == GVA_StrongExternal", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4282, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4283 | return llvm::GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage; | ||||||||
4284 | } | ||||||||
4285 | |||||||||
4286 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes CodeGenModule::getLLVMLinkageVarDefinition( | ||||||||
4287 | const VarDecl *VD, bool IsConstant) { | ||||||||
4288 | GVALinkage Linkage = getContext().GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); | ||||||||
4289 | return getLLVMLinkageForDeclarator(VD, Linkage, IsConstant); | ||||||||
4290 | } | ||||||||
4291 | |||||||||
4292 | /// Replace the uses of a function that was declared with a non-proto type. | ||||||||
4293 | /// We want to silently drop extra arguments from call sites | ||||||||
4294 | static void replaceUsesOfNonProtoConstant(llvm::Constant *old, | ||||||||
4295 | llvm::Function *newFn) { | ||||||||
4296 | // Fast path. | ||||||||
4297 | if (old->use_empty()) return; | ||||||||
4298 | |||||||||
4299 | llvm::Type *newRetTy = newFn->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
4300 | SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 4> newArgs; | ||||||||
4301 | SmallVector<llvm::OperandBundleDef, 1> newBundles; | ||||||||
4302 | |||||||||
4303 | for (llvm::Value::use_iterator ui = old->use_begin(), ue = old->use_end(); | ||||||||
4304 | ui != ue; ) { | ||||||||
4305 | llvm::Value::use_iterator use = ui++; // Increment before the use is erased. | ||||||||
4306 | llvm::User *user = use->getUser(); | ||||||||
4307 | |||||||||
4308 | // Recognize and replace uses of bitcasts. Most calls to | ||||||||
4309 | // unprototyped functions will use bitcasts. | ||||||||
4310 | if (auto *bitcast = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantExpr>(user)) { | ||||||||
4311 | if (bitcast->getOpcode() == llvm::Instruction::BitCast) | ||||||||
4312 | replaceUsesOfNonProtoConstant(bitcast, newFn); | ||||||||
4313 | continue; | ||||||||
4314 | } | ||||||||
4315 | |||||||||
4316 | // Recognize calls to the function. | ||||||||
4317 | llvm::CallBase *callSite = dyn_cast<llvm::CallBase>(user); | ||||||||
4318 | if (!callSite) continue; | ||||||||
4319 | if (!callSite->isCallee(&*use)) | ||||||||
4320 | continue; | ||||||||
4321 | |||||||||
4322 | // If the return types don't match exactly, then we can't | ||||||||
4323 | // transform this call unless it's dead. | ||||||||
4324 | if (callSite->getType() != newRetTy && !callSite->use_empty()) | ||||||||
4325 | continue; | ||||||||
4326 | |||||||||
4327 | // Get the call site's attribute list. | ||||||||
4328 | SmallVector<llvm::AttributeSet, 8> newArgAttrs; | ||||||||
4329 | llvm::AttributeList oldAttrs = callSite->getAttributes(); | ||||||||
4330 | |||||||||
4331 | // If the function was passed too few arguments, don't transform. | ||||||||
4332 | unsigned newNumArgs = newFn->arg_size(); | ||||||||
4333 | if (callSite->arg_size() < newNumArgs) | ||||||||
4334 | continue; | ||||||||
4335 | |||||||||
4336 | // If extra arguments were passed, we silently drop them. | ||||||||
4337 | // If any of the types mismatch, we don't transform. | ||||||||
4338 | unsigned argNo = 0; | ||||||||
4339 | bool dontTransform = false; | ||||||||
4340 | for (llvm::Argument &A : newFn->args()) { | ||||||||
4341 | if (callSite->getArgOperand(argNo)->getType() != A.getType()) { | ||||||||
4342 | dontTransform = true; | ||||||||
4343 | break; | ||||||||
4344 | } | ||||||||
4345 | |||||||||
4346 | // Add any parameter attributes. | ||||||||
4347 | newArgAttrs.push_back(oldAttrs.getParamAttributes(argNo)); | ||||||||
4348 | argNo++; | ||||||||
4349 | } | ||||||||
4350 | if (dontTransform) | ||||||||
4351 | continue; | ||||||||
4352 | |||||||||
4353 | // Okay, we can transform this. Create the new call instruction and copy | ||||||||
4354 | // over the required information. | ||||||||
4355 | newArgs.append(callSite->arg_begin(), callSite->arg_begin() + argNo); | ||||||||
4356 | |||||||||
4357 | // Copy over any operand bundles. | ||||||||
4358 | callSite->getOperandBundlesAsDefs(newBundles); | ||||||||
4359 | |||||||||
4360 | llvm::CallBase *newCall; | ||||||||
4361 | if (dyn_cast<llvm::CallInst>(callSite)) { | ||||||||
4362 | newCall = | ||||||||
4363 | llvm::CallInst::Create(newFn, newArgs, newBundles, "", callSite); | ||||||||
4364 | } else { | ||||||||
4365 | auto *oldInvoke = cast<llvm::InvokeInst>(callSite); | ||||||||
4366 | newCall = llvm::InvokeInst::Create(newFn, oldInvoke->getNormalDest(), | ||||||||
4367 | oldInvoke->getUnwindDest(), newArgs, | ||||||||
4368 | newBundles, "", callSite); | ||||||||
4369 | } | ||||||||
4370 | newArgs.clear(); // for the next iteration | ||||||||
4371 | |||||||||
4372 | if (!newCall->getType()->isVoidTy()) | ||||||||
4373 | newCall->takeName(callSite); | ||||||||
4374 | newCall->setAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::get( | ||||||||
4375 | newFn->getContext(), oldAttrs.getFnAttributes(), | ||||||||
4376 | oldAttrs.getRetAttributes(), newArgAttrs)); | ||||||||
4377 | newCall->setCallingConv(callSite->getCallingConv()); | ||||||||
4378 | |||||||||
4379 | // Finally, remove the old call, replacing any uses with the new one. | ||||||||
4380 | if (!callSite->use_empty()) | ||||||||
4381 | callSite->replaceAllUsesWith(newCall); | ||||||||
4382 | |||||||||
4383 | // Copy debug location attached to CI. | ||||||||
4384 | if (callSite->getDebugLoc()) | ||||||||
4385 | newCall->setDebugLoc(callSite->getDebugLoc()); | ||||||||
4386 | |||||||||
4387 | callSite->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
4388 | } | ||||||||
4389 | } | ||||||||
4390 | |||||||||
4391 | /// ReplaceUsesOfNonProtoTypeWithRealFunction - This function is called when we | ||||||||
4392 | /// implement a function with no prototype, e.g. "int foo() {}". If there are | ||||||||
4393 | /// existing call uses of the old function in the module, this adjusts them to | ||||||||
4394 | /// call the new function directly. | ||||||||
4395 | /// | ||||||||
4396 | /// This is not just a cleanup: the always_inline pass requires direct calls to | ||||||||
4397 | /// functions to be able to inline them. If there is a bitcast in the way, it | ||||||||
4398 | /// won't inline them. Instcombine normally deletes these calls, but it isn't | ||||||||
4399 | /// run at -O0. | ||||||||
4400 | static void ReplaceUsesOfNonProtoTypeWithRealFunction(llvm::GlobalValue *Old, | ||||||||
4401 | llvm::Function *NewFn) { | ||||||||
4402 | // If we're redefining a global as a function, don't transform it. | ||||||||
4403 | if (!isa<llvm::Function>(Old)) return; | ||||||||
4404 | |||||||||
4405 | replaceUsesOfNonProtoConstant(Old, NewFn); | ||||||||
4406 | } | ||||||||
4407 | |||||||||
4408 | void CodeGenModule::HandleCXXStaticMemberVarInstantiation(VarDecl *VD) { | ||||||||
4409 | auto DK = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); | ||||||||
4410 | if (DK == VarDecl::Definition && VD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | ||||||||
4411 | return; | ||||||||
4412 | |||||||||
4413 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); | ||||||||
4414 | // If we have a definition, this might be a deferred decl. If the | ||||||||
4415 | // instantiation is explicit, make sure we emit it at the end. | ||||||||
4416 | if (VD->getDefinition() && TSK == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition) | ||||||||
4417 | GetAddrOfGlobalVar(VD); | ||||||||
4418 | |||||||||
4419 | EmitTopLevelDecl(VD); | ||||||||
4420 | } | ||||||||
4421 | |||||||||
4422 | void CodeGenModule::EmitGlobalFunctionDefinition(GlobalDecl GD, | ||||||||
4423 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV) { | ||||||||
4424 | // Check if this must be emitted as declare variant. | ||||||||
4425 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && OpenMPRuntime && | ||||||||
4426 | OpenMPRuntime->emitDeclareVariant(GD, /*IsForDefinition=*/true)) | ||||||||
4427 | return; | ||||||||
4428 | |||||||||
4429 | const auto *D = cast<FunctionDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
4430 | |||||||||
4431 | // Compute the function info and LLVM type. | ||||||||
4432 | const CGFunctionInfo &FI = getTypes().arrangeGlobalDeclaration(GD); | ||||||||
4433 | llvm::FunctionType *Ty = getTypes().GetFunctionType(FI); | ||||||||
4434 | |||||||||
4435 | // Get or create the prototype for the function. | ||||||||
4436 | if (!GV || (GV->getType()->getElementType() != Ty)) | ||||||||
4437 | GV = cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(GetAddrOfFunction(GD, Ty, /*ForVTable=*/false, | ||||||||
4438 | /*DontDefer=*/true, | ||||||||
4439 | ForDefinition)); | ||||||||
4440 | |||||||||
4441 | // Already emitted. | ||||||||
4442 | if (!GV->isDeclaration()) | ||||||||
4443 | return; | ||||||||
4444 | |||||||||
4445 | // We need to set linkage and visibility on the function before | ||||||||
4446 | // generating code for it because various parts of IR generation | ||||||||
4447 | // want to propagate this information down (e.g. to local static | ||||||||
4448 | // declarations). | ||||||||
4449 | auto *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); | ||||||||
4450 | setFunctionLinkage(GD, Fn); | ||||||||
4451 | |||||||||
4452 | // FIXME: this is redundant with part of setFunctionDefinitionAttributes | ||||||||
4453 | setGVProperties(Fn, GD); | ||||||||
4454 | |||||||||
4455 | MaybeHandleStaticInExternC(D, Fn); | ||||||||
4456 | |||||||||
4457 | |||||||||
4458 | maybeSetTrivialComdat(*D, *Fn); | ||||||||
4459 | |||||||||
4460 | CodeGenFunction(*this).GenerateCode(D, Fn, FI); | ||||||||
4461 | |||||||||
4462 | setNonAliasAttributes(GD, Fn); | ||||||||
4463 | SetLLVMFunctionAttributesForDefinition(D, Fn); | ||||||||
4464 | |||||||||
4465 | if (const ConstructorAttr *CA = D->getAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) | ||||||||
4466 | AddGlobalCtor(Fn, CA->getPriority()); | ||||||||
4467 | if (const DestructorAttr *DA = D->getAttr<DestructorAttr>()) | ||||||||
4468 | AddGlobalDtor(Fn, DA->getPriority()); | ||||||||
4469 | if (D->hasAttr<AnnotateAttr>()) | ||||||||
4470 | AddGlobalAnnotations(D, Fn); | ||||||||
4471 | } | ||||||||
4472 | |||||||||
4473 | void CodeGenModule::EmitAliasDefinition(GlobalDecl GD) { | ||||||||
4474 | const auto *D = cast<ValueDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
4475 | const AliasAttr *AA = D->getAttr<AliasAttr>(); | ||||||||
4476 | assert(AA && "Not an alias?")((AA && "Not an alias?") ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("AA && \"Not an alias?\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4476, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4477 | |||||||||
4478 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(GD); | ||||||||
4479 | |||||||||
4480 | if (AA->getAliasee() == MangledName) { | ||||||||
4481 | Diags.Report(AA->getLocation(), diag::err_cyclic_alias) << 0; | ||||||||
4482 | return; | ||||||||
4483 | } | ||||||||
4484 | |||||||||
4485 | // If there is a definition in the module, then it wins over the alias. | ||||||||
4486 | // This is dubious, but allow it to be safe. Just ignore the alias. | ||||||||
4487 | llvm::GlobalValue *Entry = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
4488 | if (Entry && !Entry->isDeclaration()) | ||||||||
4489 | return; | ||||||||
4490 | |||||||||
4491 | Aliases.push_back(GD); | ||||||||
4492 | |||||||||
4493 | llvm::Type *DeclTy = getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(D->getType()); | ||||||||
4494 | |||||||||
4495 | // Create a reference to the named value. This ensures that it is emitted | ||||||||
4496 | // if a deferred decl. | ||||||||
4497 | llvm::Constant *Aliasee; | ||||||||
4498 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes LT; | ||||||||
4499 | if (isa<llvm::FunctionType>(DeclTy)) { | ||||||||
4500 | Aliasee = GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(AA->getAliasee(), DeclTy, GD, | ||||||||
4501 | /*ForVTable=*/false); | ||||||||
4502 | LT = getFunctionLinkage(GD); | ||||||||
4503 | } else { | ||||||||
4504 | Aliasee = GetOrCreateLLVMGlobal(AA->getAliasee(), | ||||||||
4505 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DeclTy), | ||||||||
4506 | /*D=*/nullptr); | ||||||||
4507 | LT = getLLVMLinkageVarDefinition(cast<VarDecl>(GD.getDecl()), | ||||||||
4508 | D->getType().isConstQualified()); | ||||||||
4509 | } | ||||||||
4510 | |||||||||
4511 | // Create the new alias itself, but don't set a name yet. | ||||||||
4512 | auto *GA = | ||||||||
4513 | llvm::GlobalAlias::create(DeclTy, 0, LT, "", Aliasee, &getModule()); | ||||||||
4514 | |||||||||
4515 | if (Entry) { | ||||||||
4516 | if (GA->getAliasee() == Entry) { | ||||||||
4517 | Diags.Report(AA->getLocation(), diag::err_cyclic_alias) << 0; | ||||||||
4518 | return; | ||||||||
4519 | } | ||||||||
4520 | |||||||||
4521 | assert(Entry->isDeclaration())((Entry->isDeclaration()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Entry->isDeclaration()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4521, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4522 | |||||||||
4523 | // If there is a declaration in the module, then we had an extern followed | ||||||||
4524 | // by the alias, as in: | ||||||||
4525 | // extern int test6(); | ||||||||
4526 | // ... | ||||||||
4527 | // int test6() __attribute__((alias("test7"))); | ||||||||
4528 | // | ||||||||
4529 | // Remove it and replace uses of it with the alias. | ||||||||
4530 | GA->takeName(Entry); | ||||||||
4531 | |||||||||
4532 | Entry->replaceAllUsesWith(llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GA, | ||||||||
4533 | Entry->getType())); | ||||||||
4534 | Entry->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
4535 | } else { | ||||||||
4536 | GA->setName(MangledName); | ||||||||
4537 | } | ||||||||
4538 | |||||||||
4539 | // Set attributes which are particular to an alias; this is a | ||||||||
4540 | // specialization of the attributes which may be set on a global | ||||||||
4541 | // variable/function. | ||||||||
4542 | if (D->hasAttr<WeakAttr>() || D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>() || | ||||||||
4543 | D->isWeakImported()) { | ||||||||
4544 | GA->setLinkage(llvm::Function::WeakAnyLinkage); | ||||||||
4545 | } | ||||||||
4546 | |||||||||
4547 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
4548 | if (VD->getTLSKind()) | ||||||||
4549 | setTLSMode(GA, *VD); | ||||||||
4550 | |||||||||
4551 | SetCommonAttributes(GD, GA); | ||||||||
4552 | } | ||||||||
4553 | |||||||||
4554 | void CodeGenModule::emitIFuncDefinition(GlobalDecl GD) { | ||||||||
4555 | const auto *D = cast<ValueDecl>(GD.getDecl()); | ||||||||
4556 | const IFuncAttr *IFA = D->getAttr<IFuncAttr>(); | ||||||||
4557 | assert(IFA && "Not an ifunc?")((IFA && "Not an ifunc?") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("IFA && \"Not an ifunc?\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4557, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4558 | |||||||||
4559 | StringRef MangledName = getMangledName(GD); | ||||||||
4560 | |||||||||
4561 | if (IFA->getResolver() == MangledName) { | ||||||||
4562 | Diags.Report(IFA->getLocation(), diag::err_cyclic_alias) << 1; | ||||||||
4563 | return; | ||||||||
4564 | } | ||||||||
4565 | |||||||||
4566 | // Report an error if some definition overrides ifunc. | ||||||||
4567 | llvm::GlobalValue *Entry = GetGlobalValue(MangledName); | ||||||||
4568 | if (Entry && !Entry->isDeclaration()) { | ||||||||
4569 | GlobalDecl OtherGD; | ||||||||
4570 | if (lookupRepresentativeDecl(MangledName, OtherGD) && | ||||||||
4571 | DiagnosedConflictingDefinitions.insert(GD).second) { | ||||||||
4572 | Diags.Report(D->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_mangled_name) | ||||||||
4573 | << MangledName; | ||||||||
4574 | Diags.Report(OtherGD.getDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||||
4575 | diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||||||
4576 | } | ||||||||
4577 | return; | ||||||||
4578 | } | ||||||||
4579 | |||||||||
4580 | Aliases.push_back(GD); | ||||||||
4581 | |||||||||
4582 | llvm::Type *DeclTy = getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(D->getType()); | ||||||||
4583 | llvm::Constant *Resolver = | ||||||||
4584 | GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(IFA->getResolver(), DeclTy, GD, | ||||||||
4585 | /*ForVTable=*/false); | ||||||||
4586 | llvm::GlobalIFunc *GIF = | ||||||||
4587 | llvm::GlobalIFunc::create(DeclTy, 0, llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, | ||||||||
4588 | "", Resolver, &getModule()); | ||||||||
4589 | if (Entry) { | ||||||||
4590 | if (GIF->getResolver() == Entry) { | ||||||||
4591 | Diags.Report(IFA->getLocation(), diag::err_cyclic_alias) << 1; | ||||||||
4592 | return; | ||||||||
4593 | } | ||||||||
4594 | assert(Entry->isDeclaration())((Entry->isDeclaration()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Entry->isDeclaration()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4594, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4595 | |||||||||
4596 | // If there is a declaration in the module, then we had an extern followed | ||||||||
4597 | // by the ifunc, as in: | ||||||||
4598 | // extern int test(); | ||||||||
4599 | // ... | ||||||||
4600 | // int test() __attribute__((ifunc("resolver"))); | ||||||||
4601 | // | ||||||||
4602 | // Remove it and replace uses of it with the ifunc. | ||||||||
4603 | GIF->takeName(Entry); | ||||||||
4604 | |||||||||
4605 | Entry->replaceAllUsesWith(llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GIF, | ||||||||
4606 | Entry->getType())); | ||||||||
4607 | Entry->eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
4608 | } else | ||||||||
4609 | GIF->setName(MangledName); | ||||||||
4610 | |||||||||
4611 | SetCommonAttributes(GD, GIF); | ||||||||
4612 | } | ||||||||
4613 | |||||||||
4614 | llvm::Function *CodeGenModule::getIntrinsic(unsigned IID, | ||||||||
4615 | ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> Tys) { | ||||||||
4616 | return llvm::Intrinsic::getDeclaration(&getModule(), (llvm::Intrinsic::ID)IID, | ||||||||
4617 | Tys); | ||||||||
4618 | } | ||||||||
4619 | |||||||||
4620 | static llvm::StringMapEntry<llvm::GlobalVariable *> & | ||||||||
4621 | GetConstantCFStringEntry(llvm::StringMap<llvm::GlobalVariable *> &Map, | ||||||||
4622 | const StringLiteral *Literal, bool TargetIsLSB, | ||||||||
4623 | bool &IsUTF16, unsigned &StringLength) { | ||||||||
4624 | StringRef String = Literal->getString(); | ||||||||
4625 | unsigned NumBytes = String.size(); | ||||||||
4626 | |||||||||
4627 | // Check for simple case. | ||||||||
4628 | if (!Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) { | ||||||||
4629 | StringLength = NumBytes; | ||||||||
4630 | return *Map.insert(std::make_pair(String, nullptr)).first; | ||||||||
4631 | } | ||||||||
4632 | |||||||||
4633 | // Otherwise, convert the UTF8 literals into a string of shorts. | ||||||||
4634 | IsUTF16 = true; | ||||||||
4635 | |||||||||
4636 | SmallVector<llvm::UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes + 1); // +1 for ending nulls. | ||||||||
4637 | const llvm::UTF8 *FromPtr = (const llvm::UTF8 *)String.data(); | ||||||||
4638 | llvm::UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0]; | ||||||||
4639 | |||||||||
4640 | (void)llvm::ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, &ToPtr, | ||||||||
4641 | ToPtr + NumBytes, llvm::strictConversion); | ||||||||
4642 | |||||||||
4643 | // ConvertUTF8toUTF16 returns the length in ToPtr. | ||||||||
4644 | StringLength = ToPtr - &ToBuf[0]; | ||||||||
4645 | |||||||||
4646 | // Add an explicit null. | ||||||||
4647 | *ToPtr = 0; | ||||||||
4648 | return *Map.insert(std::make_pair( | ||||||||
4649 | StringRef(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(ToBuf.data()), | ||||||||
4650 | (StringLength + 1) * 2), | ||||||||
4651 | nullptr)).first; | ||||||||
4652 | } | ||||||||
4653 | |||||||||
4654 | ConstantAddress | ||||||||
4655 | CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfConstantCFString(const StringLiteral *Literal) { | ||||||||
4656 | unsigned StringLength = 0; | ||||||||
4657 | bool isUTF16 = false; | ||||||||
4658 | llvm::StringMapEntry<llvm::GlobalVariable *> &Entry = | ||||||||
4659 | GetConstantCFStringEntry(CFConstantStringMap, Literal, | ||||||||
4660 | getDataLayout().isLittleEndian(), isUTF16, | ||||||||
4661 | StringLength); | ||||||||
4662 | |||||||||
4663 | if (auto *C = Entry.second) | ||||||||
4664 | return ConstantAddress(C, CharUnits::fromQuantity(C->getAlignment())); | ||||||||
4665 | |||||||||
4666 | llvm::Constant *Zero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(Int32Ty); | ||||||||
4667 | llvm::Constant *Zeros[] = { Zero, Zero }; | ||||||||
4668 | |||||||||
4669 | const ASTContext &Context = getContext(); | ||||||||
4670 | const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTriple(); | ||||||||
4671 | |||||||||
4672 | const auto CFRuntime = getLangOpts().CFRuntime; | ||||||||
4673 | const bool IsSwiftABI = | ||||||||
4674 | static_cast<unsigned>(CFRuntime) >= | ||||||||
4675 | static_cast<unsigned>(LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift); | ||||||||
4676 | const bool IsSwift4_1 = CFRuntime == LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift4_1; | ||||||||
4677 | |||||||||
4678 | // If we don't already have it, get __CFConstantStringClassReference. | ||||||||
4679 | if (!CFConstantStringClassRef) { | ||||||||
4680 | const char *CFConstantStringClassName = "__CFConstantStringClassReference"; | ||||||||
4681 | llvm::Type *Ty = getTypes().ConvertType(getContext().IntTy); | ||||||||
4682 | Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, 0); | ||||||||
4683 | |||||||||
4684 | switch (CFRuntime) { | ||||||||
4685 | default: break; | ||||||||
4686 | case LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift: LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
4687 | case LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift5_0: | ||||||||
4688 | CFConstantStringClassName = | ||||||||
4689 | Triple.isOSDarwin() ? "$s15SwiftFoundation19_NSCFConstantStringCN" | ||||||||
4690 | : "$s10Foundation19_NSCFConstantStringCN"; | ||||||||
4691 | Ty = IntPtrTy; | ||||||||
4692 | break; | ||||||||
4693 | case LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift4_2: | ||||||||
4694 | CFConstantStringClassName = | ||||||||
4695 | Triple.isOSDarwin() ? "$S15SwiftFoundation19_NSCFConstantStringCN" | ||||||||
4696 | : "$S10Foundation19_NSCFConstantStringCN"; | ||||||||
4697 | Ty = IntPtrTy; | ||||||||
4698 | break; | ||||||||
4699 | case LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift4_1: | ||||||||
4700 | CFConstantStringClassName = | ||||||||
4701 | Triple.isOSDarwin() ? "__T015SwiftFoundation19_NSCFConstantStringCN" | ||||||||
4702 | : "__T010Foundation19_NSCFConstantStringCN"; | ||||||||
4703 | Ty = IntPtrTy; | ||||||||
4704 | break; | ||||||||
4705 | } | ||||||||
4706 | |||||||||
4707 | llvm::Constant *C = CreateRuntimeVariable(Ty, CFConstantStringClassName); | ||||||||
4708 | |||||||||
4709 | if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() || Triple.isOSBinFormatCOFF()) { | ||||||||
4710 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV = nullptr; | ||||||||
4711 | |||||||||
4712 | if ((GV = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(C))) { | ||||||||
4713 | IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get(GV->getName()); | ||||||||
4714 | TranslationUnitDecl *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||||
4715 | DeclContext *DC = TranslationUnitDecl::castToDeclContext(TUDecl); | ||||||||
4716 | |||||||||
4717 | const VarDecl *VD = nullptr; | ||||||||
4718 | for (const auto &Result : DC->lookup(&II)) | ||||||||
4719 | if ((VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Result))) | ||||||||
4720 | break; | ||||||||
4721 | |||||||||
4722 | if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { | ||||||||
4723 | if (!VD) | ||||||||
4724 | GV->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage); | ||||||||
4725 | } else { | ||||||||
4726 | GV->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage); | ||||||||
4727 | if (!VD || !VD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||||||
4728 | GV->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalValue::DLLImportStorageClass); | ||||||||
4729 | else | ||||||||
4730 | GV->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalValue::DLLExportStorageClass); | ||||||||
4731 | } | ||||||||
4732 | |||||||||
4733 | setDSOLocal(GV); | ||||||||
4734 | } | ||||||||
4735 | } | ||||||||
4736 | |||||||||
4737 | // Decay array -> ptr | ||||||||
4738 | CFConstantStringClassRef = | ||||||||
4739 | IsSwiftABI ? llvm::ConstantExpr::getPtrToInt(C, Ty) | ||||||||
4740 | : llvm::ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Ty, C, Zeros); | ||||||||
4741 | } | ||||||||
4742 | |||||||||
4743 | QualType CFTy = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); | ||||||||
4744 | |||||||||
4745 | auto *STy = cast<llvm::StructType>(getTypes().ConvertType(CFTy)); | ||||||||
4746 | |||||||||
4747 | ConstantInitBuilder Builder(*this); | ||||||||
4748 | auto Fields = Builder.beginStruct(STy); | ||||||||
4749 | |||||||||
4750 | // Class pointer. | ||||||||
4751 | Fields.add(cast<llvm::ConstantExpr>(CFConstantStringClassRef)); | ||||||||
4752 | |||||||||
4753 | // Flags. | ||||||||
4754 | if (IsSwiftABI) { | ||||||||
4755 | Fields.addInt(IntPtrTy, IsSwift4_1 ? 0x05 : 0x01); | ||||||||
4756 | Fields.addInt(Int64Ty, isUTF16 ? 0x07d0 : 0x07c8); | ||||||||
4757 | } else { | ||||||||
4758 | Fields.addInt(IntTy, isUTF16 ? 0x07d0 : 0x07C8); | ||||||||
4759 | } | ||||||||
4760 | |||||||||
4761 | // String pointer. | ||||||||
4762 | llvm::Constant *C = nullptr; | ||||||||
4763 | if (isUTF16) { | ||||||||
4764 | auto Arr = llvm::makeArrayRef( | ||||||||
4765 | reinterpret_cast<uint16_t *>(const_cast<char *>(Entry.first().data())), | ||||||||
4766 | Entry.first().size() / 2); | ||||||||
4767 | C = llvm::ConstantDataArray::get(VMContext, Arr); | ||||||||
4768 | } else { | ||||||||
4769 | C = llvm::ConstantDataArray::getString(VMContext, Entry.first()); | ||||||||
4770 | } | ||||||||
4771 | |||||||||
4772 | // Note: -fwritable-strings doesn't make the backing store strings of | ||||||||
4773 | // CFStrings writable. (See <rdar://problem/10657500>) | ||||||||
4774 | auto *GV = | ||||||||
4775 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(getModule(), C->getType(), /*isConstant=*/true, | ||||||||
4776 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, C, ".str"); | ||||||||
4777 | GV->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||||||
4778 | // Don't enforce the target's minimum global alignment, since the only use | ||||||||
4779 | // of the string is via this class initializer. | ||||||||
4780 | CharUnits Align = isUTF16 ? Context.getTypeAlignInChars(Context.ShortTy) | ||||||||
4781 | : Context.getTypeAlignInChars(Context.CharTy); | ||||||||
4782 | GV->setAlignment(Align.getAsAlign()); | ||||||||
4783 | |||||||||
4784 | // FIXME: We set the section explicitly to avoid a bug in ld64 224.1. | ||||||||
4785 | // Without it LLVM can merge the string with a non unnamed_addr one during | ||||||||
4786 | // LTO. Doing that changes the section it ends in, which surprises ld64. | ||||||||
4787 | if (Triple.isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||||||
4788 | GV->setSection(isUTF16 ? "__TEXT,__ustring" | ||||||||
4789 | : "__TEXT,__cstring,cstring_literals"); | ||||||||
4790 | // Make sure the literal ends up in .rodata to allow for safe ICF and for | ||||||||
4791 | // the static linker to adjust permissions to read-only later on. | ||||||||
4792 | else if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) | ||||||||
4793 | GV->setSection(".rodata"); | ||||||||
4794 | |||||||||
4795 | // String. | ||||||||
4796 | llvm::Constant *Str = | ||||||||
4797 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV->getValueType(), GV, Zeros); | ||||||||
4798 | |||||||||
4799 | if (isUTF16) | ||||||||
4800 | // Cast the UTF16 string to the correct type. | ||||||||
4801 | Str = llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Str, Int8PtrTy); | ||||||||
4802 | Fields.add(Str); | ||||||||
4803 | |||||||||
4804 | // String length. | ||||||||
4805 | llvm::IntegerType *LengthTy = | ||||||||
4806 | llvm::IntegerType::get(getModule().getContext(), | ||||||||
4807 | Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth()); | ||||||||
4808 | if (IsSwiftABI) { | ||||||||
4809 | if (CFRuntime == LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift4_1 || | ||||||||
4810 | CFRuntime == LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift4_2) | ||||||||
4811 | LengthTy = Int32Ty; | ||||||||
4812 | else | ||||||||
4813 | LengthTy = IntPtrTy; | ||||||||
4814 | } | ||||||||
4815 | Fields.addInt(LengthTy, StringLength); | ||||||||
4816 | |||||||||
4817 | // Swift ABI requires 8-byte alignment to ensure that the _Atomic(uint64_t) is | ||||||||
4818 | // properly aligned on 32-bit platforms. | ||||||||
4819 | CharUnits Alignment = | ||||||||
4820 | IsSwiftABI ? Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(64) : getPointerAlign(); | ||||||||
4821 | |||||||||
4822 | // The struct. | ||||||||
4823 | GV = Fields.finishAndCreateGlobal("_unnamed_cfstring_", Alignment, | ||||||||
4824 | /*isConstant=*/false, | ||||||||
4825 | llvm::GlobalVariable::PrivateLinkage); | ||||||||
4826 | GV->addAttribute("objc_arc_inert"); | ||||||||
4827 | switch (Triple.getObjectFormat()) { | ||||||||
4828 | case llvm::Triple::UnknownObjectFormat: | ||||||||
4829 | llvm_unreachable("unknown file format")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown file format", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4829); | ||||||||
4830 | case llvm::Triple::XCOFF: | ||||||||
4831 | llvm_unreachable("XCOFF is not yet implemented")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("XCOFF is not yet implemented" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4831); | ||||||||
4832 | case llvm::Triple::COFF: | ||||||||
4833 | case llvm::Triple::ELF: | ||||||||
4834 | case llvm::Triple::Wasm: | ||||||||
4835 | GV->setSection("cfstring"); | ||||||||
4836 | break; | ||||||||
4837 | case llvm::Triple::MachO: | ||||||||
4838 | GV->setSection("__DATA,__cfstring"); | ||||||||
4839 | break; | ||||||||
4840 | } | ||||||||
4841 | Entry.second = GV; | ||||||||
4842 | |||||||||
4843 | return ConstantAddress(GV, Alignment); | ||||||||
4844 | } | ||||||||
4845 | |||||||||
4846 | bool CodeGenModule::getExpressionLocationsEnabled() const { | ||||||||
4847 | return !CodeGenOpts.EmitCodeView || CodeGenOpts.DebugColumnInfo; | ||||||||
4848 | } | ||||||||
4849 | |||||||||
4850 | QualType CodeGenModule::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() { | ||||||||
4851 | if (ObjCFastEnumerationStateType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
4852 | RecordDecl *D = Context.buildImplicitRecord("__objcFastEnumerationState"); | ||||||||
4853 | D->startDefinition(); | ||||||||
4854 | |||||||||
4855 | QualType FieldTypes[] = { | ||||||||
4856 | Context.UnsignedLongTy, | ||||||||
4857 | Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCIdType()), | ||||||||
4858 | Context.getPointerType(Context.UnsignedLongTy), | ||||||||
4859 | Context.getConstantArrayType(Context.UnsignedLongTy, | ||||||||
4860 | llvm::APInt(32, 5), nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, 0) | ||||||||
4861 | }; | ||||||||
4862 | |||||||||
4863 | for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { | ||||||||
4864 | FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(Context, | ||||||||
4865 | D, | ||||||||
4866 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
4867 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, | ||||||||
4868 | FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
4869 | /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
4870 | /*Mutable=*/false, | ||||||||
4871 | ICIS_NoInit); | ||||||||
4872 | Field->setAccess(AS_public); | ||||||||
4873 | D->addDecl(Field); | ||||||||
4874 | } | ||||||||
4875 | |||||||||
4876 | D->completeDefinition(); | ||||||||
4877 | ObjCFastEnumerationStateType = Context.getTagDeclType(D); | ||||||||
4878 | } | ||||||||
4879 | |||||||||
4880 | return ObjCFastEnumerationStateType; | ||||||||
4881 | } | ||||||||
4882 | |||||||||
4883 | llvm::Constant * | ||||||||
4884 | CodeGenModule::GetConstantArrayFromStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E) { | ||||||||
4885 | assert(!E->getType()->isPointerType() && "Strings are always arrays")((!E->getType()->isPointerType() && "Strings are always arrays" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!E->getType()->isPointerType() && \"Strings are always arrays\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4885, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4886 | |||||||||
4887 | // Don't emit it as the address of the string, emit the string data itself | ||||||||
4888 | // as an inline array. | ||||||||
4889 | if (E->getCharByteWidth() == 1) { | ||||||||
4890 | SmallString<64> Str(E->getString()); | ||||||||
4891 | |||||||||
4892 | // Resize the string to the right size, which is indicated by its type. | ||||||||
4893 | const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(E->getType()); | ||||||||
4894 | Str.resize(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); | ||||||||
4895 | return llvm::ConstantDataArray::getString(VMContext, Str, false); | ||||||||
4896 | } | ||||||||
4897 | |||||||||
4898 | auto *AType = cast<llvm::ArrayType>(getTypes().ConvertType(E->getType())); | ||||||||
4899 | llvm::Type *ElemTy = AType->getElementType(); | ||||||||
4900 | unsigned NumElements = AType->getNumElements(); | ||||||||
4901 | |||||||||
4902 | // Wide strings have either 2-byte or 4-byte elements. | ||||||||
4903 | if (ElemTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 16) { | ||||||||
4904 | SmallVector<uint16_t, 32> Elements; | ||||||||
4905 | Elements.reserve(NumElements); | ||||||||
4906 | |||||||||
4907 | for(unsigned i = 0, e = E->getLength(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||
4908 | Elements.push_back(E->getCodeUnit(i)); | ||||||||
4909 | Elements.resize(NumElements); | ||||||||
4910 | return llvm::ConstantDataArray::get(VMContext, Elements); | ||||||||
4911 | } | ||||||||
4912 | |||||||||
4913 | assert(ElemTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 32)((ElemTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 32) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ElemTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 32" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4913, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4914 | SmallVector<uint32_t, 32> Elements; | ||||||||
4915 | Elements.reserve(NumElements); | ||||||||
4916 | |||||||||
4917 | for(unsigned i = 0, e = E->getLength(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||
4918 | Elements.push_back(E->getCodeUnit(i)); | ||||||||
4919 | Elements.resize(NumElements); | ||||||||
4920 | return llvm::ConstantDataArray::get(VMContext, Elements); | ||||||||
4921 | } | ||||||||
4922 | |||||||||
4923 | static llvm::GlobalVariable * | ||||||||
4924 | GenerateStringLiteral(llvm::Constant *C, llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes LT, | ||||||||
4925 | CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef GlobalName, | ||||||||
4926 | CharUnits Alignment) { | ||||||||
4927 | unsigned AddrSpace = CGM.getContext().getTargetAddressSpace( | ||||||||
4928 | CGM.getStringLiteralAddressSpace()); | ||||||||
4929 | |||||||||
4930 | llvm::Module &M = CGM.getModule(); | ||||||||
4931 | // Create a global variable for this string | ||||||||
4932 | auto *GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||||||
4933 | M, C->getType(), !CGM.getLangOpts().WritableStrings, LT, C, GlobalName, | ||||||||
4934 | nullptr, llvm::GlobalVariable::NotThreadLocal, AddrSpace); | ||||||||
4935 | GV->setAlignment(Alignment.getAsAlign()); | ||||||||
4936 | GV->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||||||
4937 | if (GV->isWeakForLinker()) { | ||||||||
4938 | assert(CGM.supportsCOMDAT() && "Only COFF uses weak string literals")((CGM.supportsCOMDAT() && "Only COFF uses weak string literals" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.supportsCOMDAT() && \"Only COFF uses weak string literals\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 4938, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4939 | GV->setComdat(M.getOrInsertComdat(GV->getName())); | ||||||||
4940 | } | ||||||||
4941 | CGM.setDSOLocal(GV); | ||||||||
4942 | |||||||||
4943 | return GV; | ||||||||
4944 | } | ||||||||
4945 | |||||||||
4946 | /// GetAddrOfConstantStringFromLiteral - Return a pointer to a | ||||||||
4947 | /// constant array for the given string literal. | ||||||||
4948 | ConstantAddress | ||||||||
4949 | CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfConstantStringFromLiteral(const StringLiteral *S, | ||||||||
4950 | StringRef Name) { | ||||||||
4951 | CharUnits Alignment = getContext().getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(S->getType()); | ||||||||
4952 | |||||||||
4953 | llvm::Constant *C = GetConstantArrayFromStringLiteral(S); | ||||||||
4954 | llvm::GlobalVariable **Entry = nullptr; | ||||||||
4955 | if (!LangOpts.WritableStrings) { | ||||||||
4956 | Entry = &ConstantStringMap[C]; | ||||||||
4957 | if (auto GV = *Entry) { | ||||||||
4958 | if (Alignment.getQuantity() > GV->getAlignment()) | ||||||||
4959 | GV->setAlignment(Alignment.getAsAlign()); | ||||||||
4960 | return ConstantAddress(castStringLiteralToDefaultAddressSpace(*this, GV), | ||||||||
4961 | Alignment); | ||||||||
4962 | } | ||||||||
4963 | } | ||||||||
4964 | |||||||||
4965 | SmallString<256> MangledNameBuffer; | ||||||||
4966 | StringRef GlobalVariableName; | ||||||||
4967 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes LT; | ||||||||
4968 | |||||||||
4969 | // Mangle the string literal if that's how the ABI merges duplicate strings. | ||||||||
4970 | // Don't do it if they are writable, since we don't want writes in one TU to | ||||||||
4971 | // affect strings in another. | ||||||||
4972 | if (getCXXABI().getMangleContext().shouldMangleStringLiteral(S) && | ||||||||
4973 | !LangOpts.WritableStrings) { | ||||||||
4974 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream Out(MangledNameBuffer); | ||||||||
4975 | getCXXABI().getMangleContext().mangleStringLiteral(S, Out); | ||||||||
4976 | LT = llvm::GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRLinkage; | ||||||||
4977 | GlobalVariableName = MangledNameBuffer; | ||||||||
4978 | } else { | ||||||||
4979 | LT = llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage; | ||||||||
4980 | GlobalVariableName = Name; | ||||||||
4981 | } | ||||||||
4982 | |||||||||
4983 | auto GV = GenerateStringLiteral(C, LT, *this, GlobalVariableName, Alignment); | ||||||||
4984 | if (Entry) | ||||||||
4985 | *Entry = GV; | ||||||||
4986 | |||||||||
4987 | SanitizerMD->reportGlobalToASan(GV, S->getStrTokenLoc(0), "<string literal>", | ||||||||
4988 | QualType()); | ||||||||
4989 | |||||||||
4990 | return ConstantAddress(castStringLiteralToDefaultAddressSpace(*this, GV), | ||||||||
4991 | Alignment); | ||||||||
4992 | } | ||||||||
4993 | |||||||||
4994 | /// GetAddrOfConstantStringFromObjCEncode - Return a pointer to a constant | ||||||||
4995 | /// array for the given ObjCEncodeExpr node. | ||||||||
4996 | ConstantAddress | ||||||||
4997 | CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfConstantStringFromObjCEncode(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E) { | ||||||||
4998 | std::string Str; | ||||||||
4999 | getContext().getObjCEncodingForType(E->getEncodedType(), Str); | ||||||||
5000 | |||||||||
5001 | return GetAddrOfConstantCString(Str); | ||||||||
5002 | } | ||||||||
5003 | |||||||||
5004 | /// GetAddrOfConstantCString - Returns a pointer to a character array containing | ||||||||
5005 | /// the literal and a terminating '\0' character. | ||||||||
5006 | /// The result has pointer to array type. | ||||||||
5007 | ConstantAddress CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfConstantCString( | ||||||||
5008 | const std::string &Str, const char *GlobalName) { | ||||||||
5009 | StringRef StrWithNull(Str.c_str(), Str.size() + 1); | ||||||||
5010 | CharUnits Alignment = | ||||||||
5011 | getContext().getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(getContext().CharTy); | ||||||||
5012 | |||||||||
5013 | llvm::Constant *C = | ||||||||
5014 | llvm::ConstantDataArray::getString(getLLVMContext(), StrWithNull, false); | ||||||||
5015 | |||||||||
5016 | // Don't share any string literals if strings aren't constant. | ||||||||
5017 | llvm::GlobalVariable **Entry = nullptr; | ||||||||
5018 | if (!LangOpts.WritableStrings) { | ||||||||
5019 | Entry = &ConstantStringMap[C]; | ||||||||
5020 | if (auto GV = *Entry) { | ||||||||
5021 | if (Alignment.getQuantity() > GV->getAlignment()) | ||||||||
5022 | GV->setAlignment(Alignment.getAsAlign()); | ||||||||
5023 | return ConstantAddress(castStringLiteralToDefaultAddressSpace(*this, GV), | ||||||||
5024 | Alignment); | ||||||||
5025 | } | ||||||||
5026 | } | ||||||||
5027 | |||||||||
5028 | // Get the default prefix if a name wasn't specified. | ||||||||
5029 | if (!GlobalName) | ||||||||
5030 | GlobalName = ".str"; | ||||||||
5031 | // Create a global variable for this. | ||||||||
5032 | auto GV = GenerateStringLiteral(C, llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, *this, | ||||||||
5033 | GlobalName, Alignment); | ||||||||
5034 | if (Entry) | ||||||||
5035 | *Entry = GV; | ||||||||
5036 | |||||||||
5037 | return ConstantAddress(castStringLiteralToDefaultAddressSpace(*this, GV), | ||||||||
5038 | Alignment); | ||||||||
5039 | } | ||||||||
5040 | |||||||||
5041 | ConstantAddress CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfGlobalTemporary( | ||||||||
5042 | const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E, const Expr *Init) { | ||||||||
5043 | assert((E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static ||(((E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static || E->getStorageDuration () == SD_Thread) && "not a global temporary") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static || E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Thread) && \"not a global temporary\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 5044, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
5044 | E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Thread) && "not a global temporary")(((E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static || E->getStorageDuration () == SD_Thread) && "not a global temporary") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static || E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Thread) && \"not a global temporary\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 5044, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5045 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(E->getExtendingDecl()); | ||||||||
5046 | |||||||||
5047 | // If we're not materializing a subobject of the temporary, keep the | ||||||||
5048 | // cv-qualifiers from the type of the MaterializeTemporaryExpr. | ||||||||
5049 | QualType MaterializedType = Init->getType(); | ||||||||
5050 | if (Init == E->getSubExpr()) | ||||||||
5051 | MaterializedType = E->getType(); | ||||||||
5052 | |||||||||
5053 | CharUnits Align = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(MaterializedType); | ||||||||
5054 | |||||||||
5055 | if (llvm::Constant *Slot = MaterializedGlobalTemporaryMap[E]) | ||||||||
5056 | return ConstantAddress(Slot, Align); | ||||||||
5057 | |||||||||
5058 | // FIXME: If an externally-visible declaration extends multiple temporaries, | ||||||||
5059 | // we need to give each temporary the same name in every translation unit (and | ||||||||
5060 | // we also need to make the temporaries externally-visible). | ||||||||
5061 | SmallString<256> Name; | ||||||||
5062 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream Out(Name); | ||||||||
5063 | getCXXABI().getMangleContext().mangleReferenceTemporary( | ||||||||
5064 | VD, E->getManglingNumber(), Out); | ||||||||
5065 | |||||||||
5066 | APValue *Value = nullptr; | ||||||||
5067 | if (E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && VD && VD->evaluateValue()) { | ||||||||
5068 | // If the initializer of the extending declaration is a constant | ||||||||
5069 | // initializer, we should have a cached constant initializer for this | ||||||||
5070 | // temporary. Note that this might have a different value from the value | ||||||||
5071 | // computed by evaluating the initializer if the surrounding constant | ||||||||
5072 | // expression modifies the temporary. | ||||||||
5073 | Value = E->getOrCreateValue(false); | ||||||||
5074 | } | ||||||||
5075 | |||||||||
5076 | // Try evaluating it now, it might have a constant initializer. | ||||||||
5077 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; | ||||||||
5078 | if (!Value && Init->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, getContext()) && | ||||||||
5079 | !EvalResult.hasSideEffects()) | ||||||||
5080 | Value = &EvalResult.Val; | ||||||||
5081 | |||||||||
5082 | LangAS AddrSpace = | ||||||||
5083 | VD ? GetGlobalVarAddressSpace(VD) : MaterializedType.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
5084 | |||||||||
5085 | Optional<ConstantEmitter> emitter; | ||||||||
5086 | llvm::Constant *InitialValue = nullptr; | ||||||||
5087 | bool Constant = false; | ||||||||
5088 | llvm::Type *Type; | ||||||||
5089 | if (Value) { | ||||||||
5090 | // The temporary has a constant initializer, use it. | ||||||||
5091 | emitter.emplace(*this); | ||||||||
5092 | InitialValue = emitter->emitForInitializer(*Value, AddrSpace, | ||||||||
5093 | MaterializedType); | ||||||||
5094 | Constant = isTypeConstant(MaterializedType, /*ExcludeCtor*/Value); | ||||||||
5095 | Type = InitialValue->getType(); | ||||||||
5096 | } else { | ||||||||
5097 | // No initializer, the initialization will be provided when we | ||||||||
5098 | // initialize the declaration which performed lifetime extension. | ||||||||
5099 | Type = getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(MaterializedType); | ||||||||
5100 | } | ||||||||
5101 | |||||||||
5102 | // Create a global variable for this lifetime-extended temporary. | ||||||||
5103 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes Linkage = | ||||||||
5104 | getLLVMLinkageVarDefinition(VD, Constant); | ||||||||
5105 | if (Linkage == llvm::GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage) { | ||||||||
5106 | const VarDecl *InitVD; | ||||||||
5107 | if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->getAnyInitializer(InitVD) && | ||||||||
5108 | isa<CXXRecordDecl>(InitVD->getLexicalDeclContext())) { | ||||||||
5109 | // Temporaries defined inside a class get linkonce_odr linkage because the | ||||||||
5110 | // class can be defined in multiple translation units. | ||||||||
5111 | Linkage = llvm::GlobalVariable::LinkOnceODRLinkage; | ||||||||
5112 | } else { | ||||||||
5113 | // There is no need for this temporary to have external linkage if the | ||||||||
5114 | // VarDecl has external linkage. | ||||||||
5115 | Linkage = llvm::GlobalVariable::InternalLinkage; | ||||||||
5116 | } | ||||||||
5117 | } | ||||||||
5118 | auto TargetAS = getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(AddrSpace); | ||||||||
5119 | auto *GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||||||
5120 | getModule(), Type, Constant, Linkage, InitialValue, Name.c_str(), | ||||||||
5121 | /*InsertBefore=*/nullptr, llvm::GlobalVariable::NotThreadLocal, TargetAS); | ||||||||
5122 | if (emitter) emitter->finalize(GV); | ||||||||
5123 | setGVProperties(GV, VD); | ||||||||
5124 | GV->setAlignment(Align.getAsAlign()); | ||||||||
5125 | if (supportsCOMDAT() && GV->isWeakForLinker()) | ||||||||
5126 | GV->setComdat(TheModule.getOrInsertComdat(GV->getName())); | ||||||||
5127 | if (VD->getTLSKind()) | ||||||||
5128 | setTLSMode(GV, *VD); | ||||||||
5129 | llvm::Constant *CV = GV; | ||||||||
5130 | if (AddrSpace != LangAS::Default) | ||||||||
5131 | CV = getTargetCodeGenInfo().performAddrSpaceCast( | ||||||||
5132 | *this, GV, AddrSpace, LangAS::Default, | ||||||||
5133 | Type->getPointerTo( | ||||||||
5134 | getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::Default))); | ||||||||
5135 | MaterializedGlobalTemporaryMap[E] = CV; | ||||||||
5136 | return ConstantAddress(CV, Align); | ||||||||
5137 | } | ||||||||
5138 | |||||||||
5139 | /// EmitObjCPropertyImplementations - Emit information for synthesized | ||||||||
5140 | /// properties for an implementation. | ||||||||
5141 | void CodeGenModule::EmitObjCPropertyImplementations(const | ||||||||
5142 | ObjCImplementationDecl *D) { | ||||||||
5143 | for (const auto *PID : D->property_impls()) { | ||||||||
5144 | // Dynamic is just for type-checking. | ||||||||
5145 | if (PID->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize) { | ||||||||
5146 | ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PID->getPropertyDecl(); | ||||||||
5147 | |||||||||
5148 | // Determine which methods need to be implemented, some may have | ||||||||
5149 | // been overridden. Note that ::isPropertyAccessor is not the method | ||||||||
5150 | // we want, that just indicates if the decl came from a | ||||||||
5151 | // property. What we want to know is if the method is defined in | ||||||||
5152 | // this implementation. | ||||||||
5153 | auto *Getter = PID->getGetterMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
5154 | if (!Getter || Getter->isSynthesizedAccessorStub()) | ||||||||
5155 | CodeGenFunction(*this).GenerateObjCGetter( | ||||||||
5156 | const_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl *>(D), PID); | ||||||||
5157 | auto *Setter = PID->getSetterMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
5158 | if (!PD->isReadOnly() && (!Setter || Setter->isSynthesizedAccessorStub())) | ||||||||
5159 | CodeGenFunction(*this).GenerateObjCSetter( | ||||||||
5160 | const_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl *>(D), PID); | ||||||||
5161 | } | ||||||||
5162 | } | ||||||||
5163 | } | ||||||||
5164 | |||||||||
5165 | static bool needsDestructMethod(ObjCImplementationDecl *impl) { | ||||||||
5166 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface = impl->getClassInterface(); | ||||||||
5167 | for (const ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = iface->all_declared_ivar_begin(); | ||||||||
5168 | ivar; ivar = ivar->getNextIvar()) | ||||||||
5169 | if (ivar->getType().isDestructedType()) | ||||||||
5170 | return true; | ||||||||
5171 | |||||||||
5172 | return false; | ||||||||
5173 | } | ||||||||
5174 | |||||||||
5175 | static bool AllTrivialInitializers(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||||||
5176 | ObjCImplementationDecl *D) { | ||||||||
5177 | CodeGenFunction CGF(CGM); | ||||||||
5178 | for (ObjCImplementationDecl::init_iterator B = D->init_begin(), | ||||||||
5179 | E = D->init_end(); B != E; ++B) { | ||||||||
5180 | CXXCtorInitializer *CtorInitExp = *B; | ||||||||
5181 | Expr *Init = CtorInitExp->getInit(); | ||||||||
5182 | if (!CGF.isTrivialInitializer(Init)) | ||||||||
5183 | return false; | ||||||||
5184 | } | ||||||||
5185 | return true; | ||||||||
5186 | } | ||||||||
5187 | |||||||||
5188 | /// EmitObjCIvarInitializations - Emit information for ivar initialization | ||||||||
5189 | /// for an implementation. | ||||||||
5190 | void CodeGenModule::EmitObjCIvarInitializations(ObjCImplementationDecl *D) { | ||||||||
5191 | // We might need a .cxx_destruct even if we don't have any ivar initializers. | ||||||||
5192 | if (needsDestructMethod(D)) { | ||||||||
5193 | IdentifierInfo *II = &getContext().Idents.get(".cxx_destruct"); | ||||||||
5194 | Selector cxxSelector = getContext().Selectors.getSelector(0, &II); | ||||||||
5195 | ObjCMethodDecl *DTORMethod = ObjCMethodDecl::Create( | ||||||||
5196 | getContext(), D->getLocation(), D->getLocation(), cxxSelector, | ||||||||
5197 | getContext().VoidTy, nullptr, D, | ||||||||
5198 | /*isInstance=*/true, /*isVariadic=*/false, | ||||||||
5199 | /*isPropertyAccessor=*/true, /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false, | ||||||||
5200 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true, | ||||||||
5201 | /*isDefined=*/false, ObjCMethodDecl::Required); | ||||||||
5202 | D->addInstanceMethod(DTORMethod); | ||||||||
5203 | CodeGenFunction(*this).GenerateObjCCtorDtorMethod(D, DTORMethod, false); | ||||||||
5204 | D->setHasDestructors(true); | ||||||||
5205 | } | ||||||||
5206 | |||||||||
5207 | // If the implementation doesn't have any ivar initializers, we don't need | ||||||||
5208 | // a .cxx_construct. | ||||||||
5209 | if (D->getNumIvarInitializers() == 0 || | ||||||||
5210 | AllTrivialInitializers(*this, D)) | ||||||||
5211 | return; | ||||||||
5212 | |||||||||
5213 | IdentifierInfo *II = &getContext().Idents.get(".cxx_construct"); | ||||||||
5214 | Selector cxxSelector = getContext().Selectors.getSelector(0, &II); | ||||||||
5215 | // The constructor returns 'self'. | ||||||||
5216 | ObjCMethodDecl *CTORMethod = ObjCMethodDecl::Create( | ||||||||
5217 | getContext(), D->getLocation(), D->getLocation(), cxxSelector, | ||||||||
5218 | getContext().getObjCIdType(), nullptr, D, /*isInstance=*/true, | ||||||||
5219 | /*isVariadic=*/false, | ||||||||
5220 | /*isPropertyAccessor=*/true, /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false, | ||||||||
5221 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true, | ||||||||
5222 | /*isDefined=*/false, ObjCMethodDecl::Required); | ||||||||
5223 | D->addInstanceMethod(CTORMethod); | ||||||||
5224 | CodeGenFunction(*this).GenerateObjCCtorDtorMethod(D, CTORMethod, true); | ||||||||
5225 | D->setHasNonZeroConstructors(true); | ||||||||
5226 | } | ||||||||
5227 | |||||||||
5228 | // EmitLinkageSpec - Emit all declarations in a linkage spec. | ||||||||
5229 | void CodeGenModule::EmitLinkageSpec(const LinkageSpecDecl *LSD) { | ||||||||
5230 | if (LSD->getLanguage() != LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c && | ||||||||
5231 | LSD->getLanguage() != LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx) { | ||||||||
5232 | ErrorUnsupported(LSD, "linkage spec"); | ||||||||
5233 | return; | ||||||||
5234 | } | ||||||||
5235 | |||||||||
5236 | EmitDeclContext(LSD); | ||||||||
5237 | } | ||||||||
5238 | |||||||||
5239 | void CodeGenModule::EmitDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { | ||||||||
5240 | for (auto *I : DC->decls()) { | ||||||||
5241 | // Unlike other DeclContexts, the contents of an ObjCImplDecl at TU scope | ||||||||
5242 | // are themselves considered "top-level", so EmitTopLevelDecl on an | ||||||||
5243 | // ObjCImplDecl does not recursively visit them. We need to do that in | ||||||||
5244 | // case they're nested inside another construct (LinkageSpecDecl / | ||||||||
5245 | // ExportDecl) that does stop them from being considered "top-level". | ||||||||
5246 | if (auto *OID = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(I)) { | ||||||||
5247 | for (auto *M : OID->methods()) | ||||||||
5248 | EmitTopLevelDecl(M); | ||||||||
5249 | } | ||||||||
5250 | |||||||||
5251 | EmitTopLevelDecl(I); | ||||||||
5252 | } | ||||||||
5253 | } | ||||||||
5254 | |||||||||
5255 | /// EmitTopLevelDecl - Emit code for a single top level declaration. | ||||||||
5256 | void CodeGenModule::EmitTopLevelDecl(Decl *D) { | ||||||||
5257 | // Ignore dependent declarations. | ||||||||
5258 | if (D->isTemplated()) | ||||||||
5259 | return; | ||||||||
5260 | |||||||||
5261 | switch (D->getKind()) { | ||||||||
5262 | case Decl::CXXConversion: | ||||||||
5263 | case Decl::CXXMethod: | ||||||||
5264 | case Decl::Function: | ||||||||
5265 | EmitGlobal(cast<FunctionDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5266 | // Always provide some coverage mapping | ||||||||
5267 | // even for the functions that aren't emitted. | ||||||||
5268 | AddDeferredUnusedCoverageMapping(D); | ||||||||
5269 | break; | ||||||||
5270 | |||||||||
5271 | case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide: | ||||||||
5272 | // Function-like, but does not result in code emission. | ||||||||
5273 | break; | ||||||||
5274 | |||||||||
5275 | case Decl::Var: | ||||||||
5276 | case Decl::Decomposition: | ||||||||
5277 | case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization: | ||||||||
5278 | EmitGlobal(cast<VarDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5279 | if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
5280 | for (auto *B : DD->bindings()) | ||||||||
5281 | if (auto *HD = B->getHoldingVar()) | ||||||||
5282 | EmitGlobal(HD); | ||||||||
5283 | break; | ||||||||
5284 | |||||||||
5285 | // Indirect fields from global anonymous structs and unions can be | ||||||||
5286 | // ignored; only the actual variable requires IR gen support. | ||||||||
5287 | case Decl::IndirectField: | ||||||||
5288 | break; | ||||||||
5289 | |||||||||
5290 | // C++ Decls | ||||||||
5291 | case Decl::Namespace: | ||||||||
5292 | EmitDeclContext(cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5293 | break; | ||||||||
5294 | case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization: { | ||||||||
5295 | const auto *Spec = cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D); | ||||||||
5296 | if (DebugInfo && | ||||||||
5297 | Spec->getSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition && | ||||||||
5298 | Spec->hasDefinition()) | ||||||||
5299 | DebugInfo->completeTemplateDefinition(*Spec); | ||||||||
5300 | } LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
5301 | case Decl::CXXRecord: | ||||||||
5302 | if (DebugInfo) { | ||||||||
5303 | if (auto *ES = D->getASTContext().getExternalSource()) | ||||||||
5304 | if (ES->hasExternalDefinitions(D) == ExternalASTSource::EK_Never) | ||||||||
5305 | DebugInfo->completeUnusedClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(*D)); | ||||||||
5306 | } | ||||||||
5307 | // Emit any static data members, they may be definitions. | ||||||||
5308 | for (auto *I : cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)->decls()) | ||||||||
5309 | if (isa<VarDecl>(I) || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(I)) | ||||||||
5310 | EmitTopLevelDecl(I); | ||||||||
5311 | break; | ||||||||
5312 | // No code generation needed. | ||||||||
5313 | case Decl::UsingShadow: | ||||||||
5314 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: | ||||||||
5315 | case Decl::VarTemplate: | ||||||||
5316 | case Decl::Concept: | ||||||||
5317 | case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization: | ||||||||
5318 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: | ||||||||
5319 | case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate: | ||||||||
5320 | case Decl::Block: | ||||||||
5321 | case Decl::Empty: | ||||||||
5322 | case Decl::Binding: | ||||||||
5323 | break; | ||||||||
5324 | case Decl::Using: // using X; [C++] | ||||||||
5325 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getModuleDebugInfo()) | ||||||||
5326 | DI->EmitUsingDecl(cast<UsingDecl>(*D)); | ||||||||
5327 | return; | ||||||||
5328 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: | ||||||||
5329 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getModuleDebugInfo()) | ||||||||
5330 | DI->EmitNamespaceAlias(cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(*D)); | ||||||||
5331 | return; | ||||||||
5332 | case Decl::UsingDirective: // using namespace X; [C++] | ||||||||
5333 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getModuleDebugInfo()) | ||||||||
5334 | DI->EmitUsingDirective(cast<UsingDirectiveDecl>(*D)); | ||||||||
5335 | return; | ||||||||
5336 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: | ||||||||
5337 | getCXXABI().EmitCXXConstructors(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5338 | break; | ||||||||
5339 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: | ||||||||
5340 | getCXXABI().EmitCXXDestructors(cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5341 | break; | ||||||||
5342 | |||||||||
5343 | case Decl::StaticAssert: | ||||||||
5344 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||||
5345 | break; | ||||||||
5346 | |||||||||
5347 | // Objective-C Decls | ||||||||
5348 | |||||||||
5349 | // Forward declarations, no (immediate) code generation. | ||||||||
5350 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: | ||||||||
5351 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: | ||||||||
5352 | break; | ||||||||
5353 | |||||||||
5354 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: { | ||||||||
5355 | auto *Proto = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D); | ||||||||
5356 | if (Proto->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) | ||||||||
5357 | ObjCRuntime->GenerateProtocol(Proto); | ||||||||
5358 | break; | ||||||||
5359 | } | ||||||||
5360 | |||||||||
5361 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: | ||||||||
5362 | // Categories have properties but don't support synthesize so we | ||||||||
5363 | // can ignore them here. | ||||||||
5364 | ObjCRuntime->GenerateCategory(cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5365 | break; | ||||||||
5366 | |||||||||
5367 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: { | ||||||||
5368 | auto *OMD = cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D); | ||||||||
5369 | EmitObjCPropertyImplementations(OMD); | ||||||||
5370 | EmitObjCIvarInitializations(OMD); | ||||||||
5371 | ObjCRuntime->GenerateClass(OMD); | ||||||||
5372 | // Emit global variable debug information. | ||||||||
5373 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getModuleDebugInfo()) | ||||||||
5374 | if (getCodeGenOpts().getDebugInfo() >= codegenoptions::LimitedDebugInfo) | ||||||||
5375 | DI->getOrCreateInterfaceType(getContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | ||||||||
5376 | OMD->getClassInterface()), OMD->getLocation()); | ||||||||
5377 | break; | ||||||||
5378 | } | ||||||||
5379 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: { | ||||||||
5380 | auto *OMD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | ||||||||
5381 | // If this is not a prototype, emit the body. | ||||||||
5382 | if (OMD->getBody()) | ||||||||
5383 | CodeGenFunction(*this).GenerateObjCMethod(OMD); | ||||||||
5384 | break; | ||||||||
5385 | } | ||||||||
5386 | case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias: | ||||||||
5387 | ObjCRuntime->RegisterAlias(cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5388 | break; | ||||||||
5389 | |||||||||
5390 | case Decl::PragmaComment: { | ||||||||
5391 | const auto *PCD = cast<PragmaCommentDecl>(D); | ||||||||
5392 | switch (PCD->getCommentKind()) { | ||||||||
5393 | case PCK_Unknown: | ||||||||
5394 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected pragma comment kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected pragma comment kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 5394); | ||||||||
5395 | case PCK_Linker: | ||||||||
5396 | AppendLinkerOptions(PCD->getArg()); | ||||||||
5397 | break; | ||||||||
5398 | case PCK_Lib: | ||||||||
5399 | AddDependentLib(PCD->getArg()); | ||||||||
5400 | break; | ||||||||
5401 | case PCK_Compiler: | ||||||||
5402 | case PCK_ExeStr: | ||||||||
5403 | case PCK_User: | ||||||||
5404 | break; // We ignore all of these. | ||||||||
5405 | } | ||||||||
5406 | break; | ||||||||
5407 | } | ||||||||
5408 | |||||||||
5409 | case Decl::PragmaDetectMismatch: { | ||||||||
5410 | const auto *PDMD = cast<PragmaDetectMismatchDecl>(D); | ||||||||
5411 | AddDetectMismatch(PDMD->getName(), PDMD->getValue()); | ||||||||
5412 | break; | ||||||||
5413 | } | ||||||||
5414 | |||||||||
5415 | case Decl::LinkageSpec: | ||||||||
5416 | EmitLinkageSpec(cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5417 | break; | ||||||||
5418 | |||||||||
5419 | case Decl::FileScopeAsm: { | ||||||||
5420 | // File-scope asm is ignored during device-side CUDA compilation. | ||||||||
5421 | if (LangOpts.CUDA && LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice) | ||||||||
5422 | break; | ||||||||
5423 | // File-scope asm is ignored during device-side OpenMP compilation. | ||||||||
5424 | if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) | ||||||||
5425 | break; | ||||||||
5426 | auto *AD = cast<FileScopeAsmDecl>(D); | ||||||||
5427 | getModule().appendModuleInlineAsm(AD->getAsmString()->getString()); | ||||||||
5428 | break; | ||||||||
5429 | } | ||||||||
5430 | |||||||||
5431 | case Decl::Import: { | ||||||||
5432 | auto *Import = cast<ImportDecl>(D); | ||||||||
5433 | |||||||||
5434 | // If we've already imported this module, we're done. | ||||||||
5435 | if (!ImportedModules.insert(Import->getImportedModule())) | ||||||||
5436 | break; | ||||||||
5437 | |||||||||
5438 | // Emit debug information for direct imports. | ||||||||
5439 | if (!Import->getImportedOwningModule()) { | ||||||||
5440 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getModuleDebugInfo()) | ||||||||
5441 | DI->EmitImportDecl(*Import); | ||||||||
5442 | } | ||||||||
5443 | |||||||||
5444 | // Find all of the submodules and emit the module initializers. | ||||||||
5445 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<clang::Module *, 16> Visited; | ||||||||
5446 | SmallVector<clang::Module *, 16> Stack; | ||||||||
5447 | Visited.insert(Import->getImportedModule()); | ||||||||
5448 | Stack.push_back(Import->getImportedModule()); | ||||||||
5449 | |||||||||
5450 | while (!Stack.empty()) { | ||||||||
5451 | clang::Module *Mod = Stack.pop_back_val(); | ||||||||
5452 | if (!EmittedModuleInitializers.insert(Mod).second) | ||||||||
5453 | continue; | ||||||||
5454 | |||||||||
5455 | for (auto *D : Context.getModuleInitializers(Mod)) | ||||||||
5456 | EmitTopLevelDecl(D); | ||||||||
5457 | |||||||||
5458 | // Visit the submodules of this module. | ||||||||
5459 | for (clang::Module::submodule_iterator Sub = Mod->submodule_begin(), | ||||||||
5460 | SubEnd = Mod->submodule_end(); | ||||||||
5461 | Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) { | ||||||||
5462 | // Skip explicit children; they need to be explicitly imported to emit | ||||||||
5463 | // the initializers. | ||||||||
5464 | if ((*Sub)->IsExplicit) | ||||||||
5465 | continue; | ||||||||
5466 | |||||||||
5467 | if (Visited.insert(*Sub).second) | ||||||||
5468 | Stack.push_back(*Sub); | ||||||||
5469 | } | ||||||||
5470 | } | ||||||||
5471 | break; | ||||||||
5472 | } | ||||||||
5473 | |||||||||
5474 | case Decl::Export: | ||||||||
5475 | EmitDeclContext(cast<ExportDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5476 | break; | ||||||||
5477 | |||||||||
5478 | case Decl::OMPThreadPrivate: | ||||||||
5479 | EmitOMPThreadPrivateDecl(cast<OMPThreadPrivateDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5480 | break; | ||||||||
5481 | |||||||||
5482 | case Decl::OMPAllocate: | ||||||||
5483 | break; | ||||||||
5484 | |||||||||
5485 | case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction: | ||||||||
5486 | EmitOMPDeclareReduction(cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5487 | break; | ||||||||
5488 | |||||||||
5489 | case Decl::OMPDeclareMapper: | ||||||||
5490 | EmitOMPDeclareMapper(cast<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5491 | break; | ||||||||
5492 | |||||||||
5493 | case Decl::OMPRequires: | ||||||||
5494 | EmitOMPRequiresDecl(cast<OMPRequiresDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5495 | break; | ||||||||
5496 | |||||||||
5497 | default: | ||||||||
5498 | // Make sure we handled everything we should, every other kind is a | ||||||||
5499 | // non-top-level decl. FIXME: Would be nice to have an isTopLevelDeclKind | ||||||||
5500 | // function. Need to recode Decl::Kind to do that easily. | ||||||||
5501 | assert(isa<TypeDecl>(D) && "Unsupported decl kind")((isa<TypeDecl>(D) && "Unsupported decl kind") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TypeDecl>(D) && \"Unsupported decl kind\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 5501, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5502 | break; | ||||||||
5503 | } | ||||||||
5504 | } | ||||||||
5505 | |||||||||
5506 | void CodeGenModule::AddDeferredUnusedCoverageMapping(Decl *D) { | ||||||||
5507 | // Do we need to generate coverage mapping? | ||||||||
5508 | if (!CodeGenOpts.CoverageMapping) | ||||||||
5509 | return; | ||||||||
5510 | switch (D->getKind()) { | ||||||||
5511 | case Decl::CXXConversion: | ||||||||
5512 | case Decl::CXXMethod: | ||||||||
5513 | case Decl::Function: | ||||||||
5514 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: | ||||||||
5515 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: | ||||||||
5516 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: { | ||||||||
5517 | if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) | ||||||||
5518 | return; | ||||||||
5519 | SourceManager &SM = getContext().getSourceManager(); | ||||||||
5520 | if (LimitedCoverage && SM.getMainFileID() != SM.getFileID(D->getBeginLoc())) | ||||||||
5521 | return; | ||||||||
5522 | auto I = DeferredEmptyCoverageMappingDecls.find(D); | ||||||||
5523 | if (I == DeferredEmptyCoverageMappingDecls.end()) | ||||||||
5524 | DeferredEmptyCoverageMappingDecls[D] = true; | ||||||||
5525 | break; | ||||||||
5526 | } | ||||||||
5527 | default: | ||||||||
5528 | break; | ||||||||
5529 | }; | ||||||||
5530 | } | ||||||||
5531 | |||||||||
5532 | void CodeGenModule::ClearUnusedCoverageMapping(const Decl *D) { | ||||||||
5533 | // Do we need to generate coverage mapping? | ||||||||
5534 | if (!CodeGenOpts.CoverageMapping) | ||||||||
5535 | return; | ||||||||
5536 | if (const auto *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
5537 | if (Fn->isTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||||||
5538 | ClearUnusedCoverageMapping(Fn->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()); | ||||||||
5539 | } | ||||||||
5540 | auto I = DeferredEmptyCoverageMappingDecls.find(D); | ||||||||
5541 | if (I == DeferredEmptyCoverageMappingDecls.end()) | ||||||||
5542 | DeferredEmptyCoverageMappingDecls[D] = false; | ||||||||
5543 | else | ||||||||
5544 | I->second = false; | ||||||||
5545 | } | ||||||||
5546 | |||||||||
5547 | void CodeGenModule::EmitDeferredUnusedCoverageMappings() { | ||||||||
5548 | // We call takeVector() here to avoid use-after-free. | ||||||||
5549 | // FIXME: DeferredEmptyCoverageMappingDecls is getting mutated because | ||||||||
5550 | // we deserialize function bodies to emit coverage info for them, and that | ||||||||
5551 | // deserializes more declarations. How should we handle that case? | ||||||||
5552 | for (const auto &Entry : DeferredEmptyCoverageMappingDecls.takeVector()) { | ||||||||
5553 | if (!Entry.second) | ||||||||
5554 | continue; | ||||||||
5555 | const Decl *D = Entry.first; | ||||||||
5556 | switch (D->getKind()) { | ||||||||
5557 | case Decl::CXXConversion: | ||||||||
5558 | case Decl::CXXMethod: | ||||||||
5559 | case Decl::Function: | ||||||||
5560 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: { | ||||||||
5561 | CodeGenPGO PGO(*this); | ||||||||
5562 | GlobalDecl GD(cast<FunctionDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5563 | PGO.emitEmptyCounterMapping(D, getMangledName(GD), | ||||||||
5564 | getFunctionLinkage(GD)); | ||||||||
5565 | break; | ||||||||
5566 | } | ||||||||
5567 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: { | ||||||||
5568 | CodeGenPGO PGO(*this); | ||||||||
5569 | GlobalDecl GD(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D), Ctor_Base); | ||||||||
5570 | PGO.emitEmptyCounterMapping(D, getMangledName(GD), | ||||||||
5571 | getFunctionLinkage(GD)); | ||||||||
5572 | break; | ||||||||
5573 | } | ||||||||
5574 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: { | ||||||||
5575 | CodeGenPGO PGO(*this); | ||||||||
5576 | GlobalDecl GD(cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D), Dtor_Base); | ||||||||
5577 | PGO.emitEmptyCounterMapping(D, getMangledName(GD), | ||||||||
5578 | getFunctionLinkage(GD)); | ||||||||
5579 | break; | ||||||||
5580 | } | ||||||||
5581 | default: | ||||||||
5582 | break; | ||||||||
5583 | }; | ||||||||
5584 | } | ||||||||
5585 | } | ||||||||
5586 | |||||||||
5587 | /// Turns the given pointer into a constant. | ||||||||
5588 | static llvm::Constant *GetPointerConstant(llvm::LLVMContext &Context, | ||||||||
5589 | const void *Ptr) { | ||||||||
5590 | uintptr_t PtrInt = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Ptr); | ||||||||
5591 | llvm::Type *i64 = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context); | ||||||||
5592 | return llvm::ConstantInt::get(i64, PtrInt); | ||||||||
5593 | } | ||||||||
5594 | |||||||||
5595 | static void EmitGlobalDeclMetadata(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||||||
5596 | llvm::NamedMDNode *&GlobalMetadata, | ||||||||
5597 | GlobalDecl D, | ||||||||
5598 | llvm::GlobalValue *Addr) { | ||||||||
5599 | if (!GlobalMetadata) | ||||||||
5600 | GlobalMetadata = | ||||||||
5601 | CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("clang.global.decl.ptrs"); | ||||||||
5602 | |||||||||
5603 | // TODO: should we report variant information for ctors/dtors? | ||||||||
5604 | llvm::Metadata *Ops[] = {llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Addr), | ||||||||
5605 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GetPointerConstant( | ||||||||
5606 | CGM.getLLVMContext(), D.getDecl()))}; | ||||||||
5607 | GlobalMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), Ops)); | ||||||||
5608 | } | ||||||||
5609 | |||||||||
5610 | /// For each function which is declared within an extern "C" region and marked | ||||||||
5611 | /// as 'used', but has internal linkage, create an alias from the unmangled | ||||||||
5612 | /// name to the mangled name if possible. People expect to be able to refer | ||||||||
5613 | /// to such functions with an unmangled name from inline assembly within the | ||||||||
5614 | /// same translation unit. | ||||||||
5615 | void CodeGenModule::EmitStaticExternCAliases() { | ||||||||
5616 | if (!getTargetCodeGenInfo().shouldEmitStaticExternCAliases()) | ||||||||
5617 | return; | ||||||||
5618 | for (auto &I : StaticExternCValues) { | ||||||||
5619 | IdentifierInfo *Name = I.first; | ||||||||
5620 | llvm::GlobalValue *Val = I.second; | ||||||||
5621 | if (Val && !getModule().getNamedValue(Name->getName())) | ||||||||
5622 | addUsedGlobal(llvm::GlobalAlias::create(Name->getName(), Val)); | ||||||||
5623 | } | ||||||||
5624 | } | ||||||||
5625 | |||||||||
5626 | bool CodeGenModule::lookupRepresentativeDecl(StringRef MangledName, | ||||||||
5627 | GlobalDecl &Result) const { | ||||||||
5628 | auto Res = Manglings.find(MangledName); | ||||||||
5629 | if (Res == Manglings.end()) | ||||||||
5630 | return false; | ||||||||
5631 | Result = Res->getValue(); | ||||||||
5632 | return true; | ||||||||
5633 | } | ||||||||
5634 | |||||||||
5635 | /// Emits metadata nodes associating all the global values in the | ||||||||
5636 | /// current module with the Decls they came from. This is useful for | ||||||||
5637 | /// projects using IR gen as a subroutine. | ||||||||
5638 | /// | ||||||||
5639 | /// Since there's currently no way to associate an MDNode directly | ||||||||
5640 | /// with an llvm::GlobalValue, we create a global named metadata | ||||||||
5641 | /// with the name 'clang.global.decl.ptrs'. | ||||||||
5642 | void CodeGenModule::EmitDeclMetadata() { | ||||||||
5643 | llvm::NamedMDNode *GlobalMetadata = nullptr; | ||||||||
5644 | |||||||||
5645 | for (auto &I : MangledDeclNames) { | ||||||||
5646 | llvm::GlobalValue *Addr = getModule().getNamedValue(I.second); | ||||||||
5647 | // Some mangled names don't necessarily have an associated GlobalValue | ||||||||
5648 | // in this module, e.g. if we mangled it for DebugInfo. | ||||||||
5649 | if (Addr) | ||||||||
5650 | EmitGlobalDeclMetadata(*this, GlobalMetadata, I.first, Addr); | ||||||||
5651 | } | ||||||||
5652 | } | ||||||||
5653 | |||||||||
5654 | /// Emits metadata nodes for all the local variables in the current | ||||||||
5655 | /// function. | ||||||||
5656 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitDeclMetadata() { | ||||||||
5657 | if (LocalDeclMap.empty()) return; | ||||||||
5658 | |||||||||
5659 | llvm::LLVMContext &Context = getLLVMContext(); | ||||||||
5660 | |||||||||
5661 | // Find the unique metadata ID for this name. | ||||||||
5662 | unsigned DeclPtrKind = Context.getMDKindID("clang.decl.ptr"); | ||||||||
5663 | |||||||||
5664 | llvm::NamedMDNode *GlobalMetadata = nullptr; | ||||||||
5665 | |||||||||
5666 | for (auto &I : LocalDeclMap) { | ||||||||
5667 | const Decl *D = I.first; | ||||||||
5668 | llvm::Value *Addr = I.second.getPointer(); | ||||||||
5669 | if (auto *Alloca = dyn_cast<llvm::AllocaInst>(Addr)) { | ||||||||
5670 | llvm::Value *DAddr = GetPointerConstant(getLLVMContext(), D); | ||||||||
5671 | Alloca->setMetadata( | ||||||||
5672 | DeclPtrKind, llvm::MDNode::get( | ||||||||
5673 | Context, llvm::ValueAsMetadata::getConstant(DAddr))); | ||||||||
5674 | } else if (auto *GV = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(Addr)) { | ||||||||
5675 | GlobalDecl GD = GlobalDecl(cast<VarDecl>(D)); | ||||||||
5676 | EmitGlobalDeclMetadata(CGM, GlobalMetadata, GD, GV); | ||||||||
5677 | } | ||||||||
5678 | } | ||||||||
5679 | } | ||||||||
5680 | |||||||||
5681 | void CodeGenModule::EmitVersionIdentMetadata() { | ||||||||
5682 | llvm::NamedMDNode *IdentMetadata = | ||||||||
5683 | TheModule.getOrInsertNamedMetadata("llvm.ident"); | ||||||||
5684 | std::string Version = getClangFullVersion(); | ||||||||
5685 | llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = TheModule.getContext(); | ||||||||
5686 | |||||||||
5687 | llvm::Metadata *IdentNode[] = {llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Version)}; | ||||||||
5688 | IdentMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, IdentNode)); | ||||||||
5689 | } | ||||||||
5690 | |||||||||
5691 | void CodeGenModule::EmitCommandLineMetadata() { | ||||||||
5692 | llvm::NamedMDNode *CommandLineMetadata = | ||||||||
5693 | TheModule.getOrInsertNamedMetadata("llvm.commandline"); | ||||||||
5694 | std::string CommandLine = getCodeGenOpts().RecordCommandLine; | ||||||||
5695 | llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = TheModule.getContext(); | ||||||||
5696 | |||||||||
5697 | llvm::Metadata *CommandLineNode[] = {llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, CommandLine)}; | ||||||||
5698 | CommandLineMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, CommandLineNode)); | ||||||||
5699 | } | ||||||||
5700 | |||||||||
5701 | void CodeGenModule::EmitTargetMetadata() { | ||||||||
5702 | // Warning, new MangledDeclNames may be appended within this loop. | ||||||||
5703 | // We rely on MapVector insertions adding new elements to the end | ||||||||
5704 | // of the container. | ||||||||
5705 | // FIXME: Move this loop into the one target that needs it, and only | ||||||||
5706 | // loop over those declarations for which we couldn't emit the target | ||||||||
5707 | // metadata when we emitted the declaration. | ||||||||
5708 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != MangledDeclNames.size(); ++I) { | ||||||||
5709 | auto Val = *(MangledDeclNames.begin() + I); | ||||||||
5710 | const Decl *D = Val.first.getDecl()->getMostRecentDecl(); | ||||||||
5711 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV = GetGlobalValue(Val.second); | ||||||||
5712 | getTargetCodeGenInfo().emitTargetMD(D, GV, *this); | ||||||||
5713 | } | ||||||||
5714 | } | ||||||||
5715 | |||||||||
5716 | void CodeGenModule::EmitCoverageFile() { | ||||||||
5717 | if (getCodeGenOpts().CoverageDataFile.empty() && | ||||||||
5718 | getCodeGenOpts().CoverageNotesFile.empty()) | ||||||||
5719 | return; | ||||||||
5720 | |||||||||
5721 | llvm::NamedMDNode *CUNode = TheModule.getNamedMetadata("llvm.dbg.cu"); | ||||||||
5722 | if (!CUNode) | ||||||||
5723 | return; | ||||||||
5724 | |||||||||
5725 | llvm::NamedMDNode *GCov = TheModule.getOrInsertNamedMetadata("llvm.gcov"); | ||||||||
5726 | llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = TheModule.getContext(); | ||||||||
5727 | auto *CoverageDataFile = | ||||||||
5728 | llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, getCodeGenOpts().CoverageDataFile); | ||||||||
5729 | auto *CoverageNotesFile = | ||||||||
5730 | llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, getCodeGenOpts().CoverageNotesFile); | ||||||||
5731 | for (int i = 0, e = CUNode->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
5732 | llvm::MDNode *CU = CUNode->getOperand(i); | ||||||||
5733 | llvm::Metadata *Elts[] = {CoverageNotesFile, CoverageDataFile, CU}; | ||||||||
5734 | GCov->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, Elts)); | ||||||||
5735 | } | ||||||||
5736 | } | ||||||||
5737 | |||||||||
5738 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::EmitUuidofInitializer(StringRef Uuid) { | ||||||||
5739 | // Sema has checked that all uuid strings are of the form | ||||||||
5740 | // "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890ab". | ||||||||
5741 | assert(Uuid.size() == 36)((Uuid.size() == 36) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Uuid.size() == 36", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 5741, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5742 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 36; ++i) { | ||||||||
5743 | if (i == 8 || i == 13 || i == 18 || i == 23) assert(Uuid[i] == '-')((Uuid[i] == '-') ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Uuid[i] == '-'", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 5743, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5744 | else assert(isHexDigit(Uuid[i]))((isHexDigit(Uuid[i])) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isHexDigit(Uuid[i])", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 5744, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5745 | } | ||||||||
5746 | |||||||||
5747 | // The starts of all bytes of Field3 in Uuid. Field 3 is "1234-1234567890ab". | ||||||||
5748 | const unsigned Field3ValueOffsets[8] = { 19, 21, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34 }; | ||||||||
5749 | |||||||||
5750 | llvm::Constant *Field3[8]; | ||||||||
5751 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < 8; ++Idx) | ||||||||
5752 | Field3[Idx] = llvm::ConstantInt::get( | ||||||||
5753 | Int8Ty, Uuid.substr(Field3ValueOffsets[Idx], 2), 16); | ||||||||
5754 | |||||||||
5755 | llvm::Constant *Fields[4] = { | ||||||||
5756 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, Uuid.substr(0, 8), 16), | ||||||||
5757 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int16Ty, Uuid.substr(9, 4), 16), | ||||||||
5758 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int16Ty, Uuid.substr(14, 4), 16), | ||||||||
5759 | llvm::ConstantArray::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(Int8Ty, 8), Field3) | ||||||||
5760 | }; | ||||||||
5761 | |||||||||
5762 | return llvm::ConstantStruct::getAnon(Fields); | ||||||||
5763 | } | ||||||||
5764 | |||||||||
5765 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfRTTIDescriptor(QualType Ty, | ||||||||
5766 | bool ForEH) { | ||||||||
5767 | // Return a bogus pointer if RTTI is disabled, unless it's for EH. | ||||||||
5768 | // FIXME: should we even be calling this method if RTTI is disabled | ||||||||
5769 | // and it's not for EH? | ||||||||
5770 | if ((!ForEH && !getLangOpts().RTTI) || getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) | ||||||||
5771 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(Int8PtrTy); | ||||||||
5772 | |||||||||
5773 | if (ForEH && Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||
5774 | LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) | ||||||||
5775 | return ObjCRuntime->GetEHType(Ty); | ||||||||
5776 | |||||||||
5777 | return getCXXABI().getAddrOfRTTIDescriptor(Ty); | ||||||||
5778 | } | ||||||||
5779 | |||||||||
5780 | void CodeGenModule::EmitOMPThreadPrivateDecl(const OMPThreadPrivateDecl *D) { | ||||||||
5781 | // Do not emit threadprivates in simd-only mode. | ||||||||
5782 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPSimd) | ||||||||
5783 | return; | ||||||||
5784 | for (auto RefExpr : D->varlists()) { | ||||||||
5785 | auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(cast<DeclRefExpr>(RefExpr)->getDecl()); | ||||||||
5786 | bool PerformInit = | ||||||||
5787 | VD->getAnyInitializer() && | ||||||||
5788 | !VD->getAnyInitializer()->isConstantInitializer(getContext(), | ||||||||
5789 | /*ForRef=*/false); | ||||||||
5790 | |||||||||
5791 | Address Addr(GetAddrOfGlobalVar(VD), getContext().getDeclAlign(VD)); | ||||||||
5792 | if (auto InitFunction = getOpenMPRuntime().emitThreadPrivateVarDefinition( | ||||||||
5793 | VD, Addr, RefExpr->getBeginLoc(), PerformInit)) | ||||||||
5794 | CXXGlobalInits.push_back(InitFunction); | ||||||||
5795 | } | ||||||||
5796 | } | ||||||||
5797 | |||||||||
5798 | llvm::Metadata * | ||||||||
5799 | CodeGenModule::CreateMetadataIdentifierImpl(QualType T, MetadataTypeMap &Map, | ||||||||
5800 | StringRef Suffix) { | ||||||||
5801 | llvm::Metadata *&InternalId = Map[T.getCanonicalType()]; | ||||||||
5802 | if (InternalId) | ||||||||
5803 | return InternalId; | ||||||||
5804 | |||||||||
5805 | if (isExternallyVisible(T->getLinkage())) { | ||||||||
5806 | std::string OutName; | ||||||||
5807 | llvm::raw_string_ostream Out(OutName); | ||||||||
5808 | getCXXABI().getMangleContext().mangleTypeName(T, Out); | ||||||||
5809 | Out << Suffix; | ||||||||
5810 | |||||||||
5811 | InternalId = llvm::MDString::get(getLLVMContext(), Out.str()); | ||||||||
5812 | } else { | ||||||||
5813 | InternalId = llvm::MDNode::getDistinct(getLLVMContext(), | ||||||||
5814 | llvm::ArrayRef<llvm::Metadata *>()); | ||||||||
5815 | } | ||||||||
5816 | |||||||||
5817 | return InternalId; | ||||||||
5818 | } | ||||||||
5819 | |||||||||
5820 | llvm::Metadata *CodeGenModule::CreateMetadataIdentifierForType(QualType T) { | ||||||||
5821 | return CreateMetadataIdentifierImpl(T, MetadataIdMap, ""); | ||||||||
5822 | } | ||||||||
5823 | |||||||||
5824 | llvm::Metadata * | ||||||||
5825 | CodeGenModule::CreateMetadataIdentifierForVirtualMemPtrType(QualType T) { | ||||||||
5826 | return CreateMetadataIdentifierImpl(T, VirtualMetadataIdMap, ".virtual"); | ||||||||
5827 | } | ||||||||
5828 | |||||||||
5829 | // Generalize pointer types to a void pointer with the qualifiers of the | ||||||||
5830 | // originally pointed-to type, e.g. 'const char *' and 'char * const *' | ||||||||
5831 | // generalize to 'const void *' while 'char *' and 'const char **' generalize to | ||||||||
5832 | // 'void *'. | ||||||||
5833 | static QualType GeneralizeType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType Ty) { | ||||||||
5834 | if (!Ty->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
5835 | return Ty; | ||||||||
5836 | |||||||||
5837 | return Ctx.getPointerType( | ||||||||
5838 | QualType(Ctx.VoidTy).withCVRQualifiers( | ||||||||
5839 | Ty->getPointeeType().getCVRQualifiers())); | ||||||||
5840 | } | ||||||||
5841 | |||||||||
5842 | // Apply type generalization to a FunctionType's return and argument types | ||||||||
5843 | static QualType GeneralizeFunctionType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType Ty) { | ||||||||
5844 | if (auto *FnType = Ty->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||||
5845 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> GeneralizedParams; | ||||||||
5846 | for (auto &Param : FnType->param_types()) | ||||||||
5847 | GeneralizedParams.push_back(GeneralizeType(Ctx, Param)); | ||||||||
5848 | |||||||||
5849 | return Ctx.getFunctionType( | ||||||||
5850 | GeneralizeType(Ctx, FnType->getReturnType()), | ||||||||
5851 | GeneralizedParams, FnType->getExtProtoInfo()); | ||||||||
5852 | } | ||||||||
5853 | |||||||||
5854 | if (auto *FnType = Ty->getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>()) | ||||||||
5855 | return Ctx.getFunctionNoProtoType( | ||||||||
5856 | GeneralizeType(Ctx, FnType->getReturnType())); | ||||||||
5857 | |||||||||
5858 | llvm_unreachable("Encountered unknown FunctionType")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Encountered unknown FunctionType" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp" , 5858); | ||||||||
5859 | } | ||||||||
5860 | |||||||||
5861 | llvm::Metadata *CodeGenModule::CreateMetadataIdentifierGeneralized(QualType T) { | ||||||||
5862 | return CreateMetadataIdentifierImpl(GeneralizeFunctionType(getContext(), T), | ||||||||
5863 | GeneralizedMetadataIdMap, ".generalized"); | ||||||||
5864 | } | ||||||||
5865 | |||||||||
5866 | /// Returns whether this module needs the "all-vtables" type identifier. | ||||||||
5867 | bool CodeGenModule::NeedAllVtablesTypeId() const { | ||||||||
5868 | // Returns true if at least one of vtable-based CFI checkers is enabled and | ||||||||
5869 | // is not in the trapping mode. | ||||||||
5870 | return ((LangOpts.Sanitize.has(SanitizerKind::CFIVCall) && | ||||||||
5871 | !CodeGenOpts.SanitizeTrap.has(SanitizerKind::CFIVCall)) || | ||||||||
5872 | (LangOpts.Sanitize.has(SanitizerKind::CFINVCall) && | ||||||||
5873 | !CodeGenOpts.SanitizeTrap.has(SanitizerKind::CFINVCall)) || | ||||||||
5874 | (LangOpts.Sanitize.has(SanitizerKind::CFIDerivedCast) && | ||||||||
5875 | !CodeGenOpts.SanitizeTrap.has(SanitizerKind::CFIDerivedCast)) || | ||||||||
5876 | (LangOpts.Sanitize.has(SanitizerKind::CFIUnrelatedCast) && | ||||||||
5877 | !CodeGenOpts.SanitizeTrap.has(SanitizerKind::CFIUnrelatedCast))); | ||||||||
5878 | } | ||||||||
5879 | |||||||||
5880 | void CodeGenModule::AddVTableTypeMetadata(llvm::GlobalVariable *VTable, | ||||||||
5881 | CharUnits Offset, | ||||||||
5882 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { | ||||||||
5883 | llvm::Metadata *MD = | ||||||||
5884 | CreateMetadataIdentifierForType(QualType(RD->getTypeForDecl(), 0)); | ||||||||
5885 | VTable->addTypeMetadata(Offset.getQuantity(), MD); | ||||||||
5886 | |||||||||
5887 | if (CodeGenOpts.SanitizeCfiCrossDso) | ||||||||
5888 | if (auto CrossDsoTypeId = CreateCrossDsoCfiTypeId(MD)) | ||||||||
5889 | VTable->addTypeMetadata(Offset.getQuantity(), | ||||||||
5890 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(CrossDsoTypeId)); | ||||||||
5891 | |||||||||
5892 | if (NeedAllVtablesTypeId()) { | ||||||||
5893 | llvm::Metadata *MD = llvm::MDString::get(getLLVMContext(), "all-vtables"); | ||||||||
5894 | VTable->addTypeMetadata(Offset.getQuantity(), MD); | ||||||||
5895 | } | ||||||||
5896 | } | ||||||||
5897 | |||||||||
5898 | llvm::SanitizerStatReport &CodeGenModule::getSanStats() { | ||||||||
5899 | if (!SanStats) | ||||||||
5900 | SanStats = std::make_unique<llvm::SanitizerStatReport>(&getModule()); | ||||||||
5901 | |||||||||
5902 | return *SanStats; | ||||||||
5903 | } | ||||||||
5904 | llvm::Value * | ||||||||
5905 | CodeGenModule::createOpenCLIntToSamplerConversion(const Expr *E, | ||||||||
5906 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) { | ||||||||
5907 | llvm::Constant *C = ConstantEmitter(CGF).emitAbstract(E, E->getType()); | ||||||||
5908 | auto SamplerT = getOpenCLRuntime().getSamplerType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
5909 | auto FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(SamplerT, {C->getType()}, false); | ||||||||
5910 | return CGF.Builder.CreateCall(CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, | ||||||||
5911 | "__translate_sampler_initializer"), | ||||||||
5912 | {C}); | ||||||||
5913 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include <cassert> |
50 | #include <cstddef> |
51 | #include <cstdint> |
52 | #include <cstring> |
53 | #include <string> |
54 | #include <type_traits> |
55 | #include <utility> |
56 | |
57 | namespace clang { |
58 | |
59 | class ExtQuals; |
60 | class QualType; |
61 | class TagDecl; |
62 | class Type; |
63 | |
64 | enum { |
65 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
66 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
67 | }; |
68 | |
69 | namespace serialization { |
70 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
71 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
72 | } |
73 | |
74 | } // namespace clang |
75 | |
76 | namespace llvm { |
77 | |
78 | template <typename T> |
79 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
80 | template<> |
81 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
82 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
83 | |
84 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
85 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
86 | } |
87 | |
88 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
89 | }; |
90 | |
91 | template<> |
92 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
93 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
94 | |
95 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
96 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
97 | } |
98 | |
99 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
100 | }; |
101 | |
102 | } // namespace llvm |
103 | |
104 | namespace clang { |
105 | |
106 | class ASTContext; |
107 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
108 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
109 | class DeclContext; |
110 | class EnumDecl; |
111 | class Expr; |
112 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
113 | class FunctionDecl; |
114 | class IdentifierInfo; |
115 | class NamedDecl; |
116 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
117 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
118 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
119 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
120 | class RecordDecl; |
121 | class Stmt; |
122 | class TagDecl; |
123 | class TemplateArgument; |
124 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
125 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
126 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
127 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
128 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
129 | |
130 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
131 | |
132 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
133 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
134 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
135 | |
136 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
137 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
138 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
139 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
140 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
141 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
142 | class Qualifiers { |
143 | public: |
144 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
145 | Const = 0x1, |
146 | Restrict = 0x2, |
147 | Volatile = 0x4, |
148 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
149 | }; |
150 | |
151 | enum GC { |
152 | GCNone = 0, |
153 | Weak, |
154 | Strong |
155 | }; |
156 | |
157 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
158 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
159 | OCL_None, |
160 | |
161 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
162 | /// releases. |
163 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
164 | |
165 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
166 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
167 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
168 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
169 | /// live. |
170 | OCL_Strong, |
171 | |
172 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
173 | OCL_Weak, |
174 | |
175 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
176 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
177 | }; |
178 | |
179 | enum { |
180 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
181 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
182 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
183 | |
184 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
185 | FastWidth = 3, |
186 | |
187 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
188 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
189 | }; |
190 | |
191 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
192 | /// the given sets. |
193 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
194 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
195 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
196 | Qualifiers Q; |
197 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
198 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
199 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
200 | return Q; |
201 | } |
202 | |
203 | Qualifiers Q; |
204 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
205 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
206 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
207 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
208 | |
209 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
210 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
211 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
212 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
213 | } |
214 | |
215 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
216 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
217 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
218 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
219 | } |
220 | |
221 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
222 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
223 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
224 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
225 | } |
226 | return Q; |
227 | } |
228 | |
229 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
230 | Qualifiers Qs; |
231 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
232 | return Qs; |
233 | } |
234 | |
235 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
236 | Qualifiers Qs; |
237 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
238 | return Qs; |
239 | } |
240 | |
241 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
242 | Qualifiers Qs; |
243 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
244 | return Qs; |
245 | } |
246 | |
247 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
248 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
249 | Qualifiers Qs; |
250 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
251 | return Qs; |
252 | } |
253 | |
254 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
255 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
256 | return Mask; |
257 | } |
258 | |
259 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
260 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
261 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
262 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
263 | |
264 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
265 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
266 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
267 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
268 | |
269 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
270 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
271 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
272 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
273 | |
274 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
275 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
276 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
277 | |
278 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
279 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
280 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
281 | } |
282 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
283 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
284 | Mask &= ~mask; |
285 | } |
286 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
287 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
288 | } |
289 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
290 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 290, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
291 | Mask |= mask; |
292 | } |
293 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
294 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 294, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
295 | Mask |= mask; |
296 | } |
297 | |
298 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
299 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
300 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
301 | } |
302 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
303 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
304 | |
305 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
306 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
307 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
308 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
309 | } |
310 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
311 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
312 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 312, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
313 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
314 | } |
315 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
316 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
317 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
318 | return qs; |
319 | } |
320 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
321 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
322 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
323 | return qs; |
324 | } |
325 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
326 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
327 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
328 | return qs; |
329 | } |
330 | |
331 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
332 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
333 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
334 | } |
335 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
336 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
337 | } |
338 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
339 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
340 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 340, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
341 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 341, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
342 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
343 | } |
344 | |
345 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
346 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
347 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
348 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
349 | } |
350 | |
351 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
352 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
353 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
354 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
355 | } |
356 | |
357 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
358 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
359 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
360 | } |
361 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
362 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
363 | } |
364 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
365 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
366 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
367 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
368 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
369 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
370 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 370, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
371 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
372 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
373 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
374 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
375 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
376 | return 0; |
377 | } |
378 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
379 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 379, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
380 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
381 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
382 | } |
383 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
384 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
385 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 385, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
386 | setAddressSpace(space); |
387 | } |
388 | |
389 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
390 | // on a QualType object. |
391 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
392 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
393 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
394 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
395 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
396 | } |
397 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
398 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
399 | Mask &= ~mask; |
400 | } |
401 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
402 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
403 | } |
404 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
405 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 405, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
406 | Mask |= mask; |
407 | } |
408 | |
409 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
410 | /// node to be allocated. |
411 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
412 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
413 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
414 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
415 | return Quals; |
416 | } |
417 | |
418 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
419 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
420 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
421 | |
422 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
423 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
424 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
425 | // bit-or it in. |
426 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
427 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
428 | else { |
429 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
430 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
431 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
432 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
433 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
434 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
435 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
436 | } |
437 | } |
438 | |
439 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
440 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
441 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
442 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
443 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
444 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
445 | else { |
446 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
447 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
448 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
449 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
450 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
451 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
452 | removeAddressSpace(); |
453 | } |
454 | } |
455 | |
456 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
457 | /// they don't conflict. |
458 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
459 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
460 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
461 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
462 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
463 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
464 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
465 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
466 | } |
467 | |
468 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
469 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
470 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
471 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
472 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
473 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
474 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
475 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
476 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
477 | return A == B || |
478 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
479 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
480 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
481 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
482 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
483 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)); |
484 | } |
485 | |
486 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
487 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
488 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
489 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
490 | } |
491 | |
492 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
493 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
494 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
495 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
496 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
497 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
498 | // be changed. |
499 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
500 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
501 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
502 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
503 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
504 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
505 | // U qualifier may superset. |
506 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
507 | } |
508 | |
509 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
510 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
511 | /// |
512 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
513 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
514 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
515 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
516 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
517 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
518 | return true; |
519 | |
520 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
521 | return false; |
522 | |
523 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
524 | return true; |
525 | |
526 | return hasConst(); |
527 | } |
528 | |
529 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
530 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
531 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
532 | |
533 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
534 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
535 | |
536 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
537 | |
538 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
539 | addQualifiers(R); |
540 | return *this; |
541 | } |
542 | |
543 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
544 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
545 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
546 | L += R; |
547 | return L; |
548 | } |
549 | |
550 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
551 | removeQualifiers(R); |
552 | return *this; |
553 | } |
554 | |
555 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
556 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
557 | L -= R; |
558 | return L; |
559 | } |
560 | |
561 | std::string getAsString() const; |
562 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
563 | |
564 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
565 | |
566 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
567 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
568 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
569 | |
570 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
571 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
572 | } |
573 | |
574 | private: |
575 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
576 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
577 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
578 | |
579 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
580 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
581 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
582 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
583 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
584 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
585 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
586 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
587 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
588 | }; |
589 | |
590 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
591 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
592 | struct SplitQualType { |
593 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
594 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
595 | |
596 | /// The local qualifiers. |
597 | Qualifiers Quals; |
598 | |
599 | SplitQualType() = default; |
600 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
601 | |
602 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
603 | |
604 | // Make std::tie work. |
605 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
606 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
607 | } |
608 | |
609 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
610 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
611 | } |
612 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
613 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
614 | } |
615 | }; |
616 | |
617 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
618 | /// |
619 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
620 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
621 | /// unspecialized type. |
622 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
623 | /// An ordinary type. |
624 | Ordinary, |
625 | |
626 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
627 | Result, |
628 | |
629 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
630 | Parameter, |
631 | |
632 | /// The type of a property. |
633 | Property, |
634 | |
635 | /// The superclass of a type. |
636 | Superclass, |
637 | }; |
638 | |
639 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
640 | /// |
641 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
642 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
643 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
644 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
645 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
646 | /// |
647 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
648 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
649 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
650 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
651 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
652 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
653 | class QualType { |
654 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
655 | |
656 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
657 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
658 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
659 | |
660 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
661 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
662 | } |
663 | |
664 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
665 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
666 | } |
667 | |
668 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
669 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 669, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
670 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
671 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
672 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
673 | } |
674 | |
675 | public: |
676 | QualType() = default; |
677 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
678 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
679 | |
680 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
681 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
682 | |
683 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
684 | /// |
685 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
686 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
687 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
688 | |
689 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
690 | |
691 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
692 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
693 | |
694 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
695 | /// qualifiers. |
696 | SplitQualType split() const; |
697 | |
698 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
699 | |
700 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
701 | QualType T; |
702 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
703 | return T; |
704 | } |
705 | |
706 | const Type &operator*() const { |
707 | return *getTypePtr(); |
708 | } |
709 | |
710 | const Type *operator->() const { |
711 | return getTypePtr(); |
712 | } |
713 | |
714 | bool isCanonical() const; |
715 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
716 | |
717 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
718 | bool isNull() const { |
719 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
720 | } |
721 | |
722 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
723 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
724 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
725 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
726 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
730 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
731 | |
732 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
733 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
734 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
735 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
736 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
737 | } |
738 | |
739 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
740 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
743 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
744 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
745 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
746 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
750 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
751 | |
752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
753 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
754 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
755 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
756 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
757 | } |
758 | |
759 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
760 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
761 | |
762 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
763 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
764 | /// instance. |
765 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
766 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
767 | } |
768 | |
769 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
770 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
771 | /// other sugar. |
772 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
773 | |
774 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
775 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
776 | |
777 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
778 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
779 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
780 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
781 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
782 | } |
783 | |
784 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
785 | /// applied to this type. |
786 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
787 | |
788 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
789 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
790 | } |
791 | |
792 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
793 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
794 | |
795 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
796 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
797 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
798 | |
799 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
800 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
801 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
802 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
803 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
804 | |
805 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
806 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
807 | |
808 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
809 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
810 | |
811 | |
812 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
813 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
814 | |
815 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
816 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
817 | |
818 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
819 | // easily added. |
820 | |
821 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
822 | void addConst() { |
823 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
824 | } |
825 | QualType withConst() const { |
826 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
827 | } |
828 | |
829 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
830 | void addVolatile() { |
831 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
832 | } |
833 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
834 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
835 | } |
836 | |
837 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
838 | void addRestrict() { |
839 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
840 | } |
841 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
842 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
846 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
847 | } |
848 | |
849 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
850 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
851 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
852 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
853 | } |
854 | |
855 | void removeLocalConst(); |
856 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
857 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
858 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
859 | |
860 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
861 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
862 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 862, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
863 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
864 | } |
865 | |
866 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
867 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
868 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
869 | QualType T = *this; |
870 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
871 | return T; |
872 | } |
873 | |
874 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
875 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
876 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
877 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
878 | } |
879 | |
880 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
881 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
882 | QualType T = *this; |
883 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
884 | return T; |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
888 | |
889 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
890 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
891 | /// through typedefs. |
892 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
893 | |
894 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
895 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
896 | /// |
897 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
898 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
899 | /// |
900 | /// \code |
901 | /// typedef int Integer; |
902 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
903 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
904 | /// \endcode |
905 | /// |
906 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
907 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
908 | /// |
909 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
910 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
911 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
912 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
913 | |
914 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
915 | /// sugar as possible. |
916 | /// |
917 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
918 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
919 | /// |
920 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
921 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
922 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
923 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
924 | |
925 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
926 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
927 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
928 | |
929 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
930 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
931 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
932 | |
933 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
934 | |
935 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
936 | /// specified result type. |
937 | /// |
938 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
939 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
940 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
941 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
942 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
943 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
944 | |
945 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
946 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
947 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
948 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
949 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
950 | /// concrete. |
951 | /// |
952 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
953 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
954 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
955 | } |
956 | |
957 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
958 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
959 | } |
960 | |
961 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
962 | /// the type. |
963 | /// |
964 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
965 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
966 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
967 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
968 | } |
969 | |
970 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
971 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
972 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
973 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
974 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
975 | return *this; |
976 | } |
977 | |
978 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
979 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
980 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
981 | } |
982 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
983 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
984 | } |
985 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
986 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
987 | } |
988 | |
989 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
990 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
991 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
992 | } |
993 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
994 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
995 | |
996 | std::string getAsString() const; |
997 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
998 | |
999 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1000 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1001 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
1002 | |
1003 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
1004 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1005 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
1006 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1007 | } |
1008 | |
1009 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1010 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1011 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1012 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1013 | |
1014 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1015 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1016 | |
1017 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1018 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1019 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1020 | } |
1021 | |
1022 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1023 | std::string &out, |
1024 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1025 | |
1026 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1027 | const QualType &T; |
1028 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1029 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1030 | unsigned Indentation; |
1031 | |
1032 | public: |
1033 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1034 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1035 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1036 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1037 | |
1038 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1039 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1040 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1041 | return OS; |
1042 | } |
1043 | }; |
1044 | |
1045 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1046 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1047 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1048 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1049 | } |
1050 | |
1051 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1052 | void dump() const; |
1053 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
1054 | |
1055 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1056 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1057 | } |
1058 | |
1059 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
1060 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
1061 | |
1062 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1063 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1064 | |
1065 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1066 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1067 | |
1068 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1069 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1070 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1071 | } |
1072 | |
1073 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1074 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1075 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1076 | } |
1077 | |
1078 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1079 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1080 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1081 | } |
1082 | |
1083 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1084 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1085 | } |
1086 | |
1087 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1088 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1089 | } |
1090 | |
1091 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1092 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1093 | |
1094 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1095 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1096 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1097 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1098 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1099 | |
1100 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1101 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1102 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1103 | |
1104 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1105 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1106 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1107 | |
1108 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1109 | PDIK_Struct |
1110 | }; |
1111 | |
1112 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1113 | |
1114 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1115 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1116 | /// and return the kind. |
1117 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1118 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1119 | |
1120 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1121 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1122 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1123 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1124 | PCK_Trivial, |
1125 | |
1126 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1127 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1128 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1129 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1130 | |
1131 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1132 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1133 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1134 | |
1135 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1136 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1137 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1138 | |
1139 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1140 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1141 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1142 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1143 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1144 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1145 | PCK_Struct |
1146 | }; |
1147 | |
1148 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1149 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1150 | /// kind. |
1151 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1152 | |
1153 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1154 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1155 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1156 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1157 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1158 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1159 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1160 | |
1161 | enum DestructionKind { |
1162 | DK_none, |
1163 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1164 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1165 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1166 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1167 | }; |
1168 | |
1169 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1170 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1171 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1172 | /// something require destruction. |
1173 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1174 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1175 | } |
1176 | |
1177 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1178 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1179 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1180 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1181 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1182 | |
1183 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1184 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1185 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1186 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1187 | |
1188 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1189 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1190 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1191 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1192 | |
1193 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1194 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1195 | /// |
1196 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1197 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1198 | /// - function types |
1199 | /// |
1200 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1201 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1202 | /// type other than void. |
1203 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1204 | |
1205 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1206 | /// subject type. |
1207 | /// |
1208 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1209 | /// |
1210 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1211 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1212 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1213 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1214 | /// for the context. |
1215 | /// |
1216 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1217 | /// |
1218 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1219 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1220 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1221 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1222 | |
1223 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1224 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1225 | /// |
1226 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1227 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1228 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1229 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1230 | /// |
1231 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1232 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1233 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1234 | /// |
1235 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1236 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1237 | /// be substituted. |
1238 | /// |
1239 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1240 | /// |
1241 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1242 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1243 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1244 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1245 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1246 | |
1247 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1248 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1249 | |
1250 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1251 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1252 | |
1253 | private: |
1254 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1255 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1256 | // caller. |
1257 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1258 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1259 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1260 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1261 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1262 | const ASTContext &C); |
1263 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1264 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1265 | |
1266 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1267 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1268 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1269 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1270 | }; |
1271 | |
1272 | } // namespace clang |
1273 | |
1274 | namespace llvm { |
1275 | |
1276 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1277 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1278 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1279 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1280 | |
1281 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1282 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1283 | } |
1284 | }; |
1285 | |
1286 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1287 | template<> |
1288 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1289 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1290 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1291 | } |
1292 | |
1293 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1294 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1295 | } |
1296 | |
1297 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1298 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 }; |
1299 | }; |
1300 | |
1301 | } // namespace llvm |
1302 | |
1303 | namespace clang { |
1304 | |
1305 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1306 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1307 | /// two. |
1308 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1309 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1310 | friend class QualType; |
1311 | friend class Type; |
1312 | |
1313 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1314 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1315 | /// |
1316 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1317 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1318 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1319 | |
1320 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1321 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1322 | |
1323 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1324 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1325 | }; |
1326 | |
1327 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1328 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1329 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1330 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1331 | /// store qualifiers. |
1332 | /// |
1333 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1334 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1335 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1336 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1337 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1338 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1339 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1340 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1341 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1342 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1343 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1344 | // 2. QualType: |
1345 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1346 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1347 | // this header. |
1348 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1349 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1350 | |
1351 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1352 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1353 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1354 | |
1355 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1356 | |
1357 | public: |
1358 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1359 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1360 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1361 | Quals(quals) { |
1362 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1363 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1364 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1365 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1366 | } |
1367 | |
1368 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1369 | |
1370 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1371 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1372 | |
1373 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1374 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1375 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1376 | } |
1377 | |
1378 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1379 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1380 | |
1381 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1382 | |
1383 | public: |
1384 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1385 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1386 | } |
1387 | |
1388 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1389 | const Type *BaseType, |
1390 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1391 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1392 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1393 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1394 | } |
1395 | }; |
1396 | |
1397 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1398 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1399 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1400 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1401 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1402 | RQ_None = 0, |
1403 | |
1404 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1405 | RQ_LValue, |
1406 | |
1407 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1408 | RQ_RValue |
1409 | }; |
1410 | |
1411 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1412 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1413 | /// auto |
1414 | Auto, |
1415 | |
1416 | /// decltype(auto) |
1417 | DecltypeAuto, |
1418 | |
1419 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1420 | GNUAutoType |
1421 | }; |
1422 | |
1423 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1424 | /// |
1425 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1426 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1427 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1428 | /// |
1429 | /// typedef int foo; |
1430 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1431 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1432 | /// |
1433 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1434 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1435 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1436 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1437 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1438 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1439 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1440 | /// |
1441 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1442 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1443 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1444 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1445 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1446 | /// |
1447 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1448 | /// |
1449 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1450 | public: |
1451 | enum TypeClass { |
1452 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1453 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1454 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1455 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1456 | }; |
1457 | |
1458 | private: |
1459 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1460 | class TypeBitfields { |
1461 | friend class Type; |
1462 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1463 | |
1464 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1465 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1466 | |
1467 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
1468 | unsigned Dependent : 1; |
1469 | |
1470 | /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even |
1471 | /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter. |
1472 | unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1; |
1473 | |
1474 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
1475 | unsigned VariablyModified : 1; |
1476 | |
1477 | /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack |
1478 | /// (for C++11 variadic templates). |
1479 | unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1; |
1480 | |
1481 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1482 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1483 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1484 | |
1485 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1486 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1487 | |
1488 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1489 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1490 | |
1491 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1492 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1493 | |
1494 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1495 | return CacheValid; |
1496 | } |
1497 | |
1498 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1499 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1499, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1500 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1501 | } |
1502 | |
1503 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1504 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1505 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1506 | } |
1507 | }; |
1508 | enum { NumTypeBits = 18 }; |
1509 | |
1510 | protected: |
1511 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1512 | // into Type. |
1513 | |
1514 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1515 | friend class ArrayType; |
1516 | |
1517 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1518 | |
1519 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1520 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1521 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1522 | |
1523 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1524 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1525 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1526 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1527 | }; |
1528 | |
1529 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
1530 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
1531 | |
1532 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
1533 | |
1534 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
1535 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
1536 | }; |
1537 | |
1538 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1539 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1540 | |
1541 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1542 | |
1543 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1544 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1545 | }; |
1546 | |
1547 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1548 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1549 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1550 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1551 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1552 | friend class FunctionType; |
1553 | |
1554 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1555 | |
1556 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1557 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1558 | unsigned ExtInfo : 12; |
1559 | |
1560 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1561 | /// |
1562 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1563 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1564 | |
1565 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1566 | /// other bitfields. |
1567 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1568 | /// |
1569 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1570 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1571 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1572 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1573 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1574 | |
1575 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1576 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1577 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1578 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1579 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1580 | |
1581 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1582 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1583 | |
1584 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1585 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1586 | |
1587 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1588 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1589 | |
1590 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1591 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1592 | }; |
1593 | |
1594 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1595 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1596 | |
1597 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1598 | |
1599 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1600 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1601 | |
1602 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1603 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1604 | |
1605 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1606 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1607 | }; |
1608 | |
1609 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1610 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1611 | |
1612 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1613 | |
1614 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1615 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1616 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1617 | /// as follows: |
1618 | /// |
1619 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1620 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1621 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1622 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1623 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1624 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1625 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1626 | |
1627 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1628 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1629 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1630 | }; |
1631 | |
1632 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1633 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1634 | |
1635 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1636 | |
1637 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1638 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1639 | }; |
1640 | |
1641 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1642 | |
1643 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1644 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1645 | |
1646 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1647 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1648 | |
1649 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1650 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1651 | }; |
1652 | |
1653 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1654 | friend class VectorType; |
1655 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1656 | |
1657 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1658 | |
1659 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1660 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1661 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1662 | |
1663 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1664 | unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits; |
1665 | |
1666 | enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 }; |
1667 | }; |
1668 | |
1669 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1670 | friend class AttributedType; |
1671 | |
1672 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1673 | |
1674 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1675 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1676 | }; |
1677 | |
1678 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1679 | friend class AutoType; |
1680 | |
1681 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1682 | |
1683 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1684 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1685 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1686 | }; |
1687 | |
1688 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1689 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1690 | |
1691 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1692 | |
1693 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1694 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1695 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1696 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1697 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1698 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1699 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1700 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1701 | }; |
1702 | |
1703 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1704 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1705 | |
1706 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1707 | |
1708 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1709 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1710 | |
1711 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1712 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1713 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1714 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1715 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1716 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1717 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1718 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1719 | }; |
1720 | |
1721 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1722 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1723 | |
1724 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1725 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1726 | |
1727 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1728 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1729 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1730 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1731 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1732 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1733 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1734 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1735 | }; |
1736 | |
1737 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1738 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1739 | |
1740 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1741 | |
1742 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1743 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1744 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1745 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1746 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1747 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1748 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1749 | /// |
1750 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1751 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1752 | /// have not. |
1753 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1754 | }; |
1755 | |
1756 | union { |
1757 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1758 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1759 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
1760 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1761 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1762 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1763 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1764 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1765 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1766 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1767 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1768 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1769 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1770 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1771 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1772 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1773 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1774 | |
1775 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1776 | "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1777 | static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1778 | "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1779 | static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1780 | "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1781 | static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1782 | "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1783 | static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1784 | "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1785 | static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1786 | "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1787 | static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1788 | "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1789 | static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1790 | "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1791 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8, |
1792 | "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1793 | static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1794 | "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1795 | static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1796 | "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1797 | static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1798 | "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger" |
1799 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1800 | static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1801 | "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1802 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1803 | static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1804 | "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1805 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1806 | static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1807 | "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes"); |
1808 | }; |
1809 | |
1810 | private: |
1811 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1812 | |
1813 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1814 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1815 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1816 | } |
1817 | |
1818 | protected: |
1819 | friend class ASTContext; |
1820 | |
1821 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent, |
1822 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
1823 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
1824 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1825 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1826 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1827 | TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent; |
1828 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent; |
1829 | TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified; |
1830 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1831 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1832 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1833 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1834 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1835 | } |
1836 | |
1837 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1838 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1839 | |
1840 | void setDependent(bool D = true) { |
1841 | TypeBits.Dependent = D; |
1842 | if (D) |
1843 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true; |
1844 | } |
1845 | |
1846 | void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) { |
1847 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; } |
1848 | |
1849 | void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; } |
1850 | |
1851 | void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) { |
1852 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP; |
1853 | } |
1854 | |
1855 | public: |
1856 | friend class ASTReader; |
1857 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1858 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
1859 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
1860 | |
1861 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1862 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1863 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1864 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1865 | |
1866 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1867 | |
1868 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1869 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1870 | |
1871 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1872 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1873 | /// |
1874 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1875 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1876 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1877 | /// |
1878 | /// \code |
1879 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1880 | /// struct X { |
1881 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1882 | /// }; |
1883 | /// \endcode |
1884 | /// |
1885 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1886 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1887 | return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1888 | } |
1889 | |
1890 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1891 | /// qualification. |
1892 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1893 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1894 | } |
1895 | |
1896 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1897 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1898 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1899 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1900 | |
1901 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1902 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1903 | |
1904 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1905 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1906 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1907 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1908 | /// |
1909 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1910 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1911 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1912 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1913 | |
1914 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1915 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1916 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1917 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1918 | } |
1919 | |
1920 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1921 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1922 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1923 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1924 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1925 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1926 | } |
1927 | |
1928 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1929 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1930 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1931 | |
1932 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1933 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1934 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1935 | |
1936 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1937 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1938 | |
1939 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1940 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1941 | |
1942 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1943 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1944 | |
1945 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1946 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1947 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1948 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1949 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1950 | |
1951 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1952 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1953 | |
1954 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1955 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1956 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1957 | |
1958 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1959 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1960 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1961 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1962 | |
1963 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1964 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1965 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1966 | bool isCharType() const; |
1967 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1968 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1969 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1970 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1971 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1972 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1973 | |
1974 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1975 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1976 | |
1977 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1978 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1979 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1980 | |
1981 | /// Floating point categories. |
1982 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1983 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1984 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1985 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
1986 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
1987 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
1988 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
1989 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
1990 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
1991 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
1992 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
1993 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
1994 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
1995 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
1996 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
1997 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
1998 | |
1999 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
2000 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
2001 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
2002 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
2003 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
2004 | bool isPointerType() const; |
2005 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
2006 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
2007 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
2008 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
2009 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
2010 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
2011 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
2012 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
2013 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
2014 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
2015 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
2016 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
2017 | bool isArrayType() const; |
2018 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
2019 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
2020 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
2021 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
2022 | bool isRecordType() const; |
2023 | bool isClassType() const; |
2024 | bool isStructureType() const; |
2025 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
2026 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2027 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2028 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2029 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2030 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2031 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2032 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2033 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2034 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2035 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2036 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2037 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2038 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2039 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2040 | // for the common case. |
2041 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2042 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2043 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2044 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2045 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2046 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2047 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2048 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2049 | /// qualifier? |
2050 | /// |
2051 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2052 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2053 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2054 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2055 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2056 | } |
2057 | |
2058 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2059 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2060 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2061 | /// |
2062 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2063 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2064 | /// null for 'id. |
2065 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2066 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2067 | |
2068 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2069 | |
2070 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2071 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2072 | /// |
2073 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2074 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2075 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2076 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2077 | |
2078 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2079 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2080 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2081 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2082 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2083 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2084 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2085 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2086 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2087 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2088 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2089 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
2090 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
2091 | |
2092 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2093 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2094 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2095 | |
2096 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2097 | |
2098 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2099 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2100 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2101 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2102 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2103 | |
2104 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2105 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2106 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2107 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2108 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2109 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2110 | |
2111 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2112 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2113 | |
2114 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2115 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2116 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2117 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2118 | |
2119 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2120 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2121 | |
2122 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2123 | STK_CPointer, |
2124 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2125 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2126 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2127 | STK_Bool, |
2128 | STK_Integral, |
2129 | STK_Floating, |
2130 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2131 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2132 | STK_FixedPoint |
2133 | }; |
2134 | |
2135 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2136 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2139 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2140 | bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; } |
2141 | |
2142 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2143 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2144 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2145 | /// template parameter). |
2146 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2147 | return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent; |
2148 | } |
2149 | |
2150 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2151 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2152 | /// deduced. |
2153 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2154 | |
2155 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2156 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; } |
2157 | |
2158 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2159 | /// with a definite size. |
2160 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2161 | |
2162 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2163 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2164 | |
2165 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2166 | |
2167 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2168 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2169 | |
2170 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2171 | |
2172 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2173 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2174 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2175 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2176 | |
2177 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2178 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2179 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2180 | |
2181 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2182 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2183 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2184 | |
2185 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2186 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2187 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2188 | |
2189 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2190 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2191 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2192 | |
2193 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2194 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2195 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2196 | |
2197 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2198 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2199 | // the best type we can. |
2200 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2201 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2202 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2203 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2204 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2205 | |
2206 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2207 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2208 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2209 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2210 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2211 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2212 | |
2213 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2214 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2215 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2216 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2217 | |
2218 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2219 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2220 | |
2221 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2222 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2223 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2224 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2225 | |
2226 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2227 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2228 | /// |
2229 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2230 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2231 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2232 | |
2233 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2234 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2235 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2236 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2237 | |
2238 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2239 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2240 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2241 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2242 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2243 | } |
2244 | |
2245 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2246 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2247 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2248 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2249 | |
2250 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2251 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2252 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2253 | /// |
2254 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2255 | /// immediately following this class. |
2256 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2257 | |
2258 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2259 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2260 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2261 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2262 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2263 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2264 | |
2265 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2266 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2267 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2268 | |
2269 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2270 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2271 | /// |
2272 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2273 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2274 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2275 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2276 | |
2277 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2278 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2279 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2280 | |
2281 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2282 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2283 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2284 | |
2285 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2286 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2287 | /// are meaningful. |
2288 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2289 | |
2290 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2291 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2292 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2293 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2294 | |
2295 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2296 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2297 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2298 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2299 | |
2300 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2301 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2302 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2303 | |
2304 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2305 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2306 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2307 | |
2308 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2309 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2310 | |
2311 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2312 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2313 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2314 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2315 | |
2316 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2317 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2318 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2319 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2320 | |
2321 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2322 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2323 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2324 | |
2325 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2326 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2327 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2328 | |
2329 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2330 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2331 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2332 | |
2333 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2334 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2335 | |
2336 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2337 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2338 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2339 | |
2340 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2341 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2342 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2343 | |
2344 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2345 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2346 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2347 | |
2348 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2349 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2350 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2351 | |
2352 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2353 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2354 | /// incomplete types. |
2355 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2356 | |
2357 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2358 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2359 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2360 | |
2361 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2362 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2363 | |
2364 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2365 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2366 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2367 | } |
2368 | |
2369 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2370 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2371 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2372 | } |
2373 | |
2374 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2375 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2376 | |
2377 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2378 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2379 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2380 | |
2381 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2382 | /// |
2383 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2384 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2385 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2386 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2387 | |
2388 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2389 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2390 | /// |
2391 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2392 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2393 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2394 | |
2395 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2396 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2397 | /// |
2398 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2399 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2400 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2401 | /// |
2402 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2403 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2404 | /// category, or method within. |
2405 | /// |
2406 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2407 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2408 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2409 | /// substitution is required. |
2410 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2411 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2412 | |
2413 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2414 | /// parameters. |
2415 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2416 | |
2417 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2418 | |
2419 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2420 | return CanonicalType; |
2421 | } |
2422 | |
2423 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2424 | void dump() const; |
2425 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
2426 | }; |
2427 | |
2428 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2429 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2430 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2431 | |
2432 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2433 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2434 | /// non-sugared type. |
2435 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2436 | |
2437 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2438 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2439 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2440 | |
2441 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2442 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2443 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2444 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2445 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2446 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2447 | } \ |
2448 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2449 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2450 | } |
2451 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2452 | |
2453 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2454 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2455 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2456 | public: |
2457 | enum Kind { |
2458 | // OpenCL image types |
2459 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2460 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2461 | // OpenCL extension types |
2462 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2463 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2464 | // SVE Types |
2465 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2466 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2467 | // All other builtin types |
2468 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2469 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2470 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2471 | }; |
2472 | |
2473 | private: |
2474 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2475 | |
2476 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2477 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2478 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2479 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
2480 | /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) { |
2481 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2482 | } |
2483 | |
2484 | public: |
2485 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2486 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2487 | |
2488 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2489 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2490 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2491 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2492 | return str.data(); |
2493 | } |
2494 | |
2495 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2496 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2497 | |
2498 | bool isInteger() const { |
2499 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2500 | } |
2501 | |
2502 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2503 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2504 | } |
2505 | |
2506 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2507 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2508 | } |
2509 | |
2510 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2511 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2512 | } |
2513 | |
2514 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2515 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2516 | return K >= Overload; |
2517 | } |
2518 | |
2519 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2520 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2521 | /// expression. |
2522 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2523 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2524 | } |
2525 | |
2526 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2527 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2528 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2529 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2530 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2531 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2532 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2533 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2534 | /// special treatment. |
2535 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2536 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2537 | } |
2538 | |
2539 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2540 | }; |
2541 | |
2542 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2543 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2544 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2545 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2546 | |
2547 | QualType ElementType; |
2548 | |
2549 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2550 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(), |
2551 | Element->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2552 | Element->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2553 | Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2554 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2555 | |
2556 | public: |
2557 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2558 | |
2559 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2560 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2561 | |
2562 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2563 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2564 | } |
2565 | |
2566 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2567 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2568 | } |
2569 | |
2570 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2571 | }; |
2572 | |
2573 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2574 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2575 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2576 | |
2577 | QualType Inner; |
2578 | |
2579 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2580 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(), |
2581 | InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2582 | InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2583 | InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2584 | Inner(InnerType) {} |
2585 | |
2586 | public: |
2587 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2588 | |
2589 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2590 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2591 | |
2592 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2593 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2594 | } |
2595 | |
2596 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2597 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2598 | } |
2599 | |
2600 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2601 | }; |
2602 | |
2603 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2604 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2605 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2606 | |
2607 | QualType PointeeType; |
2608 | |
2609 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2610 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2611 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2612 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2613 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2614 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2615 | |
2616 | public: |
2617 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2618 | |
2619 | /// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap. |
2620 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different |
2621 | /// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping |
2622 | /// address spaces. |
2623 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
2624 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
2625 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
2626 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
2627 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const { |
2628 | Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers(); |
2629 | Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
2630 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
2631 | return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) || |
2632 | otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals); |
2633 | } |
2634 | |
2635 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2636 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2637 | |
2638 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2639 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2640 | } |
2641 | |
2642 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2643 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2644 | } |
2645 | |
2646 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2647 | }; |
2648 | |
2649 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2650 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2651 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2652 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2653 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2654 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2655 | |
2656 | protected: |
2657 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2658 | |
2659 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2660 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2661 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(), |
2662 | OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2663 | OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2664 | OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2665 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2666 | |
2667 | public: |
2668 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2669 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2670 | |
2671 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2672 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2673 | |
2674 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2675 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2676 | } |
2677 | |
2678 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2679 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2680 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2681 | } |
2682 | |
2683 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2684 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2685 | } |
2686 | }; |
2687 | |
2688 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2689 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2690 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2691 | |
2692 | inline |
2693 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2694 | |
2695 | public: |
2696 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2697 | |
2698 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2699 | |
2700 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2701 | }; |
2702 | |
2703 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2704 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2705 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2706 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2707 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2708 | |
2709 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2710 | QualType PointeeType; |
2711 | |
2712 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2713 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2714 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2715 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2716 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2717 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2718 | |
2719 | public: |
2720 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2721 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2722 | |
2723 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2724 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2725 | |
2726 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2727 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2728 | } |
2729 | |
2730 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2731 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2732 | } |
2733 | |
2734 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2735 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2736 | } |
2737 | }; |
2738 | |
2739 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2740 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2741 | QualType PointeeType; |
2742 | |
2743 | protected: |
2744 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2745 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2746 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(), |
2747 | Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2748 | Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2749 | Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2750 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2751 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2752 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2753 | } |
2754 | |
2755 | public: |
2756 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2757 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2758 | |
2759 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2760 | |
2761 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2762 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2763 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2764 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2765 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2766 | return T->PointeeType; |
2767 | } |
2768 | |
2769 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2770 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2771 | } |
2772 | |
2773 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2774 | QualType Referencee, |
2775 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2776 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2777 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2778 | } |
2779 | |
2780 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2781 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2782 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2783 | } |
2784 | }; |
2785 | |
2786 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2787 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2788 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2789 | |
2790 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2791 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2792 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2793 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2794 | |
2795 | public: |
2796 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2797 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2798 | |
2799 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2800 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2801 | } |
2802 | }; |
2803 | |
2804 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2805 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2806 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2807 | |
2808 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2809 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2810 | |
2811 | public: |
2812 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2813 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2814 | |
2815 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2816 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2817 | } |
2818 | }; |
2819 | |
2820 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2821 | /// |
2822 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2823 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2824 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2825 | |
2826 | QualType PointeeType; |
2827 | |
2828 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2829 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2830 | const Type *Class; |
2831 | |
2832 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2833 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2834 | Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2835 | (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() || |
2836 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()), |
2837 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2838 | (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || |
2839 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())), |
2840 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2841 | |
2842 | public: |
2843 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2844 | |
2845 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2846 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2847 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2848 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2849 | } |
2850 | |
2851 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2852 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2853 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2854 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2855 | } |
2856 | |
2857 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2858 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2859 | |
2860 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2861 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2862 | |
2863 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2864 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2865 | } |
2866 | |
2867 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2868 | const Type *Class) { |
2869 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2870 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2871 | } |
2872 | |
2873 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2874 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2875 | } |
2876 | }; |
2877 | |
2878 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2879 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2880 | public: |
2881 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2882 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2883 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2884 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2885 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2886 | Normal, Static, Star |
2887 | }; |
2888 | |
2889 | private: |
2890 | /// The element type of the array. |
2891 | QualType ElementType; |
2892 | |
2893 | protected: |
2894 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2895 | |
2896 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
2897 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
2898 | |
2899 | public: |
2900 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2901 | |
2902 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2903 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2904 | } |
2905 | |
2906 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2907 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2908 | } |
2909 | |
2910 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2911 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2912 | } |
2913 | |
2914 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2915 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2916 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2917 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2918 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2919 | } |
2920 | }; |
2921 | |
2922 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2923 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2924 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2925 | class ConstantArrayType final |
2926 | : public ArrayType, |
2927 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
2928 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2929 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2930 | |
2931 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2932 | |
2933 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2934 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2935 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
2936 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
2937 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
2938 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2938, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2939 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
2940 | } |
2941 | } |
2942 | |
2943 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
2944 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
2945 | } |
2946 | |
2947 | public: |
2948 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2949 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
2950 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
2951 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
2952 | : nullptr; |
2953 | } |
2954 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2955 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2956 | |
2957 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2958 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2959 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2960 | QualType ElementType, |
2961 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2962 | |
2963 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2964 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2965 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2966 | |
2967 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
2968 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
2969 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2970 | } |
2971 | |
2972 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2973 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
2974 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2975 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
2976 | |
2977 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2978 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2979 | } |
2980 | }; |
2981 | |
2982 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2983 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2984 | /// unspecified. |
2985 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2986 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2987 | |
2988 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2989 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2990 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
2991 | |
2992 | public: |
2993 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2994 | |
2995 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2996 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2997 | |
2998 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2999 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
3000 | } |
3001 | |
3002 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3003 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
3004 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
3005 | } |
3006 | |
3007 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
3008 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
3009 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3010 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
3011 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
3012 | } |
3013 | }; |
3014 | |
3015 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
3016 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
3017 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
3018 | /// |
3019 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3020 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3021 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3022 | /// dynamically: |
3023 | /// |
3024 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3025 | /// int Y[x]; |
3026 | /// ++x; |
3027 | /// int Z[x]; |
3028 | /// } |
3029 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3030 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3031 | |
3032 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3033 | /// a function block. |
3034 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3035 | |
3036 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3037 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3038 | |
3039 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3040 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3041 | SourceRange brackets) |
3042 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
3043 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3044 | |
3045 | public: |
3046 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3047 | |
3048 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3049 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3050 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3051 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3052 | } |
3053 | |
3054 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3055 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3056 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3057 | |
3058 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3059 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3060 | |
3061 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3062 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3063 | } |
3064 | |
3065 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3066 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3066); |
3067 | } |
3068 | }; |
3069 | |
3070 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3071 | /// |
3072 | /// For example: |
3073 | /// \code |
3074 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3075 | /// class array { |
3076 | /// T data[Size]; |
3077 | /// }; |
3078 | /// \endcode |
3079 | /// |
3080 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3081 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3082 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3083 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3084 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3085 | |
3086 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3087 | |
3088 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3089 | /// size of the array. |
3090 | /// |
3091 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3092 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3093 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3094 | |
3095 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3096 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3097 | |
3098 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3099 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3100 | SourceRange brackets); |
3101 | |
3102 | public: |
3103 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3104 | |
3105 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3106 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3107 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3108 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3109 | } |
3110 | |
3111 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3112 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3113 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3114 | |
3115 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3116 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3117 | |
3118 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3119 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3120 | } |
3121 | |
3122 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3123 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3124 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3125 | } |
3126 | |
3127 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3128 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3129 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3130 | }; |
3131 | |
3132 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3133 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3134 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3135 | /// |
3136 | /// For example: |
3137 | /// \code |
3138 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3139 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3140 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3141 | /// } |
3142 | /// \endcode |
3143 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3144 | friend class ASTContext; |
3145 | |
3146 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3147 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3148 | QualType PointeeType; |
3149 | SourceLocation loc; |
3150 | |
3151 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3152 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3153 | SourceLocation loc); |
3154 | |
3155 | public: |
3156 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3157 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3158 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3159 | |
3160 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3161 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3162 | |
3163 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3164 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3165 | } |
3166 | |
3167 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3168 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3169 | } |
3170 | |
3171 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3172 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3173 | }; |
3174 | |
3175 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3176 | /// dependent. |
3177 | /// |
3178 | /// For example: |
3179 | /// \code |
3180 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3181 | /// class vector { |
3182 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3183 | /// } |
3184 | /// \endcode |
3185 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3186 | friend class ASTContext; |
3187 | |
3188 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3189 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3190 | |
3191 | /// The element type of the array. |
3192 | QualType ElementType; |
3193 | |
3194 | SourceLocation loc; |
3195 | |
3196 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3197 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3198 | |
3199 | public: |
3200 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3201 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3202 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3203 | |
3204 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3205 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3206 | |
3207 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3208 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3209 | } |
3210 | |
3211 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3212 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3213 | } |
3214 | |
3215 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3216 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3217 | }; |
3218 | |
3219 | |
3220 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3221 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3222 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3223 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3224 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3225 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3226 | public: |
3227 | enum VectorKind { |
3228 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3229 | GenericVector, |
3230 | |
3231 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3232 | AltiVecVector, |
3233 | |
3234 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3235 | AltiVecPixel, |
3236 | |
3237 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3238 | AltiVecBool, |
3239 | |
3240 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3241 | NeonVector, |
3242 | |
3243 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3244 | NeonPolyVector |
3245 | }; |
3246 | |
3247 | protected: |
3248 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3249 | |
3250 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3251 | QualType ElementType; |
3252 | |
3253 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3254 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3255 | |
3256 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3257 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3258 | |
3259 | public: |
3260 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3261 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3262 | |
3263 | static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) { |
3264 | return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements; |
3265 | } |
3266 | |
3267 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3268 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3269 | |
3270 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3271 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3272 | } |
3273 | |
3274 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3275 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3276 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3277 | } |
3278 | |
3279 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3280 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3281 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3282 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3283 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3284 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3285 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3286 | } |
3287 | |
3288 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3289 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3290 | } |
3291 | }; |
3292 | |
3293 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3294 | //// |
3295 | /// For example: |
3296 | /// \code |
3297 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3298 | /// class vector { |
3299 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3300 | /// } |
3301 | /// \endcode |
3302 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3303 | friend class ASTContext; |
3304 | |
3305 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3306 | QualType ElementType; |
3307 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3308 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3309 | |
3310 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3311 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3312 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3313 | |
3314 | public: |
3315 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3316 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3317 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3318 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3319 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3320 | } |
3321 | |
3322 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3323 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3324 | |
3325 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3326 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3327 | } |
3328 | |
3329 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3330 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3331 | } |
3332 | |
3333 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3334 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3335 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3336 | }; |
3337 | |
3338 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3339 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3340 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3341 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3342 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3343 | /// Shading Language). |
3344 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3345 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3346 | |
3347 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3348 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3349 | |
3350 | public: |
3351 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3352 | switch (c) { |
3353 | default: return -1; |
3354 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3355 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3356 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3357 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3358 | } |
3359 | } |
3360 | |
3361 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3362 | switch (c) { |
3363 | default: return -1; |
3364 | case '0': return 0; |
3365 | case '1': return 1; |
3366 | case '2': return 2; |
3367 | case '3': return 3; |
3368 | case '4': return 4; |
3369 | case '5': return 5; |
3370 | case '6': return 6; |
3371 | case '7': return 7; |
3372 | case '8': return 8; |
3373 | case '9': return 9; |
3374 | case 'A': |
3375 | case 'a': return 10; |
3376 | case 'B': |
3377 | case 'b': return 11; |
3378 | case 'C': |
3379 | case 'c': return 12; |
3380 | case 'D': |
3381 | case 'd': return 13; |
3382 | case 'E': |
3383 | case 'e': return 14; |
3384 | case 'F': |
3385 | case 'f': return 15; |
3386 | } |
3387 | } |
3388 | |
3389 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3390 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3391 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3392 | else |
3393 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3394 | } |
3395 | |
3396 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3397 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3398 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3399 | return false; |
3400 | } |
3401 | |
3402 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3403 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3404 | |
3405 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3406 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3407 | } |
3408 | }; |
3409 | |
3410 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3411 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3412 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3413 | // The type returned by the function. |
3414 | QualType ResultType; |
3415 | |
3416 | public: |
3417 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3418 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3419 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3420 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3421 | /// |
3422 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3423 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3424 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3425 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3426 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3427 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3428 | /// |
3429 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3430 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3431 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3432 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3433 | /// T (*)(U) |
3434 | /// against an argument of type |
3435 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3436 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3437 | /// not produce the latter. |
3438 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3439 | enum { |
3440 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3441 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3442 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3443 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3444 | }; |
3445 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3446 | |
3447 | public: |
3448 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3449 | |
3450 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3451 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3452 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3453 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3454 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3455 | return copy; |
3456 | } |
3457 | |
3458 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3459 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3460 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3461 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3462 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3463 | if (consumed) |
3464 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3465 | else |
3466 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3467 | return copy; |
3468 | } |
3469 | |
3470 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3471 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3472 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3473 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3474 | return Copy; |
3475 | } |
3476 | |
3477 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3478 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3479 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3480 | if (NoEscape) |
3481 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3482 | else |
3483 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3484 | return Copy; |
3485 | } |
3486 | |
3487 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3488 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3489 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3490 | result.Data = data; |
3491 | return result; |
3492 | } |
3493 | |
3494 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3495 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3496 | } |
3497 | |
3498 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3499 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3500 | } |
3501 | }; |
3502 | |
3503 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3504 | /// making a call. |
3505 | /// |
3506 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3507 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3508 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3509 | /// |
3510 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3511 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3512 | // * Operator== |
3513 | // * getFoo |
3514 | // * withFoo |
3515 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3516 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3517 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3518 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3519 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3520 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3521 | // * AST read and write |
3522 | // * Codegen |
3523 | class ExtInfo { |
3524 | friend class FunctionType; |
3525 | |
3526 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12, |
3527 | // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and |
3528 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields. |
3529 | |
3530 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck| |
3531 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | |
3532 | // |
3533 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3534 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3535 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3536 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3537 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3538 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3539 | enum { |
3540 | RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask | |
3541 | NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask), |
3542 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3543 | }; // Assumed to be the last field |
3544 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3545 | |
3546 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3547 | |
3548 | public: |
3549 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3550 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3551 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3552 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) { |
3553 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3553, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3554 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3555 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3556 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3557 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3558 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0); |
3559 | } |
3560 | |
3561 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3562 | // function known to use defaults. |
3563 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3564 | |
3565 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3566 | // of the canonical type. |
3567 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3568 | |
3569 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3570 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3571 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3572 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3573 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3574 | |
3575 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3576 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3577 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3578 | --RegParm; |
3579 | return RegParm; |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3583 | |
3584 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3585 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3586 | } |
3587 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3588 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3589 | } |
3590 | |
3591 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3592 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3593 | |
3594 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3595 | if (noReturn) |
3596 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3597 | else |
3598 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3599 | } |
3600 | |
3601 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3602 | if (producesResult) |
3603 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3604 | else |
3605 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3606 | } |
3607 | |
3608 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3609 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3610 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3611 | else |
3612 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3613 | } |
3614 | |
3615 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3616 | if (noCfCheck) |
3617 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3618 | else |
3619 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3620 | } |
3621 | |
3622 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3623 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3623, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3624 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3625 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3626 | } |
3627 | |
3628 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3629 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3630 | } |
3631 | |
3632 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3633 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3634 | } |
3635 | }; |
3636 | |
3637 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3638 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3639 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3640 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3641 | |
3642 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3643 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3644 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3645 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3646 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3647 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3648 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3649 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3650 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3651 | }; |
3652 | |
3653 | protected: |
3654 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, |
3655 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
3656 | bool InstantiationDependent, |
3657 | bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
3658 | ExtInfo Info) |
3659 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
3660 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
3661 | ResultType(res) { |
3662 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3663 | } |
3664 | |
3665 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3666 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3667 | } |
3668 | |
3669 | public: |
3670 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3671 | |
3672 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3673 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3674 | |
3675 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3676 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3677 | /// type. |
3678 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3679 | |
3680 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3681 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3682 | |
3683 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3684 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3685 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3686 | |
3687 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3688 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3689 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3690 | |
3691 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3692 | /// this type. |
3693 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3694 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3695 | } |
3696 | |
3697 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3698 | |
3699 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3700 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3701 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3702 | } |
3703 | }; |
3704 | |
3705 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3706 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3707 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3708 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3709 | |
3710 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3711 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3712 | /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false, |
3713 | Result->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
3714 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {} |
3715 | |
3716 | public: |
3717 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3718 | |
3719 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3720 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3721 | |
3722 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3723 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3724 | } |
3725 | |
3726 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3727 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3728 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3729 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3730 | } |
3731 | |
3732 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3733 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3734 | } |
3735 | }; |
3736 | |
3737 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3738 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3739 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3740 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3741 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3742 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3743 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3744 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3745 | : public FunctionType, |
3746 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3747 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3748 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
3749 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
3750 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3751 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3752 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3753 | |
3754 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3755 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3756 | // |
3757 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3758 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3759 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3760 | // |
3761 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
3762 | // ellipsis. |
3763 | // |
3764 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3765 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3766 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3767 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3768 | // |
3769 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3770 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3771 | // * a single Expr *, |
3772 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3773 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3774 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3775 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3776 | // |
3777 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3778 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3779 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3780 | // |
3781 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3782 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3783 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3784 | // |
3785 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3786 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3787 | // of exception types. |
3788 | // |
3789 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3790 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3791 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3792 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3793 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3794 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3795 | |
3796 | public: |
3797 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3798 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3799 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3800 | /// exception specification. |
3801 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3802 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3803 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3804 | |
3805 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3806 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3807 | |
3808 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3809 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3810 | |
3811 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3812 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3813 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3814 | |
3815 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3816 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3817 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3818 | |
3819 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3820 | |
3821 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3822 | }; |
3823 | |
3824 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3825 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3826 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3827 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3828 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3829 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3830 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3831 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3832 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3833 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3834 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3835 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3836 | |
3837 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3838 | |
3839 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3840 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3841 | |
3842 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3843 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3844 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3845 | return Result; |
3846 | } |
3847 | }; |
3848 | |
3849 | private: |
3850 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3851 | return getNumParams(); |
3852 | } |
3853 | |
3854 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
3855 | return isVariadic(); |
3856 | } |
3857 | |
3858 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
3859 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
3860 | } |
3861 | |
3862 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
3863 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
3864 | } |
3865 | |
3866 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
3867 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
3868 | } |
3869 | |
3870 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
3871 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3872 | } |
3873 | |
3874 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
3875 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
3876 | } |
3877 | |
3878 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
3879 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
3880 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
3881 | unsigned numArgs) { |
3882 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
3883 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
3884 | return true; |
3885 | |
3886 | return false; |
3887 | } |
3888 | |
3889 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
3890 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
3891 | |
3892 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
3893 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
3894 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
3895 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
3896 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3897 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
3898 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3899 | }; |
3900 | |
3901 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3902 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3903 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
3904 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
3905 | switch (EST) { |
3906 | case EST_None: |
3907 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
3908 | case EST_MSAny: |
3909 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
3910 | case EST_Unparsed: |
3911 | case EST_NoThrow: |
3912 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
3913 | |
3914 | case EST_Dynamic: |
3915 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
3916 | |
3917 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
3918 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
3919 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
3920 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
3921 | |
3922 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
3923 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
3924 | |
3925 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
3926 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
3927 | } |
3928 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3928); |
3929 | } |
3930 | |
3931 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3932 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3933 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
3934 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
3935 | } |
3936 | |
3937 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3938 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
3939 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
3940 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
3941 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
3942 | } |
3943 | |
3944 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3945 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
3946 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3947 | } |
3948 | |
3949 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
3950 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
3951 | } |
3952 | |
3953 | public: |
3954 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
3955 | |
3956 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
3957 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3957, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3958 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
3959 | } |
3960 | |
3961 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
3962 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
3963 | } |
3964 | |
3965 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
3966 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
3967 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
3968 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
3969 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
3970 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
3971 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
3972 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
3973 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
3974 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
3975 | return EPI; |
3976 | } |
3977 | |
3978 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
3979 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
3980 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
3981 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
3982 | } |
3983 | |
3984 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
3985 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
3986 | |
3987 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
3988 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
3989 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3990 | } |
3991 | |
3992 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
3993 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
3994 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3995 | } |
3996 | |
3997 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
3998 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3999 | |
4000 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
4001 | /// spec. |
4002 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4003 | |
4004 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
4005 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
4006 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
4007 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4008 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4009 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
4010 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
4011 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
4012 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
4013 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4014 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
4015 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
4016 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4017 | } |
4018 | return Result; |
4019 | } |
4020 | |
4021 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
4022 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
4023 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
4024 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
4025 | ->NumExceptionType |
4026 | : 0; |
4027 | } |
4028 | |
4029 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
4030 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
4031 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4031, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4032 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
4033 | } |
4034 | |
4035 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4036 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4037 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4038 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4039 | return nullptr; |
4040 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4041 | } |
4042 | |
4043 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4044 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4045 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4046 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4047 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4048 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4049 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4050 | return nullptr; |
4051 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4052 | } |
4053 | |
4054 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4055 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4056 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4057 | /// this type. |
4058 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4059 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4060 | return nullptr; |
4061 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4062 | } |
4063 | |
4064 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4065 | /// specification. |
4066 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4067 | |
4068 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4069 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4070 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4071 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4072 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4073 | } |
4074 | |
4075 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4076 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4077 | |
4078 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
4079 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
4080 | : SourceLocation(); |
4081 | } |
4082 | |
4083 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4084 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4085 | /// |
4086 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4087 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4088 | /// function. |
4089 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4090 | |
4091 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4092 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4093 | |
4094 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4095 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4096 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4097 | else |
4098 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4099 | } |
4100 | |
4101 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4102 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4103 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4104 | } |
4105 | |
4106 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4107 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4108 | |
4109 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4110 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4111 | } |
4112 | |
4113 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4114 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4115 | } |
4116 | |
4117 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4118 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4119 | } |
4120 | |
4121 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4122 | |
4123 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4124 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4125 | } |
4126 | |
4127 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4128 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4129 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4130 | } |
4131 | |
4132 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4133 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4134 | } |
4135 | |
4136 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4137 | /// of this function type? |
4138 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4139 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4140 | } |
4141 | |
4142 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4143 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4143, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4144 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4145 | getNumParams()); |
4146 | } |
4147 | |
4148 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4149 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4150 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4151 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4152 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4153 | return nullptr; |
4154 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4155 | } |
4156 | |
4157 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4158 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4158, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4159 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4160 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4161 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4162 | } |
4163 | |
4164 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4165 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4165, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4166 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4167 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4168 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4169 | } |
4170 | |
4171 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4172 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4172, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4173 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4174 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4175 | return false; |
4176 | } |
4177 | |
4178 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4179 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4180 | |
4181 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4182 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4183 | |
4184 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4185 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4186 | } |
4187 | |
4188 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4189 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4190 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4191 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4192 | bool Canonical); |
4193 | }; |
4194 | |
4195 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4196 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4197 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4198 | /// |
4199 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4200 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4201 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4202 | |
4203 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4204 | |
4205 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4206 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false, |
4207 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4208 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {} |
4209 | |
4210 | public: |
4211 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4212 | |
4213 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4214 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4215 | |
4216 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4217 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4218 | } |
4219 | |
4220 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4221 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4222 | } |
4223 | |
4224 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4225 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4226 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4227 | } |
4228 | }; |
4229 | |
4230 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4231 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4232 | |
4233 | protected: |
4234 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4235 | |
4236 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can) |
4237 | : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(), |
4238 | can->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4239 | can->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4240 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4241 | Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) { |
4242 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4242, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4243 | } |
4244 | |
4245 | public: |
4246 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4247 | |
4248 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4249 | QualType desugar() const; |
4250 | |
4251 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4252 | }; |
4253 | |
4254 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4255 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4256 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4257 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4258 | |
4259 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4260 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4261 | |
4262 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4263 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4264 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(), |
4265 | UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4266 | UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4267 | UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4268 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4269 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4270 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4271 | } |
4272 | |
4273 | public: |
4274 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4275 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4276 | |
4277 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4278 | /// it. |
4279 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4280 | |
4281 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4282 | QualType desugar() const; |
4283 | |
4284 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4285 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4286 | } |
4287 | }; |
4288 | |
4289 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4290 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4291 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4292 | |
4293 | protected: |
4294 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4295 | |
4296 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4297 | |
4298 | public: |
4299 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4300 | |
4301 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4302 | QualType desugar() const; |
4303 | |
4304 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4305 | bool isSugared() const; |
4306 | |
4307 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4308 | }; |
4309 | |
4310 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4311 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4312 | /// |
4313 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4314 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4315 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4316 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4317 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4318 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4319 | |
4320 | public: |
4321 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4322 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4323 | |
4324 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4325 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4326 | } |
4327 | |
4328 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4329 | Expr *E); |
4330 | }; |
4331 | |
4332 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4333 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4334 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4335 | |
4336 | QualType TOType; |
4337 | |
4338 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4339 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(), |
4340 | T->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4341 | T->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4342 | T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4343 | TOType(T) { |
4344 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4344, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4345 | } |
4346 | |
4347 | public: |
4348 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4349 | |
4350 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4351 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4352 | |
4353 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4354 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4355 | |
4356 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4357 | }; |
4358 | |
4359 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4360 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4361 | Expr *E; |
4362 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4363 | |
4364 | protected: |
4365 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4366 | |
4367 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4368 | |
4369 | public: |
4370 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4371 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4372 | |
4373 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4374 | QualType desugar() const; |
4375 | |
4376 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4377 | bool isSugared() const; |
4378 | |
4379 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4380 | }; |
4381 | |
4382 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4383 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4384 | /// |
4385 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4386 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4387 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4388 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4389 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4390 | |
4391 | public: |
4392 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4393 | |
4394 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4395 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4396 | } |
4397 | |
4398 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4399 | Expr *E); |
4400 | }; |
4401 | |
4402 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4403 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4404 | public: |
4405 | enum UTTKind { |
4406 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4407 | }; |
4408 | |
4409 | private: |
4410 | /// The untransformed type. |
4411 | QualType BaseType; |
4412 | |
4413 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4414 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4415 | |
4416 | UTTKind UKind; |
4417 | |
4418 | protected: |
4419 | friend class ASTContext; |
4420 | |
4421 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4422 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4423 | |
4424 | public: |
4425 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4426 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4427 | |
4428 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4429 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4430 | |
4431 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4432 | |
4433 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4434 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4435 | } |
4436 | }; |
4437 | |
4438 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4439 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4440 | /// |
4441 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4442 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4443 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4444 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4445 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4446 | public: |
4447 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4448 | UTTKind UKind); |
4449 | |
4450 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4451 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4452 | } |
4453 | |
4454 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4455 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4456 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4457 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4458 | } |
4459 | }; |
4460 | |
4461 | class TagType : public Type { |
4462 | friend class ASTReader; |
4463 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
4464 | |
4465 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4466 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4467 | TagDecl *decl; |
4468 | |
4469 | protected: |
4470 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4471 | |
4472 | public: |
4473 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4474 | |
4475 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4476 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4477 | |
4478 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4479 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4480 | } |
4481 | }; |
4482 | |
4483 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4484 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4485 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4486 | protected: |
4487 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4488 | |
4489 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4490 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4491 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4492 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4493 | |
4494 | public: |
4495 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4496 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4497 | } |
4498 | |
4499 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4500 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4501 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4502 | |
4503 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4504 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4505 | |
4506 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4507 | }; |
4508 | |
4509 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4510 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4511 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4512 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4513 | |
4514 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4515 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4516 | |
4517 | public: |
4518 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4519 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4520 | } |
4521 | |
4522 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4523 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4524 | |
4525 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4526 | }; |
4527 | |
4528 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4529 | /// |
4530 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4531 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4532 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4533 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4534 | /// |
4535 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4536 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4537 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4538 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4539 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4540 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4541 | public: |
4542 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4543 | |
4544 | private: |
4545 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4546 | |
4547 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4548 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4549 | |
4550 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4551 | QualType equivalent) |
4552 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(), |
4553 | equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4554 | equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4555 | equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4556 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4557 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4558 | } |
4559 | |
4560 | public: |
4561 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4562 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4563 | } |
4564 | |
4565 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4566 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4567 | |
4568 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4569 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4570 | |
4571 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4572 | /// |
4573 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4574 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4575 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4576 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4577 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4578 | /// |
4579 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4580 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4581 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4582 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4583 | /// |
4584 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4585 | /// type. |
4586 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4587 | |
4588 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4589 | |
4590 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4591 | |
4592 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4593 | |
4594 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4595 | /// nullability kind. |
4596 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4597 | switch (kind) { |
4598 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4599 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4600 | |
4601 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4602 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4603 | |
4604 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4605 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4606 | } |
4607 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4607); |
4608 | } |
4609 | |
4610 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4611 | /// type, if it's there. |
4612 | /// |
4613 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4614 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4615 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4616 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4617 | /// |
4618 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4619 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4620 | |
4621 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4622 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4623 | } |
4624 | |
4625 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4626 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4627 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4628 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4629 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4630 | } |
4631 | |
4632 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4633 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4634 | } |
4635 | }; |
4636 | |
4637 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4638 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4639 | |
4640 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4641 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4642 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4643 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4644 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4645 | }; |
4646 | |
4647 | union { |
4648 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4649 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4650 | |
4651 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4652 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4653 | }; |
4654 | |
4655 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4656 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4657 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true, |
4658 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4659 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
4660 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4661 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4662 | |
4663 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4664 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4665 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4666 | /*Dependent=*/true, |
4667 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4668 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) { |
4669 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4670 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4671 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4672 | } |
4673 | |
4674 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4675 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4676 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4677 | } |
4678 | |
4679 | public: |
4680 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4681 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4682 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4683 | |
4684 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4685 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4686 | } |
4687 | |
4688 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4689 | |
4690 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4691 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4692 | |
4693 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4694 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4695 | } |
4696 | |
4697 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4698 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4699 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4700 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4701 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4702 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4703 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4704 | } |
4705 | |
4706 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4707 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4708 | } |
4709 | }; |
4710 | |
4711 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4712 | /// type parameter. |
4713 | /// |
4714 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4715 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4716 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4717 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4718 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4719 | friend class ASTContext; |
4720 | |
4721 | // The original type parameter. |
4722 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4723 | |
4724 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4725 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(), |
4726 | Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4727 | Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4728 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4729 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4730 | |
4731 | public: |
4732 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4733 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4734 | return Replaced; |
4735 | } |
4736 | |
4737 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4738 | /// parameter. |
4739 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4740 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4741 | } |
4742 | |
4743 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4744 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4745 | |
4746 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4747 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4748 | } |
4749 | |
4750 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4751 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4752 | QualType Replacement) { |
4753 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4754 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4755 | } |
4756 | |
4757 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4758 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4759 | } |
4760 | }; |
4761 | |
4762 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4763 | /// type parameter pack. |
4764 | /// |
4765 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4766 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4767 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4768 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4769 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4770 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4771 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4772 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4773 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4774 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4775 | friend class ASTContext; |
4776 | |
4777 | /// The original type parameter. |
4778 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4779 | |
4780 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4781 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4782 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4783 | |
4784 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4785 | QualType Canon, |
4786 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4787 | |
4788 | public: |
4789 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4790 | |
4791 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4792 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4793 | return Replaced; |
4794 | } |
4795 | |
4796 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4797 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4798 | } |
4799 | |
4800 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4801 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4802 | |
4803 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4804 | |
4805 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4806 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4807 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4808 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4809 | |
4810 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4811 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4812 | } |
4813 | }; |
4814 | |
4815 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4816 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4817 | /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++ |
4818 | /// Concepts TS. |
4819 | /// |
4820 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4821 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4822 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4823 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4824 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4825 | protected: |
4826 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent, |
4827 | bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack) |
4828 | : Type(TC, |
4829 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4830 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4831 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4832 | IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent, |
4833 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) { |
4834 | if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) { |
4835 | if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType()) |
4836 | setDependent(); |
4837 | if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType()) |
4838 | setInstantiationDependent(); |
4839 | if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4840 | setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(); |
4841 | } |
4842 | } |
4843 | |
4844 | public: |
4845 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4846 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4847 | |
4848 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4849 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4850 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4851 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4852 | } |
4853 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4854 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4855 | } |
4856 | |
4857 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4858 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4859 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4860 | } |
4861 | }; |
4862 | |
4863 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type. |
4864 | class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4865 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4866 | |
4867 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4868 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack) |
4869 | : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent, |
4870 | IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) { |
4871 | AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword; |
4872 | } |
4873 | |
4874 | public: |
4875 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
4876 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
4877 | } |
4878 | |
4879 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
4880 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
4881 | } |
4882 | |
4883 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4884 | Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
4885 | containsUnexpandedParameterPack()); |
4886 | } |
4887 | |
4888 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced, |
4889 | AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) { |
4890 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4891 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword); |
4892 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4893 | ID.AddBoolean(IsPack); |
4894 | } |
4895 | |
4896 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4897 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
4898 | } |
4899 | }; |
4900 | |
4901 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
4902 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
4903 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4904 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4905 | |
4906 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
4907 | TemplateName Template; |
4908 | |
4909 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
4910 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
4911 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
4912 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
4913 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(), |
4914 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(), |
4915 | Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4916 | Template(Template) {} |
4917 | |
4918 | public: |
4919 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
4920 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
4921 | |
4922 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4923 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
4924 | } |
4925 | |
4926 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
4927 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
4928 | Template.Profile(ID); |
4929 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4930 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4931 | } |
4932 | |
4933 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4934 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4935 | } |
4936 | }; |
4937 | |
4938 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
4939 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
4940 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
4941 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
4942 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
4943 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
4944 | /// |
4945 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
4946 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
4947 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
4948 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
4949 | /// |
4950 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
4951 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
4952 | /// type may also be canonical. |
4953 | /// |
4954 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
4955 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
4956 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
4957 | /// template. |
4958 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
4959 | : public Type, |
4960 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4961 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4962 | |
4963 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
4964 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
4965 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
4966 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
4967 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
4968 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
4969 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
4970 | TemplateName Template; |
4971 | |
4972 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
4973 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
4974 | QualType Canon, |
4975 | QualType Aliased); |
4976 | |
4977 | public: |
4978 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
4979 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
4980 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4981 | |
4982 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
4983 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4984 | |
4985 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
4986 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
4987 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
4988 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
4989 | } |
4990 | |
4991 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
4992 | /// template that has been substituted. |
4993 | /// |
4994 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
4995 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
4996 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
4997 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
4998 | /// |
4999 | /// \code |
5000 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
5001 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
5002 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
5003 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
5004 | /// }; |
5005 | /// \endcode |
5006 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
5007 | |
5008 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
5009 | /// template. |
5010 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
5011 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5011, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5012 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
5013 | } |
5014 | |
5015 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5016 | |
5017 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5018 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
5019 | |
5020 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
5021 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
5022 | |
5023 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5024 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5025 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
5026 | } |
5027 | |
5028 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5029 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5030 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5031 | } |
5032 | |
5033 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
5034 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
5035 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5036 | |
5037 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5038 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5039 | } |
5040 | |
5041 | bool isSugared() const { |
5042 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5043 | } |
5044 | |
5045 | QualType desugar() const { |
5046 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5047 | } |
5048 | |
5049 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5050 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5051 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5052 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5053 | } |
5054 | |
5055 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5056 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5057 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5058 | |
5059 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5060 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5061 | } |
5062 | }; |
5063 | |
5064 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5065 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5066 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5067 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5068 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5069 | |
5070 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5071 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5072 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5073 | |
5074 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5075 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5076 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5077 | |
5078 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5079 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5080 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5081 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5082 | /// |
5083 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5084 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5085 | /// |
5086 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5087 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5088 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5089 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5090 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5091 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5092 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5093 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5094 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5095 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5096 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5097 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5098 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5099 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5100 | // interdependencies. |
5101 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5102 | |
5103 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5104 | |
5105 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5106 | /// For example, in |
5107 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5108 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5109 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5110 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5111 | /// |
5112 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5113 | /// and always dependent. |
5114 | QualType InjectedType; |
5115 | |
5116 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5117 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true, |
5118 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5119 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5120 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5121 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5122 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5122, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5123 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5123, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5124 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5125 | } |
5126 | |
5127 | public: |
5128 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5129 | |
5130 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5131 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5132 | } |
5133 | |
5134 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5135 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5136 | } |
5137 | |
5138 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5139 | |
5140 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5141 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5142 | |
5143 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5144 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5145 | } |
5146 | }; |
5147 | |
5148 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5149 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5150 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5151 | TTK_Struct, |
5152 | |
5153 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5154 | TTK_Interface, |
5155 | |
5156 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5157 | TTK_Union, |
5158 | |
5159 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5160 | TTK_Class, |
5161 | |
5162 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5163 | TTK_Enum |
5164 | }; |
5165 | |
5166 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5167 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5168 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5169 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5170 | ETK_Struct, |
5171 | |
5172 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5173 | ETK_Interface, |
5174 | |
5175 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5176 | ETK_Union, |
5177 | |
5178 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5179 | ETK_Class, |
5180 | |
5181 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5182 | ETK_Enum, |
5183 | |
5184 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5185 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5186 | ETK_Typename, |
5187 | |
5188 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5189 | ETK_None |
5190 | }; |
5191 | |
5192 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5193 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5194 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5195 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5196 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5197 | protected: |
5198 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5199 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
5200 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
5201 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
5202 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
5203 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) { |
5204 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5205 | } |
5206 | |
5207 | public: |
5208 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5209 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5210 | } |
5211 | |
5212 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5213 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5214 | |
5215 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5216 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5217 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5218 | |
5219 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5220 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5221 | |
5222 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5223 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5224 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5225 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5226 | |
5227 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5228 | |
5229 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5230 | |
5231 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5232 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5233 | } |
5234 | |
5235 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5236 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5237 | }; |
5238 | |
5239 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5240 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5241 | /// or both. |
5242 | /// |
5243 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5244 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5245 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5246 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5247 | class ElaboratedType final |
5248 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5249 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5250 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5251 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5252 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5253 | |
5254 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5255 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5256 | |
5257 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5258 | QualType NamedType; |
5259 | |
5260 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5261 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5262 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5263 | |
5264 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5265 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5266 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5267 | NamedType->isDependentType(), |
5268 | NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5269 | NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5270 | NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5271 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5272 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5273 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5274 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5275 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5276 | } |
5277 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5278 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5279 | "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5280 | } |
5281 | |
5282 | public: |
5283 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5284 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5285 | |
5286 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5287 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5288 | |
5289 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5290 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5291 | |
5292 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5293 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5294 | |
5295 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5296 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5297 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5298 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5299 | : nullptr; |
5300 | } |
5301 | |
5302 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5303 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5304 | } |
5305 | |
5306 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5307 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5308 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5309 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5310 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5311 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5312 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5313 | } |
5314 | |
5315 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5316 | }; |
5317 | |
5318 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5319 | /// dependent. |
5320 | /// |
5321 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5322 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5323 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5324 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5325 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5326 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5327 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5328 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5329 | /// instantiation. |
5330 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5331 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5332 | |
5333 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5334 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5335 | |
5336 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5337 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5338 | |
5339 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5340 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5341 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true, |
5342 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5343 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5344 | NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5345 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5346 | |
5347 | public: |
5348 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5349 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5350 | |
5351 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5352 | /// |
5353 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5354 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5355 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5356 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5357 | return Name; |
5358 | } |
5359 | |
5360 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5361 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5362 | |
5363 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5364 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5365 | } |
5366 | |
5367 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5368 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5369 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5370 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5371 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5372 | } |
5373 | |
5374 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5375 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5376 | } |
5377 | }; |
5378 | |
5379 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5380 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5381 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5382 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5383 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5384 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5385 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5386 | |
5387 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5388 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5389 | |
5390 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5391 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5392 | |
5393 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5394 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5395 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5396 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5397 | QualType Canon); |
5398 | |
5399 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5400 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5401 | } |
5402 | |
5403 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5404 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5405 | } |
5406 | |
5407 | public: |
5408 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5409 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5410 | |
5411 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5412 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5413 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5414 | } |
5415 | |
5416 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5417 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5418 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5419 | } |
5420 | |
5421 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5422 | |
5423 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5424 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5425 | } |
5426 | |
5427 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5428 | |
5429 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5430 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5431 | |
5432 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5433 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5434 | |
5435 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5436 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5437 | } |
5438 | |
5439 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5440 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5441 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5442 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5443 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5444 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5445 | |
5446 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5447 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5448 | } |
5449 | }; |
5450 | |
5451 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5452 | /// |
5453 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5454 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5455 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5456 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5457 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5458 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5459 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5460 | /// parameter packs. |
5461 | /// |
5462 | /// \code |
5463 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5464 | /// |
5465 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5466 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5467 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5468 | /// }; |
5469 | /// \endcode |
5470 | /// |
5471 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5472 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5473 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5474 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5475 | |
5476 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5477 | QualType Pattern; |
5478 | |
5479 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5480 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5481 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(), |
5482 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5483 | /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5484 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5485 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5486 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5487 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5488 | } |
5489 | |
5490 | public: |
5491 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5492 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5493 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5494 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5495 | |
5496 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5497 | /// generate, if known. |
5498 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5499 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5500 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5501 | return None; |
5502 | } |
5503 | |
5504 | bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); } |
5505 | QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); } |
5506 | |
5507 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5508 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5509 | } |
5510 | |
5511 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5512 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5513 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5514 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5515 | if (NumExpansions) |
5516 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5517 | } |
5518 | |
5519 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5520 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5521 | } |
5522 | }; |
5523 | |
5524 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5525 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5526 | template <class T> |
5527 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5528 | protected: |
5529 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5530 | |
5531 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5532 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5533 | } |
5534 | |
5535 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5536 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5537 | } |
5538 | |
5539 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5540 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5541 | } |
5542 | |
5543 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5544 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5545 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5546 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5547 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5548 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5549 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5550 | } |
5551 | |
5552 | public: |
5553 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5554 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5555 | |
5556 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5557 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5558 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5559 | |
5560 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5561 | |
5562 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5563 | /// there are none. |
5564 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5565 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5566 | } |
5567 | |
5568 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5569 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5570 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5570, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5571 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5572 | } |
5573 | |
5574 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5575 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5576 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5577 | } |
5578 | }; |
5579 | |
5580 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5581 | /// a list of protocols. |
5582 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5583 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5584 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5585 | friend class ASTContext; |
5586 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5587 | |
5588 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5589 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5590 | |
5591 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5592 | |
5593 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5594 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5595 | /// and uniqued. |
5596 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5597 | |
5598 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5599 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5600 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5601 | return NumProtocols; |
5602 | } |
5603 | |
5604 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5605 | NumProtocols = N; |
5606 | } |
5607 | |
5608 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5609 | QualType can, |
5610 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5611 | |
5612 | public: |
5613 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5614 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5615 | |
5616 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5617 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5618 | } |
5619 | |
5620 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5621 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5622 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5623 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5624 | |
5625 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5626 | }; |
5627 | |
5628 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5629 | /// |
5630 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5631 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5632 | /// protocols. |
5633 | /// |
5634 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5635 | /// \code |
5636 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5637 | /// \@protocol P; |
5638 | /// \endcode |
5639 | /// |
5640 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5641 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5642 | /// |
5643 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5644 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5645 | /// protocol list. |
5646 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5647 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5648 | /// |
5649 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5650 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5651 | /// and no protocols. |
5652 | /// |
5653 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5654 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5655 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5656 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5657 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5658 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5659 | |
5660 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5661 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5662 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5663 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5664 | // |
5665 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5666 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5667 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5668 | // |
5669 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5670 | // and uniqued. |
5671 | |
5672 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5673 | QualType BaseType; |
5674 | |
5675 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5676 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5677 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5678 | |
5679 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5680 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5681 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5682 | } |
5683 | |
5684 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5685 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5686 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5687 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5688 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5689 | } |
5690 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5691 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5692 | } |
5693 | |
5694 | protected: |
5695 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5696 | |
5697 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5698 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5699 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5700 | bool isKindOf); |
5701 | |
5702 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5703 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false), |
5704 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5705 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5706 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5707 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5708 | } |
5709 | |
5710 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5711 | |
5712 | public: |
5713 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5714 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5715 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5716 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5717 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5718 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5719 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5720 | |
5721 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5722 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5723 | } |
5724 | |
5725 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5726 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5727 | } |
5728 | |
5729 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5730 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5731 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5732 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5733 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5734 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5735 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5736 | return false; |
5737 | } |
5738 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5739 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5740 | |
5741 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5742 | /// really is an interface. |
5743 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5744 | |
5745 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5746 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5747 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5748 | |
5749 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5750 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5751 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5752 | } |
5753 | |
5754 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5755 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5756 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5757 | |
5758 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5759 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5760 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5761 | |
5762 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5763 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5764 | |
5765 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5766 | /// written. |
5767 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5768 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5769 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5770 | } |
5771 | |
5772 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5773 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5774 | |
5775 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5776 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5777 | |
5778 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5779 | /// |
5780 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5781 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5782 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5783 | /// there is no superclass. |
5784 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5785 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5786 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5787 | |
5788 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5788, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5789 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5790 | } |
5791 | |
5792 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5793 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5794 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5795 | |
5796 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5797 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5798 | |
5799 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5800 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5801 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5802 | } |
5803 | }; |
5804 | |
5805 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5806 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5807 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5808 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5809 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5810 | friend class ASTContext; |
5811 | |
5812 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5813 | // will need to be modified. |
5814 | |
5815 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5816 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5817 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5818 | bool isKindOf) |
5819 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5820 | |
5821 | public: |
5822 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5823 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5824 | QualType Base, |
5825 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5826 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5827 | bool isKindOf); |
5828 | }; |
5829 | |
5830 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5831 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5832 | } |
5833 | |
5834 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5835 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5836 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5837 | } |
5838 | |
5839 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5840 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5841 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
5842 | } |
5843 | |
5844 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
5845 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
5846 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
5847 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
5848 | /// |
5849 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
5850 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
5851 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
5852 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
5853 | /// fail to compile. |
5854 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
5855 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
5856 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
5857 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5858 | friend class ASTReader; |
5859 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
5860 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5861 | |
5862 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
5863 | |
5864 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
5865 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
5866 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
5867 | |
5868 | public: |
5869 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
5870 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
5871 | |
5872 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5873 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5874 | |
5875 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5876 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5877 | } |
5878 | |
5879 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
5880 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
5881 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
5882 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
5883 | enum { |
5884 | qual_iterator, |
5885 | qual_begin, |
5886 | qual_end, |
5887 | getNumProtocols, |
5888 | getProtocol |
5889 | }; |
5890 | }; |
5891 | |
5892 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
5893 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
5894 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
5895 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
5896 | return T->getDecl(); |
5897 | |
5898 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
5899 | } |
5900 | |
5901 | return nullptr; |
5902 | } |
5903 | |
5904 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
5905 | /// |
5906 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
5907 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
5908 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
5909 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
5910 | /// |
5911 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
5912 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
5913 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5914 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5915 | |
5916 | QualType PointeeType; |
5917 | |
5918 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
5919 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, |
5920 | Pointee->isDependentType(), |
5921 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5922 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5923 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5924 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
5925 | |
5926 | public: |
5927 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
5928 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
5929 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
5930 | |
5931 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
5932 | /// |
5933 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
5934 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
5935 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
5936 | /// \code |
5937 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
5938 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
5939 | /// typedef A A1; |
5940 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
5941 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
5942 | /// \endcode |
5943 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5944 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5945 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5946 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5947 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5948 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5949 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
5950 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
5951 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
5952 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
5953 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
5954 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
5955 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
5956 | } |
5957 | |
5958 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
5959 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
5960 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
5961 | /// |
5962 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5963 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
5964 | |
5965 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
5966 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
5967 | /// |
5968 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5969 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
5970 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
5971 | } |
5972 | |
5973 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
5974 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
5975 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
5976 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
5977 | } |
5978 | |
5979 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
5980 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
5981 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
5982 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
5983 | } |
5984 | |
5985 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
5986 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
5987 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
5988 | } |
5989 | |
5990 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5991 | /// protocols. |
5992 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
5993 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
5994 | } |
5995 | |
5996 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5997 | /// protocols. |
5998 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
5999 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
6000 | } |
6001 | |
6002 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
6003 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
6004 | |
6005 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6006 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
6007 | |
6008 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6009 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
6010 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
6011 | } |
6012 | |
6013 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
6014 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
6015 | |
6016 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
6017 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
6018 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
6019 | |
6020 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6021 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
6022 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
6023 | } |
6024 | |
6025 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6026 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
6027 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
6028 | } |
6029 | |
6030 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
6031 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
6032 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
6033 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
6034 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
6035 | |
6036 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
6037 | |
6038 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
6039 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
6040 | } |
6041 | |
6042 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6043 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6044 | } |
6045 | |
6046 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6047 | |
6048 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6049 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6050 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6051 | } |
6052 | |
6053 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6054 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6055 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6056 | } |
6057 | |
6058 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6059 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6060 | |
6061 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6062 | /// |
6063 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6064 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6065 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6066 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6067 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6068 | |
6069 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6070 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6071 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6072 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6073 | |
6074 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6075 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6076 | } |
6077 | |
6078 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6079 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6080 | } |
6081 | |
6082 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6083 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6084 | } |
6085 | }; |
6086 | |
6087 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6088 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6089 | |
6090 | QualType ValueType; |
6091 | |
6092 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6093 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(), |
6094 | ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6095 | ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6096 | ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6097 | ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6098 | |
6099 | public: |
6100 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6101 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6102 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6103 | |
6104 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6105 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6106 | |
6107 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6108 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6109 | } |
6110 | |
6111 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6112 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6113 | } |
6114 | |
6115 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6116 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6117 | } |
6118 | }; |
6119 | |
6120 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6121 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6122 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6123 | |
6124 | QualType ElementType; |
6125 | bool isRead; |
6126 | |
6127 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6128 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(), |
6129 | elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6130 | elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6131 | elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6132 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6133 | |
6134 | public: |
6135 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6136 | |
6137 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6138 | |
6139 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6140 | |
6141 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6142 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6143 | } |
6144 | |
6145 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6146 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6147 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6148 | } |
6149 | |
6150 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6151 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6152 | } |
6153 | |
6154 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6155 | }; |
6156 | |
6157 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6158 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6159 | public: |
6160 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6161 | |
6162 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6163 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6164 | /// with those already in the type. |
6165 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6166 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6167 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6168 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6169 | |
6170 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6171 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6172 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6173 | } |
6174 | |
6175 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6176 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6177 | |
6178 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6179 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6180 | }; |
6181 | |
6182 | /// A container of type source information. |
6183 | /// |
6184 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
6185 | /// @code |
6186 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
6187 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
6188 | /// @endcode |
6189 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
6190 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
6191 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
6192 | friend class ASTContext; |
6193 | |
6194 | QualType Ty; |
6195 | |
6196 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
6197 | |
6198 | public: |
6199 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
6200 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
6201 | |
6202 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
6203 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
6204 | |
6205 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
6206 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
6207 | }; |
6208 | |
6209 | // Inline function definitions. |
6210 | |
6211 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6212 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6213 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6214 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6215 | return desugar; |
6216 | } |
6217 | |
6218 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6219 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6220 | } |
6221 | |
6222 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6223 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6224 | } |
6225 | |
6226 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6227 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6228 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6229 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6230 | |
6231 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6232 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6233 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6234 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6235 | } |
6236 | |
6237 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6238 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6239 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6240 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6241 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6242 | return Quals; |
6243 | } |
6244 | |
6245 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6246 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6247 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6248 | return quals; |
6249 | } |
6250 | |
6251 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6252 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6253 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6254 | return cvr; |
6255 | } |
6256 | |
6257 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6258 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6259 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6260 | } |
6261 | |
6262 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6263 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6264 | } |
6265 | |
6266 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6267 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6268 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6269 | |
6270 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6271 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6272 | return false; |
6273 | |
6274 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6275 | } |
6276 | |
6277 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6278 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6279 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6280 | } |
6281 | |
6282 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6283 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6284 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6285 | } |
6286 | |
6287 | |
6288 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6289 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6290 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6291 | } |
6292 | |
6293 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6294 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6295 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6296 | } |
6297 | |
6298 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6299 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6300 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6301 | |
6302 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6303 | } |
6304 | |
6305 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6306 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6307 | return split(); |
6308 | |
6309 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6310 | } |
6311 | |
6312 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6313 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6314 | } |
6315 | |
6316 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6317 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6318 | } |
6319 | |
6320 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6321 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6322 | } |
6323 | |
6324 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6325 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6325, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6326 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6327 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6328 | |
6329 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6330 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6331 | } |
6332 | |
6333 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
6334 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
6335 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
6336 | } |
6337 | |
6338 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6339 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6340 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6341 | } |
6342 | |
6343 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6344 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6345 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6346 | } |
6347 | |
6348 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6349 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6350 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6351 | return false; |
6352 | } |
6353 | |
6354 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6355 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6356 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6357 | return false; |
6358 | } |
6359 | |
6360 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6361 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6362 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6363 | return false; |
6364 | } |
6365 | |
6366 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6367 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6368 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6369 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6370 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6371 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6372 | |
6373 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6374 | } |
6375 | |
6376 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6377 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6378 | } |
6379 | |
6380 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6381 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6382 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6383 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6384 | /// int". |
6385 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6386 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6387 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6388 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6389 | } |
6390 | |
6391 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6392 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6393 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6394 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6395 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6396 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6397 | |
6398 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6399 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6400 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6401 | |
6402 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6403 | } |
6404 | |
6405 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6406 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6407 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6408 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6409 | /// |
6410 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6411 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6412 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6413 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6414 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6415 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6416 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6417 | else |
6418 | return *this; |
6419 | } |
6420 | |
6421 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6422 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6423 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6424 | } |
6425 | |
6426 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6427 | /// |
6428 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6429 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6430 | return isVoidType() || |
6431 | isNullPtrType() || |
6432 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6433 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6434 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6435 | } |
6436 | |
6437 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6438 | /// |
6439 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6440 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6441 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6442 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6443 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6444 | return isArrayType() || |
6445 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6446 | isFunctionType() || |
6447 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6448 | isPointerType() || |
6449 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6450 | isReferenceType() || |
6451 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6452 | isRecordType() || |
6453 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6454 | // types at different times; |
6455 | isUnionType() || |
6456 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6457 | isEnumeralType() || |
6458 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6459 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6460 | } |
6461 | |
6462 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6463 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6464 | } |
6465 | |
6466 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6467 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6468 | } |
6469 | |
6470 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6471 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6472 | } |
6473 | |
6474 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6475 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6476 | } |
6477 | |
6478 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6479 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6480 | } |
6481 | |
6482 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6483 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6484 | } |
6485 | |
6486 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6487 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6488 | } |
6489 | |
6490 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
6491 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
6492 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
6493 | // void. |
6494 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6495 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6496 | else |
6497 | return false; |
6498 | } |
6499 | |
6500 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6501 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6502 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6503 | else |
6504 | return false; |
6505 | } |
6506 | |
6507 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6508 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6509 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6510 | else |
6511 | return false; |
6512 | } |
6513 | |
6514 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6515 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6516 | } |
6517 | |
6518 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6519 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6520 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6521 | else |
6522 | return false; |
6523 | } |
6524 | |
6525 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6526 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6527 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6528 | else |
6529 | return false; |
6530 | } |
6531 | |
6532 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6533 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6537 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6538 | } |
6539 | |
6540 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6541 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6542 | } |
6543 | |
6544 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6545 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6546 | } |
6547 | |
6548 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6549 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6550 | } |
6551 | |
6552 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6553 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6554 | } |
6555 | |
6556 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6557 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6558 | } |
6559 | |
6560 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6561 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6562 | } |
6563 | |
6564 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6565 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6566 | } |
6567 | |
6568 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6569 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6570 | } |
6571 | |
6572 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6573 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6574 | } |
6575 | |
6576 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6577 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6578 | } |
6579 | |
6580 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6581 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6582 | } |
6583 | |
6584 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6585 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6586 | } |
6587 | |
6588 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6589 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6590 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6591 | } |
6592 | |
6593 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6594 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6595 | } |
6596 | |
6597 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
6598 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
6599 | } |
6600 | |
6601 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6602 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6603 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6604 | return false; |
6605 | } |
6606 | |
6607 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6608 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6609 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6610 | return false; |
6611 | } |
6612 | |
6613 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6614 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6615 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6616 | return false; |
6617 | } |
6618 | |
6619 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6620 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6621 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6622 | return false; |
6623 | } |
6624 | |
6625 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6626 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6627 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6628 | return false; |
6629 | } |
6630 | |
6631 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6632 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6633 | } |
6634 | |
6635 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6636 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6637 | } |
6638 | |
6639 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6640 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6641 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6642 | } |
6643 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6644 | |
6645 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6646 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6647 | } |
6648 | |
6649 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6650 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6651 | } |
6652 | |
6653 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6654 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6655 | } |
6656 | |
6657 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6658 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6659 | } |
6660 | |
6661 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6662 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6663 | } |
6664 | |
6665 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6666 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6667 | return |
6668 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6669 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6670 | } |
6671 | |
6672 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6673 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6674 | } |
6675 | |
6676 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6677 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6678 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6679 | } |
6680 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6681 | |
6682 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6683 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6684 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6685 | return |
6686 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6687 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6688 | } |
6689 | |
6690 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6691 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6692 | return |
6693 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6694 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6695 | } |
6696 | |
6697 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6698 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6699 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6700 | } |
6701 | |
6702 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6703 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6704 | } |
6705 | |
6706 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6707 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6708 | if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K) |
6709 | return true; |
6710 | return false; |
6711 | } |
6712 | |
6713 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6714 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6715 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6716 | return false; |
6717 | } |
6718 | |
6719 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6720 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6721 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6722 | return BT; |
6723 | return nullptr; |
6724 | } |
6725 | |
6726 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6727 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6727, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6728 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6729 | return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K); |
6730 | return false; |
6731 | } |
6732 | |
6733 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6734 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6735 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6736 | return false; |
6737 | } |
6738 | |
6739 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6740 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6741 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void; |
6742 | return false; |
6743 | } |
6744 | |
6745 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6746 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6747 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half; |
6748 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6749 | return false; |
6750 | } |
6751 | |
6752 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6753 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6754 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16; |
6755 | return false; |
6756 | } |
6757 | |
6758 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6759 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6760 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128; |
6761 | return false; |
6762 | } |
6763 | |
6764 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6765 | if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6766 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6767 | return false; |
6768 | } |
6769 | |
6770 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6771 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6772 | |
6773 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6774 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6775 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6776 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6777 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6778 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6779 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6780 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6781 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6782 | } |
6783 | return false; |
6784 | } |
6785 | |
6786 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
6787 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6788 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6789 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6790 | } |
6791 | return false; |
6792 | } |
6793 | |
6794 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
6795 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
6796 | } |
6797 | |
6798 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6799 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6800 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6801 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6802 | } |
6803 | return false; |
6804 | } |
6805 | |
6806 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6807 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
6808 | } |
6809 | |
6810 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
6811 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6812 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6813 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
6814 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
6815 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
6816 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6817 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
6818 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
6819 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
6820 | } |
6821 | return false; |
6822 | } |
6823 | |
6824 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
6825 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
6826 | } |
6827 | |
6828 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
6829 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6830 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
6831 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6832 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6833 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
6834 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
6835 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6836 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6837 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6838 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6839 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
6840 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6841 | } |
6842 | |
6843 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
6844 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6845 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6846 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6847 | |
6848 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
6849 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
6850 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6851 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6852 | |
6853 | return false; |
6854 | } |
6855 | |
6856 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
6857 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6858 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
6859 | return false; |
6860 | } |
6861 | |
6862 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
6863 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
6864 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
6865 | } |
6866 | |
6867 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
6868 | /// an overloaded operator. |
6869 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
6870 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
6871 | } |
6872 | |
6873 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
6874 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
6875 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
6876 | } |
6877 | |
6878 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
6879 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
6880 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
6881 | } |
6882 | |
6883 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
6884 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6885 | } |
6886 | |
6887 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
6888 | const Type *type = this; |
6889 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
6890 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
6891 | return type; |
6892 | } |
6893 | |
6894 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
6895 | const Type *type = this; |
6896 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
6897 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
6898 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
6899 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
6900 | return type; |
6901 | } |
6902 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending address spaces into |
6903 | /// a diagnostic with <<. |
6904 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6905 | LangAS AS) { |
6906 | DB.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
6907 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
6908 | return DB; |
6909 | } |
6910 | |
6911 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
6912 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
6913 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6914 | LangAS AS) { |
6915 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
6916 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
6917 | return PD; |
6918 | } |
6919 | |
6920 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a |
6921 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6922 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6923 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6924 | DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6925 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6926 | return DB; |
6927 | } |
6928 | |
6929 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
6930 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6931 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6932 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6933 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6934 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6935 | return PD; |
6936 | } |
6937 | |
6938 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's into a |
6939 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6940 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6941 | QualType T) { |
6942 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6943 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6944 | return DB; |
6945 | } |
6946 | |
6947 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
6948 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6949 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6950 | QualType T) { |
6951 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6952 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6953 | return PD; |
6954 | } |
6955 | |
6956 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
6957 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
6958 | template <typename T> |
6959 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
6960 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
6961 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
6962 | |
6963 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
6964 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
6965 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6966 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
6967 | |
6968 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6969 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6970 | return Ty; |
6971 | |
6972 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6973 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6974 | return nullptr; |
6975 | |
6976 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6977 | // losing all typedef information. |
6978 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6979 | } |
6980 | |
6981 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
6982 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
6983 | |
6984 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6985 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6986 | return Ty; |
6987 | |
6988 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6989 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6990 | return nullptr; |
6991 | |
6992 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
6993 | // type. |
6994 | const Type *Ty = this; |
6995 | while (Ty) { |
6996 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
6997 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
6998 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
6999 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7000 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
7001 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7002 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
7003 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7004 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
7005 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7006 | else |
7007 | break; |
7008 | } |
7009 | |
7010 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
7011 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
7012 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
7013 | } |
7014 | |
7015 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7016 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
7017 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
7018 | return arr; |
7019 | |
7020 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7021 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
7022 | return nullptr; |
7023 | |
7024 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7025 | // losing all typedef information. |
7026 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7027 | } |
7028 | |
7029 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
7030 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7031 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
7032 | |
7033 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
7034 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7034, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7035 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7036 | } |
7037 | |
7038 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7039 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7039, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7040 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
7041 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7042 | } |
7043 | |
7044 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
7045 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
7046 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
7047 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
7048 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
7049 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
7050 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200112100611+7fa5290d5bd/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7050, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7051 | #endif |
7052 | } |
7053 | |
7054 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
7055 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
7056 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
7057 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
7058 | } |
7059 | |
7060 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
7061 | // as a scaled integer. |
7062 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
7063 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
7064 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
7065 | unsigned Scale); |
7066 | |
7067 | } // namespace clang |
7068 | |
7069 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |